LIBRARY OF CONGRESS.
Chap. _ll... Copyright No,
Shelf.
Ja.
837
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
ESSENTIALS
OBSTETEICS
BY
CHARLES JEWETT, A.M., M.D., Sc.D.,
PROFESSOR OF OBSTETRICS AND PEDIATRICS IN THE LONG ISLAND COLLEGE HOSPITAL
AND OBSTETRICIAN TO THE HOSPITAL.
ASSISTED BY
/
HAROLD F. JEWETT, M.D.
ILLUSTRATED BY 80 WOODCUTS AND 3 COLORED PLATES
LEA BROTHERS & CO.,
NEW YORK AND PHILADELPHIA
1897.
C
Entered according to the Act of Congress in the year 1897, by
LEA BROTHERS & CO.,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress. All rights reserved.
DOK.NAN, PRINTER
PREFACE
The object of this volume is to place the Essentials of
Obstetrics within easy grasp of the student. With this
aim in view conciseness and clearness have been consulted,
even at the risk sometimes of being dogmatic, and a sys-
tematic and logical arrangement has been observed. Most
attention has been given to practical topics. Theoretical
discussions, matters of merely historical interest and elabor-
ation of details have in the main been purposely excluded.
Works of this character in the author's experience, have,
within their proper limits, a distinct value in medical
teaching. The pupil in any department of learning suc-
ceeds best by first mastering its elements. To the beginner
cyclopaedic works are confusing. It is seldom that the
average medical student has the necessary mental training
to analyze his subject for himself. This must be done
for him till he is well-grounded in the rudiments. The
foundation well laid, a complete and systematic knowledge
of the subject becomes a matter of comparatively easy
attainment.
vi PREFACE.
If these pages shall be found useful as an introduction
to the more elaborate treatise, and as a guide in following
the didactic and the practical teaching of the college course,
the author's object will have been gained.
Charles Jewett.
330 Clinton Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.
September, 1897.
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER I.
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS.
PAGES
External genitals — The vagina — Internal genitals . . 13-40
CHAPTER H.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
Physiology of the ovum — Effects of pregnancy on the ma-
ternal organism — Signs of pregnancy — Duration of
pergnancy — Hygiene of pregnancy .... 41-88
CHAPTER III.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
The mechanical factors of labor — Clinical and mechanical
phenomena of normal labor — Management of labor 89-159
CHAPTER IV.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE.
Course and phenomena of the puerperal state — Management
of the puerperal state — Lactation and nursing — The
child — Condition at birth — Management of the newborn
child — Artificial feeding — Disorders of the newborn
infant 160-192
viii CONTENTS.
CHAPTER V.
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
PAGES
Diseases of the deciduse — Anomalies of the amnion and the
liquor amnii — Disease of the chorion — Anomalies of the
placenta — Anomalies of the umbilical cord — Pathology
of the foetus — Abortion — Premature labor — Ectopic ges-
tation — Pernicious vomiting and other disorders of
pregnancy 193-223
* CHAPTER VI.
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR.
Anomalies of the mechanism — Anomalies of the expelling
powers — Anomalies of the passages — Anomalies of the
passenger — Anomalies of labor arising from accidents or
disease 224-290
CHAPTER VII.
PATHOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE.
Puerperal insanity— Galactorrhea— Mastitis — Puerperal in-
fection 291-305
CHAPTER Vlir.
OBSTETRIC SURGERY.
Induction of premature labor — Induction of abortion — Re-
moval of an abnormally adherent placenta — Eorceps —
Version — Csesarean section— Porro operation— Symphy-
siotomy — Embryotomy 306-350
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS
CHAPTER I.
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS.
For convenience of description the genital organs of the
female may be divided into the external and the internal
genitals, and the vagina, which connects the one group with
the other.
The external genitals of the female together constitute the
'pudendum or the vulva.
External Genitals.
The external sexual organs of the female are the mons
veneris, the labia majora, the labia minora, the clitoris and
the hymen.
The Mons Veneris, or the mount of Venus, is the
fleshy prominence which overlies the anterior aspect of
the pubic bones. Its surface is slightly convex. It is
bounded laterally by the groins, above by the hypogastric
fold, and below it merges into the labia majora. It consists
essentially of fat supported by a reticular framework of
fibrous and elastic tissue. Fibres of elastic tissue, some of
which are derived from the superficial abdominal fascia, run
through the adipose layer in all directions. The round liga-
ment may be traced into the mons on either side. Its
2
14
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
integument, which is somewhat thicker than that of the ab-
domen, becomes invested at puberty with a growth of short,
crisp, curly hair ; it abounds in sebaceous and in sweat-
FlG. 1.
Vulva of the virgin. 1. Greater lip of right side. 2. Fourchette. 3. Small lip.
4. Clitoris. 5. Urethral orifice. 6. Vestibule. 7. Orifice of the vagina. 8. Hymen.
9. Orifice of the vulvo-vaginal gland. 10. Anterior commissure of greater lips.
11. Anal orifice.
glands. The hairy growth extends an inch or more above
the level of the pubic bones. It is a peculiarity of the
female that the hair of the pubic region is limited above by
a sharply denned straight or convex line.
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 15
The Labia Majora, or larger lips, are two prominent
rounded folds springing from the mons veneris and ex-
tending downward and backward on either side of the
median line. At full development they lie in contact with
each other in the young nullipara, except when the thighs
are strongly abducted — vulva connivens. When shrunken
from loss of fatty tissue in old age, or from the effects of
childbirth, the labia minora protrude between them — vulva
hians. They are thickest in front, and taper from before
backward. The point of contact in front is spoken of as
the anterior, and that behind as the posterior commissure of
the vulva. There is, however, no true commissure in the
sense of a connecting band at either point.
The covering of the labia majora is skin. The outer sur-
faces, which are of a somewhat darker color than the sur-
rounding integument, are supplied with hair which is most
abundant anteriorly; the inner surfaces resemble mucous
membrane, but are sparsely covered with fine hairs. Both
surfaces abound in sebaceous and in sweat-glands. Their
internal structure consists chiefly of elastic and adipose
tissue, and includes a rich venous plexus. Immediately be-
neath the skin is a layer of smooth muscular fibres anal-
ogous to those of the dartos in the male. Within this is
the pudendal sac. It is made up of elastic fibres, and is
attached by its neck to the external inguinal ring. Its
fundus reaches nearly to the posterior vulvar commissure.
Its cervix contains elastic and adipose tissue. The remains
of the canal of Nuck may sometimes be traced into the
pudendal sac. Each round ligament of the uterus termin-
ates in the corresponding labium. The labia majora are the
analogue of the scrotum in the male.
The Labia Minora, or Nymphae, the smaller lips,
are two thin folds of delicate skin lying between the labia
16 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
majora. They are widest toward their anterior extrem-
ities, narrowing gradually from before backward. When
at rest their inner surfaces are in contact. The outer sur-
faces merge into the labia majora, the inner are continuous
with the vestibule. Anteriorly each subdivides into two
subsidiary folds. The superior folds join in front of the
clitoris to form the prepuce, the inferior unite and are
attached to the under surfaces of the glans to form the frae-
num of the clitoris. Posteriorly they are united by the
fourchette.
In Bush women and in many Hottentots the smaller labia
are hypertrophied, reaching half-way to the knees ; this
overgrown structure is known as the Hottentot apron.
In the virgin the nymphse present the appearance of
mucous membrane ; after long exposure from gaping of the
vulva they look like skin. They are destitute of hairs and
of sweat-glands. Sebaceous glands are found on both sur-
faces. In general the histological characters of the outer
surfaces are those of skin, not of mucous membrane. The
minute anatomy of the inner, surfaces lies between that of
skin and mucous membrane.
The internal structure of the nymphse includes some
bundles of unstriped muscular fibre and a superficial capil-
lary venous plexus, but no fat.
The labia minora are richly supplied with nerve-fibres.
The Fourchette, or Frenulum Vulvae, is a trans-
verse fold of skin immediately in front of the posterior
vulvar commissure. It is scarcely apparent, except when
put upon the stretch by separating the labia. It then ap-
pears as a tense transverse fold between the posterior com-
missure and the hymen. In the nulliparous woman its
distance from the anal orifice is 3 cm. (1 \ inch) ; from
the base of the hymen nearly 1 cm. (J inch).
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 17
The Fossa Navicularis is a boat-shaped space which
appears between the hymen and the fourchette when the
labia are separated.
The Rima Pudendi is the median cleft between the labia
of the right and the left sides.
The Clitoris is the analogue of the penis in the male.
It is situated in the median line below the anterior vulvar
commissure. It is a very small cylindrical body, and is
about one inch in length during erection. It is curved with
its convexity outward. Like the penis it has two corpora
cavernosa and a glans, but no corpus spongiosum, and is
imperforate. Continuous with the corpora cavernosa are the
crura by which the clitoris is attached to the ischiopubic rami.
The body is attached to the pubic bones by the suspensory
ligament. It is concealed behind the skin and is enclosed
in a firm fibrous sheath. Its internal structure is made up
chiefly of cavernous tissue. The only visible portion of the
organ is the glans, and this lies partly concealed in the
preputial fold formed by the anterior layers of the nymphre,
as has already been described. The glans during erection
has a thickness of about 5 mm. Its mucous membrane is
richly supplied with nerve-papillae.
Arteries and Vein. It has two arteries, the dorsal and
the profunda, and a dorsal vein. The vascular supply is
from the pudic artery. The dorsal vein empties into the
vesical plexus and communicates freely with all the sur-
rounding venous plexuses.
The nerve-supply is four or five times more abundant
than that of the penis. The clitoris is the chief seat of
voluptuous sensation in the female.
Glands. A few sebaceous follicles are to be found on the
glans.
The Vestibule. This is the triangular surface bounded
18
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
laterally by the labia minora and below by the margin of
the vaginal orifice. Its covering is mucous membrane. At
its apex is the glans clitoridis. At the middle of its base,
or immediately above it, is the meatus urethrae. This ap-
pears as a small tubercle or prominence with a median cleft.
The meatus lies 2 cm. (f inch) below the glans clitoridis,
and 2.5 cm. (1 inch) above the fourchette, in the nullipara.
An intricate plexus of veins immediately underlies the
mucous membrane. This is the 'pars intermedia, so called
from the fact that it connects the opposite vestibular bulbs
with each other and with the veins of the clitoris.
Fig. 2.
The bulbi vestibuli.
The bulbi vestibuli are two leech-shaped masses of veins
about 3.5 cm. in length, and are situated one on either side
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 19
of the mesial line behind the labia, opposite the vaginal orifice
and the base of the vestibule. In extent they reach from the
level of the posterior margin of the vaginal orifice nearly to
the clitoris. They lie between the bulbo-cavemosus muscle
and the vaginal wall, immediately in front of the triangular
ligament. They communicate freely with the veins of the
labia, the vagina, the perineum, the glans clitoridis, and with
other neighboring venous plexuses. Each is enclosed in
a fibrous sheath. Their internal structure comprises, in addi-
tion to venous plexuses and connective tissue, some smooth
muscular fibres. The bulbs correspond to the bulbs of the
urethra in the male.
The Vulvo-vaginal Glands, Glands of Bartholin or Duverney.
These are two reddish-yellow bodies varying in size from
a pea to an almond, lying one on each side of the posterior
portion of the vaginal orifice, behind the anterior layers of
the triangular ligament, sometimes behind the posterior layer.
They are partly covered by the lower extremities of the
bulbi vestibuli. Their ducts, about 1.3 cm. (J inch) in length,
run along the inner aspects of the bulbi vestibuli, opening
iust without the base of the hvmen at the sides of the vagi-
nal orifice. The secretion, which is a yellowish tenacious
mucus, is poured out freely under sexual excitement and
during labor.
The Hymen. The hymen appears usually as a septum,
partially occluding the vaginal orifice when the labia are
drawn apart. When at rest it protrudes as a loose fold in
the vulvar fissure. According to Budin, it is a thinned-out
fold of the vaginal v>all. Its most common form is that of
a crescent, situated at the posterior margin of the introitus,
with its concavity looking forward. It may, however, be
annular, or may occupy the entire vaginal orifice, being either
imperforate or cribriform — perforated with holes — or may
20 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
have a single central opening with a fimbriated edge. Its
histological characters are similar to those of the vaginal
wall, yet it has but few muscular fibres. It is usually torn
at the first sexual approaches. An untorn hymen is not,
however, an infallible mark of virginity, nor is a torn one
necessarily evidence that sexual intercourse has been prac-
tised.
The Carunculae Myrtiformes. The carunculse myrti-
formes are the remnants of the hymen torn in labor by the
passage of the child. They appear as minute fleshy tuber-
cles, three or four in number, skirting the vaginal orifice or
at least its posterior margin.
Vessels, Lymphatics, and Nerves of the Pudendum.
Arteries. The arterial supply of the pudendum is de-
rived from the superficial perineal branch of the internal
pudic and from the external pudic artery.
Veins. The veins accompany the arteries. They empty
into the internal pudic and the inferior branch of the small
sciatic.
Lymphatics. The lymphatics go to the superficial inguinal
glands, which in turn communicate with the internal or with
the external inguinal glands.
Nerves. The nerve-supply, which is abundant, is from
the superficial perineal nerve, which is given off from the
pudic, the inferior pudendal nerve, which comes from the
small sciatic, and from the inferior hypogastric plexus of
the sympathetic.
The Vagina.
The vagina is that part of the genital tract between the
uterus and the pudendum. Its direction is nearly parallel
with the plane of the pelvic brim. It terminates below in
AXATOMY OF FEMALE GEXITAL OEGAXS. 21
the hymen or its remnants ; the upper part of the tube,
which surrounds the cervix, is the roof or fornix of the
vagina. The part of the upper extremity behind the cervix
is the posterior, that in front the anterior fornix -; the lateral
portions of the vaginal roof are spoken of as the lateral
fornices. The posterior is deeper than the anterior fornix,
owing to the higher attachment of the posterior vaginal
wall to the cervix.
Relations. As already stated, its upper extremity is
attached to the uterine cervix a little below the middle of
its length, the lower portion of the cervix projecting into
the vagina nearly at a right-angle. The posterior wall for
about one-fourth of its length is in relation at the vaginal roof
with the retro-uterine fold of peritoneum, the cul-de-sac of
Douglas. Its lower end is united with the so-called peri-
neal body: at its middle portion, over about half its length,
it is connected with the rectum by a loose connective tissue.
The upper half of the anterior wall is loosely attached to
the bladder; the lower half is intimately connected with the
urethra, the latter being incorporated in it.
Laterally the fornices are in relation with the bases of the
broad ligaments : below the fornices the vagina is attached
on either side to the levator ani fascia.
The recto-vaginal septum. The united portions of the
rectal and the posterior vaginal walls form the recto-vaginal
septum.
The vesico-vaginal septum is formed by the union of the
posterior wall of the bladder with the anterior vaginal wall.
The urethro -vaginal septum is the partition between the
urethra and the vagina.
The Shape of the vagina when distended is approxi-
mately that of a truncated cone with its larger end up.
When at rest it is a collapsed tube, the anterior lying in
22 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
contact with the posterior wall. Its cross-section in the
adult presents the shape of an H, the limbs of which have
a slight inward convexity. Its orifice, the introitus vagince,
is nearly circular. The vaginal axis is approximately a
straight line.
The Size of the vagina is larger in women who have
practised sexual intercourse than in virgins, and is much
increased in child-bearing women.
The length of the anterior wall in the virgin is 6.3 cm.
(2J inches), that of the posterior wall 9 cm. (3J inches) or
a little more. The walls, however, are extremely distensi-
ble, and in parous women they become permanently en-
larged and relaxed, sometimes attaining the length of 10 to
12 cm. (4 to 4§ inches). The width of the canal at the
widest part is about 4 cm. (If inch) in the virgin; in
women who have borne children it is frequently 7 cm. (2f
inches).
Structure. The vagina has three coats : the external
or fibrous coat ; the middle or muscular coat ; the internal
coat or mucous membrane.
1. The fibrous coat is a prolongation of the recto-vesical
fascia.
2. The muscular coat consists of an inner circular and an
outer longitudinal layer of unstriped muscular fibres. It
is thickest near the vaginal orifice, thinnest in the upper
part of the vagina. A band of voluntary muscular fibres
(the bulbo-cavernosus muscle) encircles the vaginal orifice.
3. The mucous coat is of a light pink color. It presents
two median ridges, one on the anterior and one on the pos-
terior wall. Transverse ridges, cristae, run outward on
either side from the longitudinal ones. The median columns
with the transverse crista are known as the columnae
vaginae. These structures are more marked on the anterior
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 23
than on the posterior wall, and on both are most conspicu-
ously developed near the vaginal orifice. They are rarely
found at all above the lower two-thirds of the tube. They
are more or less completely effaced by child-bearing and by
catarrhal inflammation of the vagina. The mucous mem-
brane of the lower portion of the vagina lies in loose folds
when the canal is closed. Its surface is studded with
papillae. The epithelium is of the squamous variety.
The arterial supply of the vagina is chiefly from the
vaginal artery. The upper extremity of the tube receives
branches from the uterine and the lower from the pudendal
artery. These vessels anastomose with one another and
with the vesical and rectal arteries. They all spring from
the anterior division of the internal iliac.
The veins correspond, but they first form plexuses en-
tirely around the canal, one in the external coat and one
in the submucous layer of connective tissue. They com-
municate with the hemorrhoidal, vesical, pudendal and
pampiniform plexuses. None of these veins has valves.
The lymphatics. The lymphatics of the lower fourth of
the vagina join with those of the pudendum, terminating in
the inguinal glands. Those from the remaining portion of
the vagina unite with those from the cervix uteri and
empty into the internal iliac glands.
The nerves are derived from the fourth sacral and the
pudic of the spinal system, and from the lower hypogastric
plexus of the sympathetic.
Glands. The existence of true secreting glands, mucous
glands, is by most anatomists denied. The vaginal secretion
has an acid reaction, due to the presence of an acid-producing
bacillus.
The Urethra. Intimately connected with the lower
portion of the anterior vaginal wall is the urethra. Though
24 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
not a generative organ, it is of obstetric interest, and is
therefore described.
Situation. From the midpoint of the base of the
vestibule the urethra passes backward beneath the pubic
arch to the bladder. In the lower three-fourths of its
length it is embedded in the anterior vaginal wall. It is
supported by the pubo-vesical ligament, and it pierces the
layers of the triangular ligament in the same manner as
does this canal in the male. The portion of the canal
between the layers of the triangular ligament is encircled
by the compressor urethrse muscle. The general direction
of the canal is nearly parallel with the pelvic brim.
Shape. Its shape is straight or very slightly curved,
with its convexity downward and backward. When at rest
its mucous membrane lies in longitudinal folds which are
especially marked at the upper extremity. Its meatus is a
vertical slit ; its vesical end is not funnel-shaped, as some-
times described; the canal terminates abruptly in the bladder.
Size. The length of the urethra is about 4 cm. (If
inch), its average diameter is 6 mm. (J inch). It is largest
at the vesical end, smallest at the meatus, and is very dis-
tensible.
Structure. It has two muscular coats, an outer circu-
lar and an inner longitudinal layer and a mucous membrane.
The epithelium of the urethral mucosa in the low T er por-
tion of the tract is of the squamous type ; toward the upper
extremity it is of the transitional form, like that of the vesical
mucous membrane.
The vascular and the nervous supply are the same as those
of the vestibule. There is a plexus of large veins around
the canal, and another plexus between the two muscular
coats.
Glands. Numerous lacunae and racemose glands are to
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 25
be found on the surface of the mucous membrane. There
are two tubular glands, known as Skene's glands, three-
fourths of an inch in length, in the wall of the urethra near
its floor, one on either side of the median line. Their
orifices lie just within the meatus urethrae.
Internal Genitals.
These include the uterus, the Fallopian tubes and the
ovaries.
The Uterus. Situation. The uterus is situated in
the cavity of the pelvis, between the bladder and the rectum,
a little nearer to the sacrum than to the pubic bones. Its
upper border is nearly in the plane of the pelvic brim, its
lower border just above the level of a line drawn from the
lower end of the symphysis pubis to the tip of the sacrum.
The average direction of its long axis is nearly perpendicu-
lar to the plane of the pelvic brim. Its position, however,
is variable within normal limits. A full bladder pushes it
bodily back toward the sacrum and tilts the fundus back-
ward. A distended rectum displaces it forward. The upper
portion of the uterus is in relation with the small intestines.
The latter sink into the upper part of the utero-sacral space
and sometimes into the utero-vesical pouch. Posteriorly
the uterus is separated from the rectum by a fold of perito-
neum, which dips down into the pelvic cavity to the dis-
tance of an inch or more below the cervico- vaginal junction.
This retro-uterine pouch of peritoneum will be more fully
described later. Anteriorly the peritoneum covers about
two-thirds the length of the uterus. That portion of the
lower third of the uterus between the vagina and the peri-
toneum is attached to the bladder by loose connective
tissue. The lower uterine extremity projects into the
26
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
upper end of the vagina to the extent of nearly 1.3 cm. (J
inch). The axis of the uterus forms approximately a
Fig. 3.
Sagittal section of the pelvis, showing relations of generative organs. 1. Body
of the uterus. 2. Cavity. 3. Neck. 4. Cavity of the neck. 5. Intra- vaginal part
of the neck. 6. Vagina. 7. Vaginal orifice. 8. Bladder. 9. Urethra. 10. Vesico-
vaginal wall. 11. Rectum. 12. Rectal cavity. 13. Anus. 14. Recto-vaginal
wall. 15. Perineum. 16. Vesico-uterine cul-de-sac. 17, Utero-rectal cul-de-sac.
18. Pubic symphysis. 19. Small lip. 20. Great lip
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 27
right-angle with that of the vagina when the former organ
is in its usual normal position. Laterally the uterus is in
relation with the broad ligaments, presently to be described.
Shape. The uterus is a hollow muscular body. Its
shape is pyriform with its larger end uppermost. It is
slightly flattened from before backward, its posterior and its
upper surfaces are convex, its anterior aspect nearly flat.
Its long axis is straight or slightly curved, with its concavity
forward.
Fig. 4. Fig. 5.
Section of the nulliparous uterus,
showing shape of corporeal and cervi-
cal cavities, etc.
Section of parous uterus, showing
shape of corporeal and cervical cavi-
ties, etc.
measure-
Size. a. Nulliparous uterus. The aven ^
ments of the nulliparous uterus are 2.5 cm. (1 inch) nearly
in thickness antero-posteriorly, 3.8 cm. (1J inch) in width
at the level of the Fallopian tubes, and 6.3 cm. (2J inches)
in length.
b. The parous uterus is approximately 2.5 cm. (1 inch)
thick, 5 cm. (2 inches) wide, and 7.5 cm. (3 inches) long.
28 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The transverse thickness of the lower end of the uterus, the
cervix, is 3.1 cm. (1J inch). The organ undergoes marked
atrophy after the menopause.
Weight. The nulliparous organ weighs about 28 grams
(1 ounce) ; in the parous woman the weight is 43 grams
(1J ounce).
Regional Divisions. The uterus presents two divisions,
the body and the cervix.
The body is approximately the upper half of the uterus
in the nulliparous, the upper two-thirds in the parous woman.
The isthmus is the slight constriction at the junction of
the body and the cervix.
The fundus is that part of the body above the level of the
Fallopian tubes.
Divisions of the Cervix, a. The infra-vaginal portion,
or portio vaginalis, is that part of the cervix below the
vaginal roof. Its average length in the parous woman is 1
cm., a little less than J inch.
b. The supra-vaginal portion is that part between the
portio vaginalis and the isthmus.. Its length in the woman
who has borne children is 1.5 cm., a little more than J inch.
Uterine Cavity, a. The cavity of the body is somewhat
triangular in shape in the nullipara, its anterior and poste-
rior walls lying practically in contact. It has three open-
ings, one communicating with the cervical canal and one
with each of the Fallopian tubes.
b. The cavity of the cervix is slightly flattened from
before backward, and is laterally elliptical, thus having an
irregular fusiform shape.
The os internum is the upper orifice of the cervical canal,
and is about 2.5 mm. (y 1 ^- inch) in diameter.
The os externum, or os tincse, is the lower orifice, a little
larger than the os internum.
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 29
Structure. The mucous membrane of the body of the
uterus is about 1 mm. (^ inch) thick at the fundus and
more than twice that thickness at the centre of the body.
No folds are to be observed in the mucosa of the body of
the uterus except, perhaps, at the mouths of the Fallopian
tubes. Its epithelium is of the ciliated columnar variety,
the cilia, as stated by most anatomists, propelling toward
the tubes. According to recent observations of Hofmeier, 1
the ciliary movement is toward the external os. The mucosa
of the body is firmly attached to the muscular structures.
It abounds in tubular glands, many of which are bifurcated —
the utricular glands. These are slightly tortuous, and, with
few exceptions, extend to the muscularis ; some of them pene-
trate it. They are lined with ciliated epithelium. Their
secretion is alkaline. Dr. A. W. Johnstone ascribes to the
corporeal endometrium a glandular character comparable to
that of the lymph-tissues in the walls of the alimentary
canal and of other adenoid structures.
The mucous membrane of the cervix is thicker, firmer,
and paler than that of the body, and it is united to the mus-
cularis by a distinct submucous layer of loose connective
tissue. On the anterior and on the posterior w^all it presents
a pinnate arrangement of ridges known as the arbor vitce or
palmce plicatce. This consists of a median longitudinal
ridge from which well-marked lateral processes run out-
ward and upward. Upon and between the ridges of the
arbor vita? are numerous racemose glands which are histo-
logically mere inversions of the mucous membrane. In the
upper two-thirds of the canal the epithelium on the crests of
the transverse ridges of the palmse plicatee is ciliated. Else-
where on the free surface it is goblet-shaped, without cilia.
i Centralb. f. Gyn., 1893, No. 33.
30 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The gland-cells are cuboidal and non-ciliated. The epi-
thelium of the lower third of the cervical canal and of the
entire external surface of the portio vaginalis is squamous,
like that of the vagina. The secretion of the cervical glands
is a clear tenacious mucus having an alkaline reaction.
The muscularis constitutes the greater part of the thick-
ness of the uterine walls. Its fibre is of the unstriped variety.
The muscular wall is usually described as consisting of three
layers ; but this division into strata cannot be made out ex-
cept during gestation, and even then the layers are not dis-
tinctly separable.
The outer layer, which is very thin, consists chiefly of
longitudinal fibres which are continuous with the muscular
layers of the Fallopian tubes, the ovarian, round, and utero-
sacral ligaments.
The middle layer comprises the bulk of the uterine
muscle and is a meshwork of interlacing longitudinal and
circular bundles.
The inner layer, which is made up of circular bundles is
extremely thin. It surrounds the orifice of the Fallopian
tubes and forms a sphincter at the os internum.
The cervix consists mainly of connective tissue. A well-
marked band of circular fibres encircles the cervix at the
vaginal junction.
The peritoneal coat. The uterus is partially enveloped
in a transverse fold of the pelvic peritoneum. The latter
structure invests the upper portion of the uterus, extending
over the entire length of the organ posteriorly and to the
isthmus anteriorly.
The Nulliparous and the Parous Uterus. In the nulliparous
uterus the corporeal cavity is triangular, the fundus nearly
flat, the cervix somewhat conical, and the os externum a
mere dimple. In the parous uterus the cavity is oval, the
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 31
fundus dome-shaped, the cervix cylindrical, and the os ex-
ternum a transverse slit, with the lips more or less fissured.
The differences in weight and in size have already been stated.
Position of the Uterus. In the upright posture of the
woman the average normal position of the uterus is such
that the body lies nearly in a horizontal plane.
Ligaments of the Uterus, (a.) The broad ligaments.
The pelvic peritoneum dips down posteriorly into the lesser
pelvis, is reflected over one inch or more of the upper part
of the posterior vaginal wall, covers the posterior surface of
the uterus, and passing over the fundus invests the anterior
uterine surface to the isthmus ; thence it is again reflected
upward and over the bladder. The uterus thus lies between
the layers of a transverse fold of peritoneum, the lateral por-
tions of which, stretching from the uterus to the sides of
the pelvis in front of the sacro-iliac joints, form the broad
ligaments. The two layers of each broad ligament are
nearly in apposition, except at their junction with the pelvic
floor and with the pelvic walls. The Fallopian tube is en-
veloped in a subsidiary fold of peritoneum at the upper mar-
gin of the broad ligament. The round ligament directly
underlies the anterior layer. The ovarian ligament runs be-
tween the two layers. There are also included between the
two layers important bloodvessels, lymphatics, nerves, smooth
muscular fibres and connective tissue.
The infundibulo-pelvic, or ovario-pelvic, ligament is that
part of the superior border of the broad ligament on each
side, extending from the Fallopian tube to the pelvic wall.
(6.) The utero-sacral folds are two semilunar folds of
peritoneum enclosing unstriped muscular fibres and connec-
tive tissue, and passing one on each side of the rectum from
the lower portion of the sides of the uterus to the second
bone of the sacrum. In the nulliparous woman they spring
32 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
from the uterus at the level of the os internum ; in the
parous, from points somewhat above the os internum. These
folds are also known as the folds of Douglas, and the space
between them as Douglas's pouch or cul-de-sac. Luschka
terms these ligaments the retractors of the uterus.
(c.) The utero-vesical folds are two folds of peritoneum,
one on either side of the median line, which extend from
the uterus to the bladder, forming the lateral borders of
the utero-vesical space. They contain a few muscular
fibres.
(d.) The round ligaments are two slender, flattened mus-
culo-fibrous cords which spring from the angles of the uterus
in front of the Fallopian tubes, and pass forward through
the inguinal canals to blend with the structures at and im-
mediately below the external ring. They contain unstriped
muscular fibres. Their length is 10 to 12.5 cm. (4 to 5
inches). A small artery and a vein pass through each.
The Arteries. The arteries of the uterus are the two
uterine, the two ovarian and the two funicular arteries, or
arteries of the round ligaments. The uterine artery is a
branch of the internal iliac, the ovarian springs from the
aorta. They pass to the uterus between the folds of the
broad ligament on either side. The uterine artery reaches
the uterus just above the vaginal junction, the ovarian at
the level of the cornua. The former runs up along the lateral
border of the uterus to communicate with the ovarian.
The uterine arteries are remarkable for their free anasto-
moses and their tortuous course. Arterial tufts are given off
at the lateral borders of the organ, whose branches form
spirals within the uterine walls. They end in a meshwork of
capillaries about the utricular glands. Other branches of the
uterine arteries anastomose with those from the opposite
side encircling the uterus. The circular artery surrounds
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 33
Fig.
Arteries of the uterus.
34 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the cervix at the isthmus, uniting the uterine arteries of the
opposite sides with each other.
The artery of the round ligament, which is a very small
one, is a branch of the vesical given off at the internal ab-
dominal ring. It communicates at the cornua with the
ovarian and the uterine artery.
The Veins. The uterine plexus of veins lies immedi-
ately beneath the peritoneal coat of the uterus and extends
between the folds of the broad ligament. It communicates
with large sinuses in the middle muscular coat which are
encircled by muscular bundles. The uterine veins also
anastomose with the vaginal and the vesical plexuses. Their
outlet is the hypogastric vein and the pampiniform plexus.
The Lymphatics. These are very numerous in the body
of the uterus, and they communicate with the lymph-spaces
of the mucous membrane and the muscular coat. They
form an intricate network immediately beneath the perito-
neal coat of the uterus, and communicate with those of the
Fallopian tubes. The uterine lymphatics are fully devel-
oped only during pregnancy. The lymphatics of the body
of the uterus with those of the Fallopian tubes and the
ovaries empty into the lumbar glands. A group which fol-
lows the course of the round ligament ends in the inguinal
glands. The cervical lymphatics unite with those from the
upper part of the vagina and empty into the internal iliac
glands.
The Nerves. These are derived chiefly from the sympa-
thetic system, from the inferior hypogastric and spermatic
plexuses. The uterus also receives filaments from the second,
third and fourth sacral nerves. The uterine nerves termi-
nate in part in the nuclei of the muscle-cells.
The Fallopian Tubes or Oviducts. These are two
narrow tubes, one running outward from each horn of the
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 35
uterus and communicating with the uterine cavity. The
outer portion of each tube takes a tortuous course, partially
surrounding the ovary. The length of the tube is from 7.5
to 12.5 cm. (3 to 5 inches), the right a little longer than the
left.
Divisions, (a.) The isthmus is the portion of the tube
next the uterus. It expands gradually as it runs outward
from 2 mm. (j 1 ^ inch) to 4 mm. ( T 3 g- inch) in diameter.
Fig. 7.
Fallopian tube and ovary.
(b.) The ampulla is the dilated portion of the tube next
beyond the isthmus, about 1 cm. (J inch) in diameter. The
fimbriated extremity, pavilion or infundibulum, is the free
trumpet-shaped end of the tube, the margin of which is
fringed with a number of processes (four or five) called
36
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
fimbria? . Here the tube expands abruptly to about 2 cm.
(3J inches) in diameter.
The fimbria ovariea is a special fimbria, a little larger
than the others, which is attached to the ovary.
The ostium uterinum barely admits a bristle, 1 mm.
(^ inch) in diameter.
The ostium abdominale, at which the body of the tube
opens into the pavilion, is of the size of a small goose-quill,
5 mm. in diameter.
Structure. Each tube comprises three layers continu-
ous, respectively, with the corresponding layers of the
uterus :
Fig. 8.
The ovary and oviduct. (The latter opened longitudinally.) 1, 1. Ovary. 2.
Part of the uterus. 3. Ovarian ligament. 4, 4. Oviduct, its walls opened by a
longitudinal incision to show the longitudinal folds of its lining membrane. 5,
5. Pavilion from internal surface. 6, 6. Fimbria attached to the ovary, or tubo-
ovarian ligament. 7, 7. Longitudinal folds. 8. Internal end of the oviduct.
1. The outer or peritoneal coat, continuous with the peri-
toneal fold of the broad ligament. That part of the broad
ligament between the tube and the ovary is termed the
mesosalpinx.
2. The middle or muscular coat, composed of an inner
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 37
circular and two outer longitudinal layers of unstriped mus-
cular fibre. The outermost layer, however, is limited to the
uterine end of the tube. The muscular coat contains a rich
plexus of bloodvessels.
3. The inner or mucous coat. Except in the intramural
portion of the tube, the mucous membrane is disposed in
longitudinal folds, which become extremely complex in the
ampulla. There is no distinct submucous layer. It is lined
with ciliated columnar epithelium and is very vascular. The
motion of the cilia propels toward the uterus. According
to Bland Sutton, the mucous membrane of the tubes is pro-
vided with glands.
The arteries of the Fallopian tubes are branches of the
ovarian and the uterine arteries.
The veins open into the pampiniform or ovarian plexus
lying between -the folds of the broad ligament below the
tube.
The lymphatics unite with those from the body of the
uterus and from the ovary, and terminate in the lumbar
glands.
The nerves are derived from the uterine and ovarian
plexuses.
The Ovaries. The ovaries, two in number, correspond
to the testes of the male.
Situations. These organs are situated one on each side
of the uterus 2.5 cm. (1 inch) or more below the level of the
ilio-pectineal line, and the same distance from the uterus ;
yet they have great mobility within normal limits. Each
is set in the posterior fold of the broad ligament, and is con-
nected with the corresponding horn of the uterus by the
ovarian ligament.
Shape. The usual shape of the ovary is a flattened
ovoid ; its free border is convex ; the anterior edge is nearly
3
38 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
straight. This straight border is the hilum. The ovary is
thinnest at the hilum, thickest at the convex border. The
inner end is narrower, pointed, and merges into the ovarian
ligament ; the outer is more obtuse and bulbous. The shape,
however, is variable.
Size. The size is about 3.5 cm. (If inch) in length by
2 cm. (f inch) in width and 1.2 cm. (J inch) in thickness,
but is variable. The average normal weight in the nullipara
is about 6 grammes (85 grains). The size increases during
menstruation.
Structure. 1. External. In early age the external
surface is smooth, like an almond. Later in life, after
puberty, it gradually becomes uneven, acquiring a wrinkled
appearance, owing to cicatrices from rupture of Graafian
follicles. In the young adult subject it has a velvety soft-
ness and a pinkish or grayish-pearly color. In old age it
acquires a cartilaginous hardness and a paler color. The
free surface of the ovary is covered with modified perito-
neum. Its epithelium is columnar and non-ciliated — the
germinal epithelium of Waldeyer.
2. Internal. The stroma is made up of connective tissue
with some unstriped muscular and elastic fibres.
The tunica albuginea is a dense layer of stroma imme-
diately underlying the germinal epithelium of the ovarian
surface.
The zona parenchymatosa is the cortical portion of the
ovary ; it has a grayish color.
The medullary zone, or zona vasculosa, is the portion
about the hilum; it is of a reddish color. Here enter the
bloodvessels, nerves, and lymphatics.
The ovarian ligament is a muscular band about 0.5 mm.
(■£- inch) in width, which extends between the folds of the
broad ligament from the inner end of the ovary to the horn
ANATOMY OF FEMALE GENITAL ORGANS. 39
of the uterus, joining it immediately behind and below the
origin of the Fallopian tube. Its length is about 2.5 cm.
(1 inch). It is made up of connective tissue and smooth
muscular fibres, the latter being continuous with the outer
muscular layers of the uterus.
The arterial supply of the ovary is from branches of the
ovarian artery which enter at the hilum. The veins issue
from the hilum and empty into the pampiniform plexus.
The lymphatics, with those of the tube and body of the
uterus, empty into the lumbar glands.
The nerves are derived from the inferior hypogastric
plexus and the sacral nerves.
Section of ovary magnified to show Graafian follicle and ovum. 1. Surface epi-
thelium. 2. Tunica albuginea. 3, 3. Different parts of stroma. 4. Tunica fibrosa
of follicle. 5. Tunicae propria. 6, 6. Tunica granulosa. 7. Liquor folliculi. 8.
Vitelline membrane of ovum. 9. Vitellus. 10. Germinal vesicle. 11. Germinal
spot.
Graafian Follicles. The Graafian follicles are the sacs
in which the ova are developed. The follicles are deyeloped
40 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
from the germ epithelium of the ovarian surface, and be-
come imbedded in the stroma by the outgrowth of connec-
tive tissue. They are most numerous in the cortical layer.
Each follicle contains generally but one ovum. The number
of rudimentary Graafian follicles at birth is 35,000 or more
in each ovary. At any time during the child-bearing period
ten or twenty Graafian follicles may be found in different
stages of development upon the ovarian surface. The size
of a mature Graafian follicle is ^io *° tV ^ ncn m diameter.
Structure of a Graafian Follicle. The constituent parts of
a Graafian follicle are : 1. The theca folliculi ; 2. The tunica
(membrana) granulosa, a multiple layer of polyhedral epithe-
lium; 3. The discus proligerus, or germinal eminence, a
heaped-up mass of cells of the membrana granulosa at one
side, containing the ovum ; 4. The liquor folliculi, a clear,
albuminous fluid — paralbumin.
The Parovarium. The parovarium consists of a series
of 10 to 20 tubules running between folds of the broad liga-
ment in a slightly downward direction from the o^ary toward
the ampulla of the Fallopian tube. It is the remnant of
the Wolffian body.
CHAPTER II.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE OVUM.
OVULATION.
Ovulation is the process by which the ovum or egg is
matured and discharged from the ovary. At what intervals
ovulation occurs in the human subject, and in what relation
to the menstrual epoch, are not yet fully determined. Gen-
erally it takes place at about the time of the catamenia.
Ovulation, however, may occur independently of menstru-
ation, and menstruation without ovulation. As a rule, but
a single follicle ruptures at each epoch. Under favorable
conditions both the ova and the spermatozoa may retain
their vitality for several days in the female genital tract.
MENSTRUATION.
Menstruation is a periodic congestion of the female gen-
ital organs, attended with a bloody uterine discharge — the
menses or catamenia. The endometrium undergoes partial
exfoliation and subsequent renewal. Popular terms for
menstruation are the monthly sickness, the courses, or
monthly turns.
The constituents of the menstrual flow are blood and shreds
of endometrium, together with uterine and vaginal secre-
42 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
tions. The amount is from four to six ounces j the
length of the catamenial period is from two to seven days ;
the average duration four days ; the interval between the
menstrual epochs is generally twenty-eight days. Intervals
of several days, more or less than the usual length, however,
are to be considered normal, if constant. The source of the
bloody discharge is the body of the uterus and probably the
Fallopian tubes. Menstruation is usually attended with
some degree of malaise, sacral pain and pelvic tenesmus.
Puberty is the period of sexual maturity, and is marked
in the female by the onset of menstruation.
The age of puberty is usually about the fifteenth or six-
teenth year. It varies with race, climate and other influ-
ences, occurring in exceptional instances as early as the
tenth or as late as the twentieth year of age. It is earlier
in warm than in cold climates, in the better than in the
poorer classes, and in city than in country life. At this
period the girl takes on the physical and mental character-
istics of womanhood.
The Menopause. The menopause is the final cessation of
menstruation and the capacity for child-bearing. Climacteric
and change of life are synonymous terms for menopause.
In most women this period begins at the age of forty-six
years. The change, however, is a gradual one, occupying
two or three years. Variations of ten years or more on
either side of this limit are possible. The anatomical
changes which take place in the sexual ogans are essentially
the reverse of those which characterize the pubescent period.
In extreme old age the uterus is reduced to its infantile
dimensions and the tubes and ovaries are almost obliterated.
As a rule, the menstrual function continues longest in those
in whom it begins earliest. In cold climates the fruitful
period begins late and ends early, and in hot climates it
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 43
begins early and ends early. At the onset of the menopause
the catamenia recur at irregular intervals, and finally they
cease altogether. The intervals may be shortened or pro-
longed. The flow may be scanty or profuse and prolonged.
Headache, tinnitus aurium, vertigo, hot flashes, palpitation,
dyspnoea, faintness, pruritus and neuralgias are common
nervous disturbances of this period.
Phenomena attending the Rupture of a Graafian
Follicle. Loops of bloodvessels are projected into the
cavity of the follicle, and an increase of the fluid contents
of the sac takes place from the increased vascularity. Ad-
jacent portions of the ovary, and to a certain extent its
entire structure, exhibit a similar increase in vascularity.
The follicle is now apparent as a bright red spot on the
surface of the ovary.
The overlying ovarian structure undergoes absorption
owing to increased pressure of the liquor folliculi. The
distending follicle finally ruptures and discharges its con-
tents, an effusion of blood taking place into the follicle after
rupture.
The ovum is apparently floated into the pavilion of the
tube by a stream of serum which is propelled by the cilia of
the fimbria* ovarica. Its propulsion through the Fallopian
tube is accomplished partly by ciliary motion, and, in the
narrower portion of the tube, partly, perhaps, by muscular
action. Heil thinks other agencies are concerned in the
migration of the ovum into the oviduct, and believes, as was
formerly assumed, that the pavilion of the tube grasps the
ovisac. 1 Rarely, it happens that the ovum migrates across
the pelvic cavity and into the opposite Fallopian tube.
The Ovum. The ovum is primarily a nucleated cell
1 Arch. f. Gyn., 1894, B. xliii. H. 3.
44
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
developed from the germ epithelium which covers the surface
of the ovary. Its diameter at maturity is t Jq- inch.
The constituent parts of the ovum are :
The vitelline membrane ;
The vitellus or yolk, oleo-albuminous matter, containing
shining granules;
Fig. 10.
Section of nearly mature ovum and part of Graafian follicle, a. Membrana
granulosa, b. Discus proligerus. c. Vitelline membrane. /. Vitellus.
The germinal vesicle, which is the nucleus of the cell,
t ^-q inch in diameter, situated to one side of the yolk near
its surface;
The germinal spot, the cell nucleolus, a dark, granular
spot, about so^o inch in diameter, within the vesicle.
The female pronucleus. The germinal vesicle approaches
one pole of the ovum, and two rounded masses, the polar
globules, are successively extruded from the surface of the
egg. The office of these bodies is unknown. The remaining
portion of the germinal vesicle reappears in the centre of the
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
45
egg, and is now known as the female pronucleus. As will
be seen presently, the fusion of the female with the male pro-
nucleus is the essential fact in fecundation.
The Corpus Luteum. The corpus luteum is the body
formed in the ovary by the changes which take place in the
Graafian follicle after rupture.
The 'corpus luteum of menstruation reaches its full devel-
opment in from two to four weeks, and it becomes reduced
to a mere cicatrix in about two months.
Fig. 11.
Section of human ovary, showing corpus luteum.
The corpus luteum of pregnancy grows for six or seven
weeks, then it remains stationary to the end of the fourth
month ; from that time it retrogrades slowly till term, and
becomes a mere cicatrix by the end of a month after child-
birth. The period of growth, however, and the rapidity of
decline, are not in all cases the same.
CONCEPTION— IMPREGNATION.
Impregnation, or conception, is the fructification of the
ovum by union with the spermatozoon, the fecundating ele-
3*
46 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
ment of the male. Insemination is the act by which the
seminal fluid is deposited in the female genital tract.
The Seminal Fluid. The seminal fluid is a glutinous,
alkaline, albuminous fluid, of a whitish color, heavier than
water, and is the combined product of the testicles, the pros-
tate and Cowper's glands. The quantity ejaculated during
an orgasm is from one to three drachms. Its chemical con-
stituents are water, fats, proteids, calcium and sodium chlo-
rides and phosphates. The proportion of mineral ingredients
is about 3 per cent. Its microscopic elements are epi-
thelium, leucocytes, spermatozoa, and crystals of calcium
phosphate.
The Spermatozoa. The spermatozoa are bodies of mi-
croscopic size resembling tadpoles in shape. The parts of
the spermatozoon are a flattened ovoid head (cell nucleus)
and a long, thread-like tail. The filiform tail maintains a
constant vibratile motion, the result of amoeboid movements
of protoplasm, so long as the spermatozoon retains its fecun-
dating power. The total length of a spermatozoon is -g-J-g- to
4
c
t^
o
'w»
-,
h£
03
-o
E
0J
00
PLATE II,
Evolution of the Placenta and of the Umbilical Cord.
( From Sappey. )
1, 1. Embryo.
2, 2, 2. Amnion.
3, 3, 3. Cavity of Amnion.
4, 4. Digestive Canal.
5, 5. Pedicle of the Umbilical Vesicle.
6, Umbilical Vesicle.
7, 7. Allantoic! Vessels.
8, Pedicle of the Allantois.
9, 9, 9. Chorial Villi beginning to atrophy
10, 10, Villi in relation with the utero-placental
decidna, which hypertrophy.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 59
interchange between the foetal and maternal circulation
takes place by osmose through the walls of the foetal villi.
The Umbilical Cord. The umbilical cord is the pedi-
cle which, during gestation, connects the foetus with the
placenta. It is developed from the stalk of the allantois.
Its foetal insertion is at the umbilicus ; the placental is
generally nearly central. (Plate II.)
The usual length of the cord varies from 7 to 60 inches.
Greater variations are exceptionally observed. The average
length is 20 inches. Its diameter is about that of the little
finger of the adult. The tensile strength, at term, varies
from five to twelve pounds.
Structure. The cord contains the remnants of the
vitelline duct and the umbilical vesicle and the umbilical
vessels imbedded in a jelly-like connective tissue, the jelly
of Wharton. It is invested with a sheath derived from the
primitive somatopleure. The covering, though resembling
amnion, is not a process of that structure, as usually assumed.
Bloodvessels. Primarily it has two arteries and two
veins ; subsequently one of the veins disappears. Excep-
tionally there is but one artery. The walls of the arteries
are but little thicker than those of the veins. The vessels
of the cord are arranged in spirals, the vein appearing to be
wound around the arteries. According to recent observa-
tions nutritive capillaries, and also nerves and lymphatics,
are to be found in the cord.
Rate of Development of the Embryo and Foetus.
First Month. 1 The ovum is of the size of a pigeon's
egg ; its diameter is 2 cm. (f inch). Chorionic villi are
present over its entire surface. The length of the embryo
1 Lunar month.
60 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
is nearly 1 cm. (J inch) ; its weight about 1 gramme (15.43
grains). The first rudiments of foetal structure are discern-
ible. The heart, kidneys, liver, extremities, and the eyes,
the oral and anal orifices begin to be formed. The nose
and mouth are one cavity. The heart begins to beat at
the third week. The abdomen is not fully closed. The
spinal canal closes. The members are indicated by
papillae.
Second Month. The ovum is of the size of a hen's egg,
6.5 cm. (2J inches) in diameter; the length of the embryo
is a little more than 3 cm. (1J inch); the average weight, 20
grammes (308 grains). Rudimentary vertebrae appear. The
frontal unite with the superior maxillary processes. Centres
of ossification are present in the inferior maxillary bone, the
clavicle and the sides and bodies of the vertebrae. The
visceral arches are closed, or nearly so. The eyes, nose,
and ears begin to take form. The mouth and nose are
separate cavities. Rudiments of hands and feet appear, but
the fingers and toes are webbed. The umbilical vesicle has
disappeared. The umbilical cord is about 2.5 cm. (1 inch)
in length. Sexual organs are apparent.
Third Month. The ovum is of the size of a goose's egg ;
its diameter is 10 cm. (4 inches) ; the embryo is about 8 cm.
(3 J inches) in length ; its weight 120 grammes (4 \ ounces).
The product of conception now, for the first time, fills the
entire cavity of the uterus. The placenta is nearly com-
plete ; the villi have atrophied over two-thirds of the chorion.
The umbilical cord is 7cm. (2} inches) in length, and its vessels
begin to be twisted. The external parts of the embryo are
distinctly formed. Ossific centres are apparent in most of
the bones. The fingers are separated, also the toes. Rudi-
mentary finger- and toe-nails are present. The cavities are
wholly closed. Sex is determinable by the presence or ab-
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 61
sence of a uterus. Active foetal movements begin in the
latter part of this month.
Fourth Month. The length of the foetus is 12.5 cm. (5
inches); its average weight is about 235 grammes (8 ounces).
Ossification is established in the frontal and occipital bones.
The sex is distinctly defined. Lanugo appears. Meconium
is present. The placenta is now complete.
Fifth Month. The length of the foetus is 24 cm. (9J
inches) ; its average weight 500 grammes (17 ounces). The
cord is about 30 cm. (1 foot) in length. Its point of inser-
tion, which till the fourth month is still at the symphysis,
now begins to depart from it. The eyelids commence to open.
Beginning ossification is apparent in the ischium. Develop-
ment of hair and nails begins. Vernix caseosa first makes
its appearance. Heart-sounds are audible.
Sixth Month. The length of the foetus is 30 cm. (12
inches) ; its weight is about 1000 grammes (2 pounds and 3
ounces). The umbilical cord is 35 cm. (14 inches) in length.
Ossification in the pubic bones begins.
Seventh Month. The length of the foetus is 35 cm.
(14 inches) ; it weighs 1500 grammes (3J pounds). The
pupillary membrane is disappearing. In boys the testicles
have descended into the scrotum — at least the left one. The
average length of the cord is 42 cm. (16J inches). Ossifi-
cation commences in the astragalus. The foetus is viable,
but its viability is yet feeble.
Eighth Month. The length of the foetus is 40.5 cm.
(16 inches) ; its average weight is 2000 grammes (4 pounds,
6 ounces). The nails are fully developed, but do not project
beyond the tips of the fingers. A child born at this stage
of development is viable. Lanugo commences to disappear
from the face.
Ninth Month. The length of the foetus is 43 cm. (17
4
62 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
inches). The head diameters are 12 mm. to 16 mm. (J to §
inch) less than at term ; the average weight is about 2721
grammes (6 pounds) ; an ossific nucleus first appears in the
lower femoral epiphysis. Lanugo is disappearing from the
body.
Tenth Month. Signs of Maturity. Measurements :
length 45 to 50 cm. (18 to 20 inches) ; suboccipito-breg-
matic circumference 33 cm. (13 inches) ; length of foot 8 cm.
(3J inches). The weight is 3175 to 3288 grammes (7 to 7J
pounds). The eyes are usually open. The face and body are
plump. The child suckles and cries lustily. Lanugo is almost
wholly absent from the body. Vernix caseosa, as a rule, is
present only on the child's back and on the flexor surfaces of
the limbs. The finger-nails overreach the finger-tips, the toe-
nails extend to the end of the bed of the nail. The carti-
lages of the ear and of the nose have become firm. The
cranial bones are hard, and the sutures and fontanelles small.
Centres of ossification are well developed in the lower epiph-
yses of the femurs and in the astragalus : they are begin-
ning to appear in the upper epiphysis of the tibia and in the
cuboid bone. (Plate III.)
FCETAL CIRCULATION.
The peculiarity of the foetal circulation arises chiefly from
the fact that pulmonary respiration is in abeyance during
intrauterine life, the respiratory blood-changes being accom-
plished in the placenta. Only so much blood goes to the
lungs as is needed for their nutrition. From the placenta
the blood passes to the umbilical vein. A part goes directly
to the ascending cava by the ductus venosus, and a part
reaches it indirectly through the liver and the hepatic vein.
Together with the blood from the lower extremities it then
goes to the right auricle, and thence is deflected through
PLATE III.
The Mature Ovum. (After Runge. )
A. Uterine Wall.
B. Placenta.
C. Umbilical Cord.
D. Decidua.
E. Chorion.
F. Amnion.
G. Foetus.
H. Amnial liquor.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
63
the foramen ovale into the left auricle by the Eustachian
valve, whence it passes through the left ventricle and into
the aorta. The larger part goes to the arms and the head.
'Pulmonary Art.
Left Auricle
Left Auric. - Vent.
Operang.
Ductus Venosus.
Internal Iliac Arteries.
Diagram of the foetal circulation. (Flint.)
Returning by the descending cava to the right auricle it
goes to the right ventricle, a very small part passing to the
lungs by the pulmonary artery, the larger part reaching the
64
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
aorta through the ductus arteriosus ; a small portion of this
mixed blood goes to the lower extremities, the greater part
being returned again to the placenta by the hypogastric
arteries.
EFFECTS OF PREGNANCY ON THE MATERNAL
ORGANISM.
Changes in the Uterus. Naturally the first effects of
pregnancy are to be found in the uterus. The most notable
clinically are the alterations in the size, shape, and structure
of the uterus.
Size. The growth of the uterus begins immediately on
fixation of the ovum, and is continuous with its growth.
Fig. 23.
Size of uterus at different periods of pregnancy.
In the first two months its development is chiefly in the
lateral and antero-posterior directions. Subsequently the
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 65
growth is nearly symmetrical. It is mainly due to hyper-
trophy and to hyperplasia of its muscular fibres. In the
later months the enlargement is in part by dilatation.
The thickness of the uterine walls at term is between 4 and
6 mm. (i and J inch). The internal surface is expanded
between conception and full term from 32 or 39 square
cm. (5 or 6 inches), to 2256 square cm. (350 square inches).
The cubic capacity of the uterus is enlarged more than five
hundred times, to 4000 c.c. or more. The weight increases
from 43 grammes (1J ounce) in the pre-gravid state, to 904
to 1133 grammes (2 to 2J pounds) at term.
Dimensions of the Gravid Utei
^US.
Stage of gestation.
Total length.
Width.
12 weeks .
. 12.5 cm. (5 in.)
10 cm. (4 in.)
16 weeks .
. 15 " (6 " )
12.5 " (5 " )
20 weeks .
. 17.5 " (7 " )
15 " (6 " )
24 weeks .
. 21.5 " (8Y 2 " )
16.5 " (6% " )
28 weeks .
. 25 " (10 "
17.5 " (7 " )
32 weeks .
. 29 '• (UV 2 " )
20 '• (8 " )
36 weeks .
. 33 " (13 " )
22.5 " (9 " )
40 weeks .
. 35.5 " (14 " )
25 " (10 " )
Shape. In the first three months the shape of the uterus
is irregularly pyriform ; in the second, the body of the uterus
is a flattened spheroid, its antero-posterior diameter being
the smallest; in the last it is generally egg-shaped, the
fundal being the larger end. Yet the form of the uterus in
the later months is not altogether constant.
Structure. The changes which take place in the mu-
cosa have already been described. The muscular fibres
grow 7 to 11 times in length, 2 to 5 times in thickness ;
there is also some hyperplasia of muscular tissue. At the
internal os there is a preponderance of circular fibres in all
the layers. The peritoneal coat develops in proportion to
the increasing size of the uterus.
The arteries increase in number, length and calibre. By
66 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the later months of pregnancy the ovarian arteries attain
the size of goose-quills, and the uterine arteries are some-
what larger still. The size of the lateral branches, which
connect the ovarian and the uterine arteries on each side,
exceeds that of the radial artery. The uterine venous plexus
develops into a system of huge sinuses in the middle coat
of the muscularis, and in the subplacental portion of the
inner coat. Some of these vessels attain a diameter of 12
mm. (J inch). The ovarian and uterine veins are propor-
tionately enlarged. The lymph-tubes expand to the size
of goose-quills and the lymph-spaces are expanded. Hyper-
trophy of the nervous structures keeps pace with the general
uterine development.
Changes in the Cervix Uteri. Size. The apparent
shortening of the cervix during pregnancy is due partly to
softening and partly to swelling of the vaginal mucosa and
the loose cellular tissue about the cervix at the vaginal junc-
tion. The cervical enlargement is partly hypertrophic, but is
mainly due to loosening of its structure in consequence of
serous infiltration ; it is progressive to about the end of the
eighth month.
Structure. Softening extends progressively from the
lower border upward ; it involves the entire cervix by the
end of the eighth month. By this time generally the cer-
vical canal has become sufficiently expanded in multipara
to admit the finger, and the head of the child may be
felt through the membranes. In women pregnant for the
first time the os externum is seldom as large as the finger,
even in the later weeks of gestation.
Changes in other Pelvic Structures. The uterine
peritoneum is developed by tissue-growth proportionately
to the development of the uterus itself.
The broad ligaments adapt themselves to the expansion
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 67
of the uterus partly by the separation of their layers and
partly by growth in the number and size of their tissue-
elements.
The ovaries and the Fallopian tubes lie in contact with
the sides of the uterus by the time it rises out of the lesser
pelvis.
The vagina undergoes hypertrophy during pregnancy.
The width and length of its walls are increased and it be-
comes more vascular.
General Changes. The Heart. According to most
authorities there is a physiological hypertrophy of the left
ventricle of the heart during gestation, which is designed to
meet the increased resistance in the systemic circulation
brought about by the superadded utero-placental circulation.
The pulse-rate is slightly accelerated.
The Blood. The total volume of blood is increased in
the latter half of pregnancy. There are an increase in the
proportion of white globules and a diminution in that of the
red corpuscles and albumin. In the later months there is
more fibrin. The proportion of water is normally little
greater than in the non-gravid state.
The Nervous System. In most gravida? there is a marked
increase in the irritability of the nervous system. Psychic
disturbances, neuralgias and other nervous disorders are
frequently observed.
The Body-weight. As a rule, a considerable gain in
body-weight occurs in the later months, due mainly to in-
creased adipose deposit.
The Thyroid. The thyroid gland is hypertrophied dur-
ing pregnancy, and to a certain degree the enlargement
remains permanent.
Similar changes also occur in the liver, spleen and, prob-
ably, in the kidneys.
68 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
SIGNS OF PREGNANCY.
A. HISTORY.
Suppression of Menses. In a woman of previously regu-
lar menstrual habit, and in the absence of other appreciable
causes of amenorrhoea, the arrest of the catamenia is to be
regarded as strong presumptive evidence of pregnancy.
Other possible causes of suppression must, however, be ex-
cluded. These are :
Anaemia ; Change of climate ;
Tuberculosis ; Tardy menstruation ;
Syphilis ; The menopause ;
Chronic nephritis ; Emotional causes.
Exposure to cold ;
This sign is not in all cases available for diagnosis. Con-
ception may take place during the physiological amenor-
rhoea of lactation or before the menstrual function is estab-
lished. In a few recorded cases pregnancy has occurred
after the menopause. On the other hand, periodical hemor-
rhages simulating menstruation are sometimes observed in
the early months of pregnancy. The bleeding in such
cases generally proceeds from polypi or other lesions of the
cervix, from chronic decidual endometritis or from placenta
praevia, and its occurrence at the end of the menstrual
month results from the influence of the menstrual molimen.
Usually it may be distinguished from menstruation by the
irregularity in the amount and duration of the flow. The
typical menstrual discharge begins and ends gradually, and
in the intervening time is nearly constant in quantity. The
usual length of the menstrual period is four or five days.
Bleeding from other causes seldom presents these charac-
teristics.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 69
Nausea is present for a time in the vast majority of preg-
nancies. Usually it begins about the end of the first month 1
and ceases by the end of the third, when the uterus rises
out of the true pelvis. It may subside earlier or last
longer ; in exceptional instances no nausea is experienced
during the entire period of pregnancy.
Generally it is a morning sickness. Sometimes it persists
throughout the day. Pathological causes, such as chronic
nephritis and chronic gastric catarrh, may simulate the
morning sickness of pregnancy, and these must be excluded.
Ptyalism in greater or less degree frequently accompanies
the nausea. Excessive salivation is exceptional.
Hypersecretion of mucus in the mouth and throat during
the early months of gestation is more common. The
tenacity of the secretion and the difficulty of expectoration
have given rise to the term "spitting cotton."
Certain mammary and abdominal signs may be brought
out in the history, such as enlargement, a sense of weight,
fulness and tenderness of the breasts, growth and pigmenta-
tion of the abdomen and quickening.
B. PHYSICAL SIGNS.
1. Mammaey Changes.
(a.) Increased size and fulness of the glands. The milk-
glands are enlarged by growth of the acini, swelling of
the connective tissue and by interlobular deposit of fat.
Development of the gland must be distinguished from over-
lying fat. The gland is readily identified on palpation by
greater density and by its nodular border.
1 By the term month the calendar month is meant unless otherwise specified.
4*
70 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The fulness and firmness are not always well marked
after mid pregnancy. Rarely no material enlargement is
observed during the entire period of gestation.
(6.) Primary areolae. Important changes take place in
the areolae. They become pigmented, elevated and cedem-
atous. The depth of pigmentation varies according to
the complexion of the patient. It is faintly developed in
blondes, well marked in brunettes, and in the negress is
nearly black. Sometimes it shades into the color of the
surrounding skin at the upper and outer aspects of the
areolae toward the end of the second month. The areolae
acquire a soft, velvety feel and are slightly raised above the
general level of the skin. The most significant of these
changes in the primary areolae, however, is the pigmenta-
tion. (Fig. 24.)
(c.) Montgomery's follicles are sebaceous follicles of the
areolae, ten to twenty in number in each, which have become
hypertrophied during pregnancy. They appear as papu-
lar elevations within the primary areolae. They are best
displayed while the skin is held gently on the stretch.
(Fig. 24.)
(d.) Enlargement of veins. The superficial veins of the
breasts become fuller and more prominent. On slightly
stretching the skin in a good light veins may be seen
coursing across the areolae. (Fig. 24.) Frequently a vein is
seen encircling each primary areola at its margin.
(e.) Milk secretion. Colostrum may be pressed from
the nipples at the end of the third month. In women who
have never borne children its presence affords presumptive
evidence of pregnancy. Yet rarely milk secretion is possi-
ble in virgins, sometimes even in males. The sign is of no
value after the first pregnancy, since milk may usually be
found in the breasts of parous women.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
71
To elicit this sign the manipulation should begin over
the ampullae of the milk-ducts at the base of the nipple.
(/.) Secondary areolae. These are faintly pigmented
zones skirting the primary areolae. (Fig. 24.) They are
Fig. 24.
The primary and secondary areolae of pregnancy.
characterized by one or more rows of feebly marked circular
spots just without the primary areolae. The markings are
due to non-pigmented sebaceous follicles. In women never
pregnant before, the secondary areolae are diagnostic when
well made out.
72 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Date of Appeakance. All the mammary signs, with
two exceptions, may be looked for by the close of the second
month. Colostrum is present at the third, and the second-
ary areolae appear at the fifth month.
Diagnostic Value. In primigravidse the mammary
changes usually afford sufficient evidence for, at least, a pre-
sumptive diagnosis of pregnancy. In women who have
borne children they are not to be relied on since most of
them once developed remain more or less permanent.
The group of mammary signs is rarely complete and those
present are seldom equally well developed.
Breast-changes similar to those of pregnancy may result
from pelvic disease. Pathological conditions of the sexual
organs which may cause reflex mammary changes must,
therefore, be excluded.
2. Abdominal Signs.
1. Inspection, (a.) Flattening. In the second month
of gestation the abdomen is slightly flattened ; the uterus
during this period sinks somewhat lower in the pelvis and
the hypogastrium is therefore a little less prominent.
(b.) Enlargement is apparent after the third month, when
the uterus begins to rise out of the lesser pelvis ; thereafter
it increases with the growth of the uterus till the middle of
the ninth month. Within two weeks or more before term
the uterus usually sinks deeper in the pelvis and the waist-
line becomes perceptibly smaller.
(e.) Pigmentation. As a rule pigmentation of the abdo-
men is limited to a narrow band about 3 mm. (J inch) in
width extending from the pubes to the umbilicus, sometimes
to the ensiform. It is present by the end of the second
month. Pigmentation of the abdomen, like that of the
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 73
breast, varies in depth and extent of surface with the com-
plexion of the patient. In brunettes a dark circle appears
around the umbilicus, and pigmented patches are observed
over other parts of the abdomen. In blondes entire absence
of pigmentary changes is not infrequent. Deposits of pig-
ment similar to those of pregnancy are sometimes observed
in other conditions of health and disease.
(d.) Umbilical changes. The umbilicus is retracted in
the first three months and becomes protruded in the last two
or three.
(e.) Linese Albicantes, or Striae Gravidarum. These are
irregular whitish, pinkish or bluish lines developed over
the lower half of the abdomen during the later months of
pregnancy. Sometimes they may be observed on the hips
and thighs. The breasts may present similar markings.
Usually they are slightly depressed below the general surface
of the skin. They are due chiefly to partial atrophy of the
skin from tension ; they appear at about the sixth month.
Once formed they remain in greater or less degree perma-
nent. Distention of the abdomen from causes other than
pregnancy may give rise to similar changes.
2. Palpation, (a.) Size of the Tumor. The fundus
uteri lies nearly in the plane of the pelvic brim at the third
month, reaches the level of the umbilicus by the sixth and
the ensiform cartilage at the thirty-eighth week. More
accurate for our purpose than the situation of the fundus
are the width and length of the uterus. For the uterine
measurements at different stages of gestation see table on
page 65.
(b.) Character of Tumor. The gravid uterus is normally
a smooth, symmetrical, pyriform or ovoid, fluid tumor. In
the last trimester, and even earlier, foetal parts may be made
out by palpation.
74 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
(.) Intermittent contractions of the uterus may be de-
tected by the fourth month by abdominal palpation, at an
earlier period by the bimanual examination. They recur at
intervals of five or ten minutes ; may be obtained immedi-
ately by applying the hand cold, or by the use of gentle
friction over the tumor. They are not abolished by the
death of the foetus. Haematometra, hydrometra, distended
bladder and soft fibroids, in all of which contractions may
occur, must be excluded.
The value of this sign, to which much importance was
formerly attached, is vitiated by the fact that contractions
take place in the non-gravid uterus.
(d.) Active foetal movements. 1. As an objective sign,
active movements of the foetus afford conclusive evidence of
pregnancy. This sign is available by abdominal palpation
about the fourth month. It is most promptly elicited by
applying the hand cold to the abdomen or by tossing the
foetus from side to side. Muscular movements of the foetus
begin about the tenth week, and may sometimes be detected
by the bimanual examination as early as the twelfth. In
hydramnios, and in certain other conditions, detection of
foetal movements is difficult and often impossible. In oc-
casional instances they may be absent for a time from no
apparent cause. 2. As a subjective sign the foetal move-
ments are not always reliable. In neurotic women they
may be simulated by intestinal flatus, spasmodic contrac-
tions of the abdominal muscles and certain other conditions.
The sensation of foetal movements, as first felt by the
mother, is termed quickening. The period of quickening
is usually the end of the fourth month ; yet it varies from
the twelfth to the twentieth week. Rarely the foetal move-
ments are not felt by the mother during the entire period
of pregnancy.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 75
(e.) Passive fcetal movements ; external ballottement. Ex-
ternal ballottement is practised by placing the hands over
the sides of the abdomen with their palmar surfaces facing
each other and tossing the foetus from hand to hand. Patho-
logical growths floating in ascitic or other fluid must be
excluded.
3. Auscultation, (a.) The funic or umbilical souffle is
a bruit synchronous with the foetal pulse. It is heard in
but few cases, and only in the later months. The bruit
results from partial compression of the cord, impeding the
blood-current.
(b.) The uterine souffle is a subdued murmur synchro-
nous with the mother's pulse. It is usually best heard over
the lateral aspects of the uterus, especially the left, since
owing to the usual right torsion of the gravid uterus the left
border is most readily accessible. It is generally audible
after the fourth month ; it may sometimes be detected earlier
by pressing the stethoscope deeply down at the side of the
uterus. The sound originates in the ascending uterine
arteries and their branches, and not in the placental sinuses,
as once believed. It persists after the delivery of the pla-
centa. In other conditions which give rise to enlargement
of the uterine arteries and to increased blood-current in
these vessels a similar souffle may be heard. Thus the
bruit is commonly present with uterine myomata, chronic
metritis and even with ovarian cysts.
(.) The choc fcetal is the shock of a foetal movement as
perceived by the ear on auscultation of the abdomen over
the uterus. It resembles the effect produced by gently per-
cussing one hand held flat against the ear with a finger of
the other hand. The bruit de choc fcetal is a murmur that
immediately precedes the choc fcetal, owing to displacement
of liquor amnii by the foetal movements.
76 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
(d.) The foetal heart-tones are generally perceptible by
abdominal auscultation at the fourth or fifth month. By
vaginal stethoscopy they may sometimes be heard at the
twelfth week.
The heart-sounds resemble those of the newborn infant
heard through several thicknesses of clothing. The rate is
nearly double that of the maternal pulse, 120 to 150 per
minute. They are audible over an area of three inches or
more in diameter. The point of greater intensity is termed
the focus of auscultation. Usually this nearly overlies the
lower angle of the left fcetal scapula. Exceptionally there
may be a second focus, even in single fcetation, due to con-
duction through some remote point of foetal contact with the
uterine wall. The heart-sounds may for a time be inaudible,
owing to dorso- posterior position of the foetus, hydramnios
or to other causes. Their persistent absence may usually
be taken as evidence of foetal death.
Method of Examining. Place the patient in the hori-
zontal position in a still room. Auscultate by the mediate
or the immediate method — in other words, with or without
the stethoscope. Listen over the assumed or previously
ascertained location of the left fcetal scapula. Eailing there,
search the entire surface of the tumor. Press the abdominal
walls firmly against tbe tumor; a continuous solid medium
favors conduction. In dorso-anterior positions, crowding
the breech downward in the axis of the foetus helps by arch-
ing the child's back forward. Failing, try again at intervals
of a few hours or days.
A succession of sounds of the characteristic quality and
rhythm, with a rate double that of the maternal pulse, and
which can be counted, establishes the diagnosis of pregnancy.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGXAXCY. 77
3. Pelvic Signs.
(a.) Purplish color of the vagina (Jac quern in' s sign). The
vagina takes on a purplish hue. which varies greatly in
depth in different individuals, and varies in the same indi-
vidual at different stages of gestation. Usually a venous
color is faintly developed by the end of the first month. It
is most constantly observed in the anterior vaginal wall
immediately below the meatus urethrse. The cause of the
deepening color is chiefly, at least, hypertrophy of the
corpus cavernosum of the vestibule and of the vaginal
venous plexuses. It is to be found in about 80 per cent, of
cases of pregnancy by the end of the third month. Patho-
logical congestion must be excluded, since the color in
pregnancy is not distinguishable from that which is pro-
duced by pelvic congestion in disease.
Purplish color of the cervix. A more or less marked
lividity of the vaginal portion of the cervix may be observed
almost from the first month after conception. The purplish
hue of the cervix is not only developed earlier, but it is
more constantly present than is that of the vagina. Here.
too, morbid causes must be excluded.
(b.) Softening of the cervix can usually be made out by
the touch at the sixth week. At this earlv stage of gesta-
tion the softened portion is a thin stratum over the lower
border of the cervix ; it presents the feel of a thin velvety
layer covering the firm body of the vaginal portion. As
pregnancy advances the cervical softening progresses from
below upward and it involves the entire cervix by the end
of the eighth month. The cervical canal becomes more
patulous as the softening extends. These changes are
not always well defined in the early months. Similar
softening may arise from pathological causes, but it then
78 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
lacks the progressive character which belongs to that of
pregnancy.
(.) Changes in the uterine tumor. The most conclusive
evidences of pregnancy in the second and third months are
the alterations in size, shape and consistence of the uterus
as detected by bimanual examination. The body of the
uterus grows with the growing ovum, it takes on an irregu-
larly globular shape and acquires a soft, elastic feel. These
changes are well marked by the sixth week and they may
sometimes be recognized at an earlier period.
Most significant are the softening and enlargement of the
body of the uterus. The shape is somewhat globular during
a contraction. When relaxed the body is markedly flattened
antero-posteriorly, and in the second month much expanded
laterally.
Chronic metritis or subinvolution is distinguished from
utero-gestation by greater density, absence of growth and
by the history.
An anteflexed and hyperaemic uterus may resemble the
gravid tumor in shape and consistence, but it, too, is dis-
tinguished from pregnancy by the absence of growth.
A soft submucous fibroid can generally be differentiated
by the history and by the rate of enlargement.
Hydrometra and haematometra present the usual char-
acters of a tense cyst. They are extremely rare.
Hegar's Sign. One of the most striking peculiarities of
the uterus in the second month of gestation is the compres-
sibility of the isthmus uteri, known as Hegar's sign. It is
especially marked in the median portion of the isthmus,
which in the non-gravid state is the most dense.
Method of Examining for Hegar's Sign. The patient
lies in the lithotomy position. The uterus is depressed by
the external hand, or is drawn down with a volsella caught
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
79
in the cervix. The thumb of the other hand is carried into
the vagina and pressed against the lower uterine segment at
its junction with the cervix. A finger of the same hand is
passed into the rectum to a point just above the utero-sacral
cul-de-sac. The uterine tissues between the thumb and
finger may be compressed almost to the thinness of a postal
card. Thinning under pressure to less than a half-centi-
metre (0.2 inch) establishes the diagnosis of pregnancy.
Fig. 25.
Bimanual examination for Hegar's sign ; uterus tilted forward. (Sonntag.)
The examination may be facilitated by the aid of anaes-
thesia and by first distending the lower rectum with water.
The compressibilty of the isthmus may be made out by
catching it between the index finger of one hand in the an-
terior, and of the other in the posterior vaginal fornix, the
uterus being drawn gently down with a volsella. Usually
80
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
it can be done satisfactorily by the ordinary bimanual
manipulation.
In examining by conjoined manipulation the uterus may
be tilted either forward or backward, and the isthmus thus
be brought between the examining fingers. (Figs. 25
and 26.)
Fig. 26.
Bimanual examination for Hegar's sign • uterus tilted backward. (Sonntag.)
(d.) Pulsation of the uterine artery is perceptible to the
touch from the first month of pregnancy. The examining
finger is held against the vaginal wall at one side of the
cervix. Pathological growths may give rise to hypertrophy
of the artery and must be excluded.
(e.) The temperature of the cervix is from J° to f ° F.
above that of the vagina or the rectum. This may result ;
too, from local inflammatory causes,
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 81
( f.) Internal ballottement ; passive foetal movements. Bal-
lottement is available during the fifth and sixth months.
Earlier the weight of the foetus is too small, later its
mobility is generally too limited to permit of ballottement.
Method. The patient assumes the reclining (half- sitting)
or the erect posture, the bladder must be empty and the
clothing loose. Two fingers in the vagina are held against
the anterior uterine wall above the cervix, the other hand
steadying the fundus. The foetus tossed upward falls again,
and taps the finger.
Distinguish from : anteflexed uterus, a pedunculated
tumor of the ovary or uterus, internal projections of large
cysts, a floating kidney, stone in the bladder, pulsation of
the uterine artery.
Ballottement may fail from scanty liquor amnii, abdom-
inal presentation of the foetus, placenta pnevia, multiple
foetation, etc.
Summary of Diagnostic Signs.
The mammary signs collectively in first pregnancies ;
Detection of foetal parts ;
Active foetal movements ;
Changes in the uterine tumor, especially Hegar's sign ;
Internal ballottement ;
Foetal heart.
Abdominal Enlargement erom othee, Causes
Abdominal enlargement from other causes than gestation
is distinguished from it by the absence of the diagnostic
signs of pregnancy, especially those which pertain to the
uterus. The non-gravid tumors of the abdomen also present
certain characters of their own by which, as a rule, they
may be differentiated from gestation.
82 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Hcematometra and Jlydrometra, which may simulate
pregnancy, have already been alluded to.
Fat in the abdominal walls may be caught up in folds
with the hand and moved about over the underlying muscles,
the patient lying in the dorsal-recumbent position.
A phantom tumor vanishes under anaesthesia.
Tympanites usually subsides in the morning, percussion
is resonant and palpation negative. The abdominal walls
can be pressed backward against the vertebral column.
Place the patient in the horizontal position and ask her to
breathe deeply. Maintain firm pressure with the finger-tips
on the abdomen. With each expiration the walls sink
deeper until they touch the vertebral column.
In ascites, frequently the abdomen is flattened at the um-
bilicus when the patient lies in the horizontal position.
Percussion is tympanitic at the summit of the tumor, ex-
cept in rare instances, in which the mesentery is too short
to permit floatation of the intestines to the surface of the
fluid. There is dulness throughout the flanks.
A fluid wave can be transmitted through all parts of the
tumor within the limits of the fluid. In pregnancy the
wave is intercepted by the foetus. The fluid-level changes
with the posture of the patient.
In ascites evidence may usually be detected of the patho-
logical condition which has given rise to the hydroperitoneum.
Tumors of other organs may be traced to the normal
location of those organs, and the uterus is readily differenti-
ated from the tumor.
In ovarian cystoma, as a rule, there is more pronounced
fluctuation than in the tumor of pregnancy. There is, too,
absence of foetal parts, of active foetal movements and of the
foetal heart. In most cases the uterus may be mapped out
apart from the tumor. The menses are usually not absent.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 83
Uterine myomata, when of the submucous variety, are
distinguished from pregnancy by hemorrhage and generally
by greater density.
Subperitoneal myomata are distinguished by the nodular
character of the tumor.
The growth in either variety is not so rapid as in gesta-
tion and the uterus is denser than in pregnancy. Pregnancy
sometimes coexists with myomata or other pelvic or abdominal
neoplasms, and then is often extremely difficult of recognition.
It must be remembered that a uterine bruit like that of
pregnancy may be heard in a myomatous uterus.
Multiple Pregnancy.
Twins occur once in about eighty or ninety pregnancies,
triplets once in seven or eight thousand. Quadruple and
even quintuple pregnancies are sometimes met with. A case
of sextuple pregnancy is recorded.
Multiple fcetation borders on the pathological. The via-
bility of the children is lower than in single pregnancy.
Usually the foetuses are of undersize and of unequal de-
velopment. Acephalous monstrosity and malpresentation
are more common than in single pregnancy. The death of
one or both in utero is not infrequent. Generally twin
pregnancy is attended with excess of liquor amnii. In two-
thirds of the cases labor comes on prematurely.
Origin of Multiple Pregnancy. Multiple pregnancy
may result from rupture of two or more Graafian follicles at
the same menstrual period, either in the same or in different
ovaries, from two ova in one follicle, or from a single ovum
with a double germ. Children from the same ovum are
always of the same sex. Hence the members of a double
monstrosity are alike in sex.
84 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Arrangement of the Membranes and Placentas. In twin
fetation from separate ovules there are two amnions, two
chorions and two placentas. The placentas may be sepa-
rate or fused at their margins. In either case each has an
independent circulation.
In twin pregnancy from a single ovum having a double
germ there is a single chorion containing two amnions ; the
placenta is single. Rarely two foetuses are found in a
common sac, the amniotic septum having been destroyed.
Superfecundation. Superfecundation is a twin pregnancy
resulting from separate acts of insemination by the same or
different males of ova expelled at the same period of ovulation.
Superfoetation. This term was formerly applied to a twin
pregnancy which was believed to result from the impregna-
tion of two separate ova thrown off at different periods of
ovulation. Supposed cases of this character are doubtless
to be explained as twin pregnancies in which one foetus was
blighted.
Duration of Pregnancy.
The duration of pregnancy is not definitely known, and
it probably never can be, since the time of fecundation is
unknown.
The average period between the beginning of the last
menstruation and labor is two hundred and eighty days,
practically ten menstrual months.
The average interval between the fruitful coitus and the
birth of the child is two hundred and seventy-three days.
Variations of twenty days above or below these averages
are doubtless possible within physiological limits. Much vari-
ation, however, in the actual period of gestation, with the ex-
ception of cases in which the pregnancy is cut short by acci-
dent, is probably extremely rare. The term of pregnancy is
PHY tlOL : It Y OF PPEGSASC Y. v g
frequently shortened a :V~ h^ys, or even one or two weeks.
with d : thing in the character of the labor or the appearance
of the child which would suggest to the casual >bserver a
premature birth. So insecure is the attachment of the ovum
in the last week or two of gestation that labor is :less
established prematurely in a large proportion of instances.
On the other hand the pregnancy may appear to be pro-
longed when in reality the actual term of gestation has not
exceeded the usual normal limit. It is not infrequently the
case that concej:: tea, not from the end :: the week
following the beginning ;: the last menstrual flow as is
usually assumed, but from some later period in the month.
An error of two or three week in the count is often thus
possible.
Rules and Methods for Predicting the Date of Labor.
(a.) Naepeh:'s rid :e uine calendar months from
the beginning of the last menstrual period and add seven
days. This is a ready method of reckoning approximately
two hundred and eighty days from the be^innin^r of the last
menstruation. For predicting :e of labor it is ^rene-
rally accurate within a week. It is subject) hoi ever, to the
fallacies already pointed out.
Reckoning from the date of quickening is uot reliable.
The period :•: vjiokening is no: jiLstan:. I: varies in
different individuals, and even in the same individual in
different pregnancies. Moreover, the observations :: the
patient in this matter ire :::on fallacious.
(b.) Mensuration of the uterus is not a wholly re-
basis for prediction, since the quantity of liquor amnii v:
in different cases and the sze of the fetus at a given r
of ges:a:i:n is not constant.
•5
8Q ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Situation of the Fundus. The fundus uteri is in the
plane of the brim at the third month, at the umbilicus about
the sixth and reaches the ensiform cartilage at eight and
one-half months. After lightening it sinks to a little lower
level. Accuracy here, too, is vitiated by the causes just
mentioned and also by the fact that the umbilicus is not a
fixed point.
(c.) Mensuration of the Fcetus. The total length of the
foetus is about double that of the foetal ovoid. The latter
may be measured with sufficient accuracy with a pelvimeter,
placing one pole in contact with the head through the
vagina and the other upon the abdomen over the breech,
or using both poles externally. The rate of foetal develop-
ment, however, is not uniform ; and, furthermore, extreme
accuracy of measurement is impossible. Yet this measure-
ment together with the diameters of the head affords fairly
reliable data for estimating the stage of pregnancy.
Length of the Fcetus.
The approximate lengths of the child in different stages
of intrauterine development during the later months of ges-
tation are as follows :
Sixth calendar month, 30 to 35 cm. (12 to 14 inches).
Seventh calendar month, 35 to 40 cm. (14 to 16 inches).
Eighth calendar month, 40 to 45 cm. (16 to 18 inches).
Ninth calendar month, 45 to 50 cm. (18 to 20 inches).
HYGIENE OF PREGNANCY.
The patient should seek the advice of her physician from
the earlv months of gestation. She should consult him on
even slight departures from health and especially during
the later months.
PHYSIOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 87
Hygienic Requirements are : Exercise in the open air an
hour or two daily, with care to avoid over-exertion and ex-
haustion ; the avoidance, if possible, of all injurious mental
influences ; the observance of regular hours for meals ;
proper quantity and kind of food ; daily bowel movements ;
eight hours sleep daily ; pure air constantly ; a tepid sponge-
bath at least twice weekly in winter, once daily in the sum-
mer months.
The teeth are especially prone to decay during preg-
nancy and special care should, therefore, be given them. :
In case of irritating leucorrhceal secretions a vaginal in-
jection of a quart of water at a temperature of 98° F., or of
a borax solution, gss ad Oj, may be used once or twice
daily. The temperature of the douche should be that of
the body and the injection must be given with the least
possible force lest it provoke abortion.
Clothing. In our climate light flannel underwear is
essential at all seasons ; the outer clothing must be changed
to suit changing temperatures. A rational method of dress
requires no more clothing for indoor use in the winter months
than would be needed at the corresponding temperature in
the summer season. For outdoor use extra wraps are called
for according to the degree of exposure to cold.
The clothing must not be tight, especially about the
breasts and abdomen, and the heavier garments ought to be
suspended from the shoulders.
Care of the Nipples. It is a useful practice to cleanse
the nipples daily with a borax solution, 5ss ad Oj, during
the last two months of pregnancy. They may be anointed
with fresh cacao butter after cleansing, and if they are
small or sunken the patient should be taught to draw
them out with the thumb and fingers. Astringent applica-
tions such as are frequently employed with a view to hard-
88 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
ening the nipples doubtless tend rather to promote cracking
during lactation than to prevent it. The better practice is
to keep them supple by the use of inunctions. The manip-
ulation referred to not only helps to develop the nipples
when this is required but it has the further effect of inuring
them to nursing.
The Urine. The urine should be examined chemically
and microscopically once a week during the last two months,
oftener in case of suspicion of nephritis or of renal insuffi-
ciency. An occasional examination should be made at earlier
periods.
Quantitative tests for urea afford the best evidence of the
functional activity of the kidneys. In all observations of
the urinary excretion the specific gravity and the quantity
passed daily are essential as indicating the extent to which
toxic material is being eliminated. The average normal
quantity of urea daily is about 33 grammes (500 grains) ;
the total solids daily about 66 grammes (1000 grains). The
total solids may be roughly estimated by multiplying the
last two figures in the number indicatiug the specific gravity
by the number of ounces of urine and the product by 1.10.
For the estimation of urea Prof. Bartley's method is recom-
mended. 1
When the urine is scanty the ingestion of a larger quan-
tity of water is indicated.
Marital Relations. Marital relations are to be restricted,
particularly at the menstrual dates. Violation of this rule
is a common cause of abortion and of premature labor. The
nausea of pregnancy is often aggravated by this cause.
1 Medical Chemistry, p. 689.
CHAPTER III.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
I. THE MECHANICAL FACTORS OF LABOR.
Three factors are concerned in the mechanism of child-
birth, the powers, the passages and the passenger.
1. The Expelling Powers.
The expelling powers are :
1. The muscular action of the uterus. This is involun-
tary, the motor apparatus of the uterus being chiefly con-
trolled by the sympathetic nervous system. The uterine
contraction is peristaltic, yet practically simultaneous; it
begins at the fundus probably.
2. The action of the abdominal muscles, which is partly
voluntary, partly a reflex involuntary contraction.
In the expulsive stage of labor the contractions of the
abdominal muscles are usually brought into play indepen-
dently of volition. Their force may generally be augmented
by voluntary effort. They have the effect to increase the
intra-abdominal pressure and thus to reinforce the expulsive
action of the uterus.
The chief expellent force is the contraction of the uterus.
Contractions of the muscular elements of the round and of
the broad ligaments take place at the same time with the
uterine contraction. They help to steady the uterus in the
axis of the pelvis.
90 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The power of the uterine contraction reinforced by that
of the abdominal muscles according to Duncan is 50 to 80
pounds; according to Schatz it is from 17 to 55 pounds.
2. The Passages.
The passages include : 1. The hard parts of the bony
pelvis ; 2. The soft parts, consisting of the uterus, the pelvic
floor and the structures which line the osseous portion of
the birth- canal.
Obstetric Anatomy of the Bony Pelvis.
The Pelvis. The pelvis is a strong, bony basin, whose
cavity is the most important portion of the parturient tract.
The constituent parts of the bony pelvis are the two ossa
innominata, the sacrum and the coccyx.
The joints are the symphysis pubis, the sacro iliac joints
and the sacro-coccygeal joint. A slight mobility of the pubic
and the sacro-iliac joints is usually present in the later
months of gestation. The capacity of the pelvis is thus a
little larger than in the non-gravid state.
Extension of the thighs tilts the upper end of the sacrum
backward and favors the entrance of the head into the pelvic
brim. The escape of the head from the pelvis at a later
stage of the labor is promoted by flexion of the thighs upon
the abdomen, which rotates the lower end of the sacrum
backward.
Recession of the coccyx to the extent of 12 mm. to 25 mm.
(J to 1 inch) occurs during the expulsion of the fcetal head
from the outlet.
The false pelvis or greater pelvis is that portion of the
pelvis above the ilio-pectineal line. It forms with the lower
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
91
part of the abdominal wall a funnel-shaped approach to the
true pelvis.
The true pelvis or lesser pelvis is the part of the pelvis
below the ilio-pectineal line. It is with this that obstetric
questions are mainly concerned.
The brim, inlet, superior strait, margin or isthmus of the
pelvis is located by the pectineal line and the upper margin
of the sacrum. Usually it is approximately heart-shaped.
Sometimes it is oval or nearly round.
Fio. 27.
Brim of pelvis. 1. True conjugate. 2. Transverse diameter. 3. Oblique
diameter.
Obstetric landmarks at the brim are : 1. The sacral pro-
montory or sacro-vertebral angle ; 2. The sacro-iliac joints ;
3. The ilio-pectineal eminences, which are situated at the
ilio-pubic joint, on the pubic bone ; 4. The symphysis
pubis.
The outlet of the pelvis, or inferior strait, is lozenge-
shaped, and is located by the tip of the coccyx, the subpubic
arch and the ischial tuberosities. It is made up of two
obtuse-angled triangles, whose common base is a line joining
92 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the ischial tuberosities ; the apex of the one is the summit
of the subpubic arch ; the apex of the other is the tip of
the coccyx.
Fig. 28.
Outlet of pelvis.
Obstetric landmarks at the outlet are : 1. The tip of the
coccyx ; 2. The subpubic arch, formed by the descend-
ing rami of the pubic bones ; 3. The ischial tuberosities ;
4. The ischial spines ; 5. The greater and the lesser
sacro-sciatic ligaments which help to supplement the bony
canal.
The greater sacro-sciatic ligaments spring from the pos-
terior inferior spines of the ilium and from the sides of the
sacrum and the coccyx and are inserted into the inner sur-
faces of the ischial tuberosities.
The lesser sacro-sciatic ligaments lie in front of the
greater. They arise from the sides of the sacrum and the
coccyx and are inserted into the ischial spines. The open
space between the lesser sacro-sciatic ligament and the
ischium is the greater, that between the two ligaments and
the bone is the lesser sacro-sciatic foramen.
The greater sacro-sciatic foramen transmits the pyri-
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 93
formis muscle, and the gluteal, the sciatic and the pudic
vessels and nerves.
The lesser sacrosciatic foramen transmits the tendon of
the obturator internus muscle and the internal pudic vessels
and nerves.
The cavity of the pelvis is bounded posteriorly mainly by
the sacrum and the coccyx ; anteriorly by the pubic bones
and the ischio- pubic rami ; laterally by the surfaces of the
iliac and the ischial bones.
The posterior wall is smooth, and is concave from above
downward, a fact which favors the descent of the posterior
pole of the foetal head or other presenting part. The depth
of the posterior wall is 12.5 cm. (5 inches) ; if measured on
the curve of the sacrum and coccyx, 14 cm. (5 J inches).
The anterior wall is smooth and concave from side to side.
This favors the lateral rotation of the head in its screw-like
descent through the pelvis At the symphysis pubis the
depth is 4.4 cm. (If inch). The lateral wall is 9 cm. (3J
inches) deep.
The obturator foramen, situated in the anterior wall of
the pelvis, is bounded by the bodies and the rami of the
ischium and pubis. The bony opening is closed by the
obturator membrane, except at the obturator canal. The
canal transmits the obturator nerve and vessels.
Planes of the Pelvis.
1. The plane of the brim cuts the ilio-pectineal line and
the upper margin of the sacrum. In the erect posture of
the woman the average inclination of the brim to the hori-
zon is about 60°.
2. The middle plane cuts the middle of the posterior sur-
face of the pubic symphysis and the upper border of the
third sacral vertebra.
5*
94 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
3. The plane of the outlet cuts the tip of the coccyx, the
ischial tuberosities and the lower end of the symphysis
pubis. The inclination of the plane of the outlet to the
horizon is 11°, the summit of the subpubic arch being
below the level of the tip of the coccyx.
Practically the plane at which the head escapes from the
grasp of the bony pelvis is a plane cutting the lower end of
the sacrum at a point just below the lower end of the
symphysis.
Pelvic Diameters. Internal Diameters, (a.) At the
brim :
1. True conjugate, from the promontory of the sacrum
to the upper end of the symphysis, more exactly to the point
at which the symphysis is crossed by the prolongation of
the linea ilio-pectinea.
2. Diagonal conjugate, from the summit of the sub-
pubic arch to the sacral promontory.
3. Transverse diameter, the greatest transverse diameter
of the pelvic brim ; it terminates in a point midway between
the sacro-iliac joint and the ilio- pectineal eminence on either
side.
4. Oblique diameters, extending from the sacro-iliac
joints, respectively, to the opposite ilio-pectineal eminence;
R. 0. from the right, L. 0. from the left sacro-iliac joint.
(6.) At the middle plane :
1. Antero-posterior diameter, from the upper margin of
the third sacral vertebra to the middle of the posterior
surface of the pubis.
2. Transverse diameters, terminating in points corre-
sponding to the lower margins of the acetabula.
3. Oblique diameters, each from the centre of one greater
sacro- sciatic foramen to the centre of the obturator mem-
brane opposite.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 95
(c.) At the outlet :
1. Anteroposterior diameter, from the lower end of the
symphysis pubis to the tip of the coccyx, practically to the
tip of the sacrum.
Fig. 29.
c v. True conjugate, d c. Diagonal conjugate, a s. Axis of brim.
p o. Plane of outlet, h h. Line of horizon.
2. Transverse diameter, the distance between the tubera
ischiorum, the bisischial diameter.
3. Oblique diameters, each from the middle of the lower
edge of the greater sacro-sciatic ligament on one side to the
point of union between the ischium and pubis on the oppo-
site side.
External Diameters. 1. External conjugate diameter,
or diameter of Baudelocque, from the depression or fossa
just below the spinous process of the last lumbar vertebra
to the most prominent point on the surface overlying the
upper portion of the pubic symphysis, nearly parallel with
96 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the internal conjugate. To locate the spine of the last
lumbar vertebra draw an imaginary line connecting the de-
pressions corresponding to the posterior- superior iliac spines.
The second spinous process above the level of this line is
that of the last lumbar vertebra.
2. Rio-spinal or interspinal diameter, the distance be-
tween the anterior-superior spines of the ilia measured from
the outer borders of the sartorius muscles at their origins.
3. Rio-cristal or intercrislal diameter, in the normal
pelvis the greatest transverse width of the pelvis at the
crests.
Approximate Measurements of the Static or Dried Pelvis.
Internal Diameters.
NTERO-POSTERIOR.
Oblique.
Transverse.
Brim, 4 inches.
4% inches.
5 inches .
Cavity, 4% "
4% "
4^ "
Outlet, 5 " i
4% "
4
These values correspond nearly to 10, 11.5 and 12.5 cm.
At the brim the right oblique diameter is slightly longer
than the left oblique. The average measurements at the
brim are more accurately as follows :
Conjugate. Oblique. Transverse.
10 cm. (4 in.). 12.5 cm. (5 in.). 13.5 cm. (5% in.).
The circumference of the brim is about 40 cm. (16 in.) ;
of the outlet, 33 cm. (13 in.).
Approximate Measurements of the Dynamic Pelvis.
Internal Diameters. The internal diameters are all
reduced 6 mm. (J in.) by the presence of the soft structures
in the dynamic pelvis. The transverse diameter at the
brim is still more diminished by the psoas and iliacus mus-
1 Distance from lower end of symphysis pubis to tip of sacrum 12.5 cm. (5 in.) ;
to tip of coccyx, 9.5 cm. (3% in.) ; when coccyx is pushed back, 11.5 cm. (4% in.).
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
97
cles, so much so that the oblique is the longest diameter in
the dynamic pelvis.
External Diameters.
External conjugate 20 cm. (8 inches).
Interspinal 25.5 " (10 " ).
Intercristal 28 " (11 " ).
To estimate the internal conjugate from the external
deduct 7 to 12.5 cm. (2| to 5 inches) according to the esti-
mated thickness of the overlying bony and soft parts.
The average external circumference of the pelvis meas-
ured over the symphysis and on a line running just below
the iliac crests and across the middle of the sacrum is nearly
1 metre (about a yard).
Difference between the Male and the Female Pelvis.
Distinguishing Marks of the Female Pelvis.
As a whole : The greater pelvis is wider ; the lesser
pelvis is larger in all its diameters and of shallower depth.
Fig. 30.
Male pelvis.
98 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The bones are lighter and are more slender. The inclina-
tion of the pelvis is greater.
The hrim. The shape is less triangular. The sacro-
vertebral angle is a little less prominent. The pubic spines
are more widely separated.
Fig. 31.
The female pelvis.
The cavity is not so funnel-shaped. The sacrum is shorter
and broader and less strongly curved.
The outlet. The subpubic angle is greater — 90°, the
angle in the male being 70°. The depth of the symphysis
pubis is little more than half that in the male.
Obstetric Anatomy of the Pelvic Soft Parts.
The transverse diameter of the hrim is somewhat dimin-
ished by the iliacus and psoas muscles. They encroach
upon the lateral margins of the inlet to the extent of a
quarter of an inch or more on each side. The external
iliac vessels run along the inner borders of these muscles.
In the cavity no muscular structures overlie the median
portion of either the anterior or posterior pelvic wall. On
either side of the median section are the pyriformis muscle
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 99
posteriorly and the obturator internus anteriorly and later-
ally, too thin to affect the pelvic diameters.
The pyriformis arises by a series of digitations from the
lateral aspects of the sacrum anteriorly and from the upper
portion of the sacro-sciatic ligament, and its fasciculi con-
verge to pass out through the greater sacro-sciatic foramen.
The obturator internus arises from the circumference of
the obturator foramen and the inner surface of the obturator
membrane; its fibres converge to a tendon which passes
through the lesser sacro-sciatic foramen.
The outlet of the pelvis is closed by the pelvic floor or
diaphragm, which is made up chiefly of muscles and fasciae.
The Pelvic Floor. The upper aspect of the pelvic
floor is concave ; its lower, convex from before backward.
It is limited above by the peritoneum, except where that
structure is lifted to be reflected over the pelvic viscera and
their appendages. Its inferior surface is skin.
Its median portion is obliquely traversed by three mus-
cular slits, the urethra, the vagina, the rectum. These
canals are approximately parallel with the plane of the
pelvic brim, except that the end of the rectum turns back-
ward nearly at a right-angle with the vagina.
The posterior vaginal wall and the soft structures behind
it make the sacral segment of the pelvic floor ; the anterior
wall of the vagina and the soft parts in front of it constitute
the pubic segment of the pelvic floor. (Hart.)
Measurements. Coccyx to anus, in the nullipara, 4.5
cm. (If in.) j anus to lower edge of vulvar orifice, in the
nullipara, 3.1 cm. (1J in.); in the parous woman, 2.5 cm.
(1 in.) ; in the primigravida at term, 3.8 cm. (If in.).
Greatest transverse width on the bis-ischial line, 10.7 cm.
(4J in.). Perpendicular thickness of the pelvic floor at the
anus, 5 cm. (2 in.).
100 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
In the nullipara the average projection of the pelvic floor
below a line drawn from the tip of the coccyx to the lower
end of the symphysis is 2.5 cm. (1 in.); in the parous
woman at term, 9.5 cm. (3f in.).
The length of the sacral segment during labor at the
moment of expulsion, coccyx to lower edge of the vulvar
orifice, is 15 to 17.5 cm. (6 to 7 in.).
Principal Component Structures.
Fascial Sheets of the Pelvic Floor. The most im-
portant supporting structures of the pelvic floor are its fascial
sheets. Upon these the strength of the pelvic diaphragm
almost wholly depends.
Recto-vesical or visceral fascia. It will be remembered that
the parietal fascia of the lesser pelvis is continuous with the
iliac fascia*and covers the obturator and the pyriformis mus-
cles. From this is given off a transverse layer which stretches
across the pelvis. This is the recto-vesical fascia. Its line of
attachment to the parietal fascia is the white line, or arcus
tendineus. The white line extends from the ischial spine
to the posterior aspect of the body of the pubis, arching
downward. Its greatest distance below the ilio-pectineal is
about 5 cm. (2 in.).
At the lateral walls of the bladder, the vagina and the
rectum, this fascia divides into four layers (Webster) :
1. Vesical layer. This layer runs upward on each
lateral aspect of the bladder to form the lateral true liga-
ments of the bladder.
2. Vesico-vaginal layer. This layer runs between the
bladder and the anterior vaginal wall.
3. Recto-vaginal layer. This layer extends between the
lower portion of the vagina and the rectum, blending below
with the connective tissue of the perineal body.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 101
4. Rectal layer. This layer envelops the lower end of
the rectum posteriorly, being closely attached to its poste-
rior wall.
The anal fascia covers the inferior surface of the levator
ani muscles, presently to be described.
The Triangular Ligament. Across the triangular space
between the ischio-pubic rami and in front of the bis-ischial
line are stretched the two fascial sheets which constitute the
triangular ligament. The deep layer of the triangular liga-
ment blends with the parietal fascia and is in contact with
the inferior surface of the levator ani muscle, fusing with its
fascial sheath. The two layers blend at the bis-ischial line
with each other and with the superficial fascia. The union
of these layers at the bis-ischial line forms the perineal
ledge or ischio -perineal ligament. These three sheets are
sometimes described as the deep, the middle and the super-
ficial layers of the perineal fascia. They are perforated by
the urethra and the vagina. Between the middle and the
superficial layers of the perineal fascia are the superficial
transversus perinei, the bulbo-cavernosus and the ischio-
cavernosus muscles, on either side.
Muscles of the Pelvic Floor. Levator ani. The anatomy
of this muscle, according to Browning, who was the first to
describe it correctly, is as follows : it immediately underlies
the recto-vesical fascia. It consists of three parts. The
first takes its origin from the posterior surface of the os
pubis and from the deep layer of the triangular ligament ;
the second from the white line ; the third from the ischial
spine. The bony origin of the pubic bundle is about
12 mm. (J inch) from the symphysis and 3.5 cm, (1J- inch)
below the upper border of the bone. The entire pubic
bundle is about 12 mm. (J inch) wide and 3 mm. (J inch)
thick at a point just beyond its origin. Its course is nearly
102 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
horizontally backward. Its superficial fibres blend with
those of the external sphincter ani. Of the deeper fibres a
few turn forward into the perineal body. The greater
number take a backward course toward the coccyx, to which
most of them can be traced. Some of the fibres in their
course toward the coccyx lie in close proximity to the
median line, but none are continuous with their fellows of
the opposite side. The pubic bundle as it sweeps by the
vagina is 5 mm. (J inch) away from it.
The part of the muscle which arises from the white line
is thin and membranous and is weakly attached to it.
The direction of its fibres is at first downward, inward and
backward toward the rectum and the rectococcygeal raphe.
They all fall short of the rectum and the raphe, turning
toward the coccyx, most of them reaching it, some first
becoming aponeurotic.
The part of the levator which springs from the ischial
spine forms a small spindle-shaped bundle. Its course is
nearly transverse. The most of its fibres are inserted into
the tip of the coccyx ; a few turn forward upon the recto-
coccygeal raphe.
Nowhere do the fibres of the levator cross the median
line to join those of its fellow on the opposite side.
The anal fascia on the lower and a very thin fascial
layer on the upper surface of the levator constitute its
sheath. These are separable from the contiguous fascial
sheets previously described.
Superficial transversus perinei. Origin, the inner aspect
of the tuberosity and ramus of the ischium : insertion, the
centre of the perineal body.
The deep transversus perinei lies between the deep and
the middle layers of the perineal fascia. It takes origin
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 103
from the descending ramus of the pubis, and is inserted into
its companion muscle.
Bulbo-cavernosus. Origin, the external sphincter ani and
the perineal fascia at one side of it ; insertion, by three slips,
one into the posterior surface of the bulb, one into the lower
aspect of the clitoris and one into the vestibular mucous
membrane.
Ischio-cavernosus. Origin, the tuberosity of the ischium
and ischio-pubic ramus ; insertion, the crus clitoridis and
an aponeurosis covering the posterior part of the body of
the clitoris.
The sphincter ani externus is made up of two semilunar
bands, each about 3 cm. (f inch) wide, one on either side
of the anus. Origin, the tip of the coccyx and the skin
adjacent thereto; insertion, the tendinous centre of the
perineal body.
The perineal body, so called, is the body of elastic and
muscular tissue between the lower end of the rectum and
the vagina. Its height is 3.7 cm. (1J inch), its transverse
width 3.7 cm. (1J inch), and the length of its base antero-
posterior^ 3.1 cm. (1J inch) in the nullipara.
The Parturient Axis.
The axis of the brim is a line perpendicular to the plane
of the inlet at its central point ; its prolongation passes
through the umbilicus and the tip of the coccyx. It is co-
incident with the axis of the uterus at term.
The axis of the outlet is the perpendicular to the plane
of the outlet at its midpoint. Prolonged it cuts the lower
border of the first piece of the sacrum.
The axis of the outlet of the soft parts, the line of expul-
sion, looks almost directly forward,
104
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The parturient axis is made up of the axes of the several
planes of the birth-canal. It is an irregular parabola.
Fig. 32.
Axes of the pelvis. A Axis of superior plane. B. Axis of mid-plane. C. Axis
of inferior plane. D. Axis of canal. E. Horizon (Playfair.)
3. The Passenger.
Obstetric Anatomy of the Fcetal Head.
For the obstetrician the foetal head presents two divisions :
1. The cranial vault. 2. The cranial base and face. The
former owing to the semi-cartilaginous character of its bones
and to their mobility is plastic, a fact of importance in
facilitating the passage of the head through the pelvis ; the
latter is unyielding, its bony structures being more highly
ossified and more firmly united. Protection is thus afforded
during labor to the vulnerable structures at the base of the
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 105
brain. It is with the cranial vault that obstetric problems
have mainly to do.
The cranial vault comprises the parietal, the frontal and
the squamous portions of the occipital and the temporal
bones.
The cranial base is composed of the basilar portion of
the occipital bone, the petrous portion of the temporal bones
and of the entire sphenoid and ethmoid bones.
The Sutures. The sutures are the membranous inter-
spaces between two adjacent cranial bones. Of special ob-
stetric importance are the following :
The sagittal or inter-parietal suture ;
The frontal or inter-frontal suture ;
The coronal or fronto parietal suture;
The lambdoidal or occipito-parietal suture.
The Fontanelles. The fontanelles are the membranous
spaces between the angles of three or four adjacent bones of
the cranium. The fontanelles of obstetric interest are two,
the anterior and the posterior.
The anterior or large fontanelle or bregma is situated
at the anterior end of the sagittal suture. In the vaginal
examination during labor it is identified by the following
characters :
1. It is kite-shaped or quadrangular, its most acute angle
looking forward ; 2. Its average diameter is 2.5 cm. (1 in.) ;
3. Four sutures run into it.
The posterior fontanelle lies at the posterior end of the
sagittal suture. To the examining finger it presents the fol-
lowing distinguishing marks :
1. It is triangular ; 2. It is small, usually a mere de-
pression scarcely perceptible to the finger-tip ; 3. Three
sutures run into it ; 4. Immediately behind it is the squa-
mous or triangular portion of the occipital bone which is
106 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
hinged to the basilar portion by a movable joint of fibrous
tissue.
Protuberances. The foetal head presents five protuber-
ances which are of interest as obstetric landmarks, viz., one
occipital, two parietal and two frontal.
The occipital protuberance is situated on the occipital
bone an inch or more behind the posterior fontanelle.
The parietal protuberance or boss on either side of the
cranium is the eminence at the centre of the parietal bone.
The frontal protuberance is the prominence at the central
portion of each frontal bone.
The Vertex. The vertex is that part of the cranial vault
lying between the fontanelles and extending laterally to the
parietal eminences.
The Occiput. The occiput is the portion of the cranium
behind the posterior fontanelles.
The Sinciput. The sinciput is that portion of the cranial
vault lying in front of the bregma.
Measurements of the Foetal Head.
The biparietal diameter is the greatest transverse width
of the head measured through the parietal eminences ; its
value is 9.5 cm. (3f inches).
The fr onto mental diameter extends from the summit of
the forehead to the centre of the lower margin of the chin.
Its value is 9 cm. (3J inches).
The trachelo-bregmatic diameter is measured from the
neck just above the larynx to the centre of the bregma ; its
value is 9.5 cm. (3f inches).
The occipitofrontal diameter is the distance from the tip
of the occipital protuberance to the root of the nose ; its
value is 11.5 cm. (4J inches).
The occipito-mental diameter is measured from the sum-
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 107
mit of the occipital protuberance to the centre of the lower
margin of the chin ; its value is 14 cm. (5 J inches).
Fig. 33.
Foetal head viewed from behind. P P. Biparietal diameter. (After Farabeuf.)
The suboccipito-bregmatic diameter is the distance from
the junction of the nucha and the occiput to the centre of
the bregma; its value is 9.5 cm. (3f inches).
The bitemporal diameter is the transverse diameter of
the head between the lower extremities of the coronal
suture ; its value is 8 cm. (3J inches).
The bimastoid diameter is the greatest distance between
the mastoid apophyses ; its value is 7 cm. (2f inches).
Circumference. The suboccipito-bregmatic circumference
is measured over the junction of the nucha and occiput and
over the centre of the bregma ; its value is about 33 cm.
(13 inches), in male — 1.2 cm. (J inch) greater than in female
heads.
108
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Fig. 34.
Foetal head viewed from the side. F. Occipitofrontal diameter. B. Sub-
occipito-bregmatic diameter. T B. Trachelo-bregmatic diameter. (After Fara-
beuf.)
It will be seen that the principal diameters of the foetal
head, namely, the biparietal (also the fronto-mental), the
occipito-frontal, and the occipito-mental, are approximately
3^, 4J, 5J inches respectively.
Trunk Diameters.
The bisacromial diameter is 12 cm. (4f inches). The bi-
trochanteric is 8.8 cm. (3J inches). The trunk diameters
are much more compressible than are the cephalic.
Presentation, Position and Posture op the Foetus.
Presentation. Definition. By presentation is meant
the relation of the long axis of the fcetal ovoid to the uterine
axis.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 109
Varieties :
1. Longitudinal.
A. Cephalic,
a. Vertex ;
b. Face;
c. Brow.
A. Pelvic,
a. Breech ;
b. Feet.
2. Transverse.
a. Shoulder;
b. Arm;
c. Hand.
The presenting part is that part of the foetal ovoid which
offers to the examining finger within the girdle of resistance.
Relative frequency of presentations. In at least 96 per
cent, of all term labors the foetus presents by the cephalic
extremity. Breech or pelvic presentation occurs in 3 per
cent, of term births, lateral in about 1 per cent. The face
or brow is the presenting part in a little less than -f^ per
cent, of cephalic births. The preponderance of cephalic
presentation is mainly due to adaptation ; the foetal mass
tends to accommodate its position to the shape of the uterus.
Position. Position is the relation of the presenting part
to the quadrants of the pelvic brim. These quadrants are
the left anterior, the right anterior, the right posterior and
the left posterior quadrant of the brim. The positions are
named according to the particular quadrant which the lead-
ing anatomical landmark on the presenting part confronts.
For each presenting part there are, therefore, four possible
positions.
Vertex positions are named according to the quadrant
which the occiput confronts. When the occiput looks toward
110 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the left anterior quadrant the position is left occipitoante-
rior ; when toward the right anterior quadrant the position
is right occipitoanterior, and so on. Face positions are
named in like manner, according to the direction of the
chin ; breech positions with reference to the direction of the
sacrum, and shoulder positions to that of the scapula.
Thus we have the following positions :
Vertex Positions.
Left occipitoanterior — L. 0. A.
Right occipito-anterior — R. 0. A.
Right occipito-posterior — R. O. P.
Left occipito-posterior — L. 0. P.
Relative frequency : 70, 10, 17, and 3 per cent, respec-
tively.
Face Positions.
Left mento-anterior — L. M. A.
Right mento-anterior — R. M. A.
Right mento-posterior — R. M. P.
Left mento-posterior — L. M. P.
Breech Positions.
Left sacro-anterior — L. S. A.
Right sacro-anterior — R. S. A.
Right sacro-posterior — R. S. P.
Left sacro-posterior — L. S. P.
Transverse or Shoulder Positions.
Left scapuloanterior — L. Sc. A.
Left scapulo-posterior — L. Sc. P.
Right scapulo-posterior — R. Sc. P.
Right scapulo-anterior — R. Sc. A.
Note that in shoulder as in other presentations the terms
right and left refer to the mother.
Posture. By posture is meant the relation of the foetal
members to one another. The usual foetal posture during
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. HI
pregnancy and parturition is one of flexion. As an ele-
ment in the labor posture is most important as relates to
the head.
n. CLINICAL AND MECHANICAL PHENOMENA OF
NORMAL LABOR.
Normal labor, as we shall define it, includes only labor
in which all the mechanical factors are normal and which
are otherwise uncomplicated — labors, in other words, having
no element of dystocia. Only vertex births in one of the
anterior positions will be classed as normal.
Stages of Laboe.
The first stage, or stage of dilatation, ends with the com-
plete dilatation or canalization of the utero-cervical zone.
The second stage, or stage of expulsion, ends at the birth
of the child.
The third, or placental stage, includes the expulsion of
the placenta, the complete evacuation and persistent retrac-
tion of the uterus.
Causes of the Onset of Labor.
The causes which determine the advent of labor are not
definitely known. Probable causes are : the loosening at-
tachment of the ovum in the later weeks of gestation ;
distention of the uterus and the consequent reaction of the
uterine muscles; development of the contractile power of
the uterus ; the growing vigor of the foetal movements ;
excess of carbonic dioxide in the blood, acting upon the
motor centres ; increasing irritability of the uterus ; the in-
fluence of the menstrual molimen. The separation of the
decidua begins at the lower uterine segment with the first
112 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
labor pains. The ovum thus becomes in part a foreign
body. This furnishes sufficient stimulus for continued
expulsive efforts.
Phenomena of Beginning Labor.
Signs of the onset of labor are :
Lightening ;
Irritability of the bladder and rectum ;
Increased flow of vaginal secretion ;
The show, a discharge of bloody mucus from the
vagina;
Expulsion of the cervical mucous plug;
Rhythmic uterine pains.
By lightening is meant the sinking of the uterus, which
takes place usually within from ten to fourteen days before
labor actively begins. The uterus sinks more deeply in the
pelvis. The waist-line becomes smaller. As the uterus
settles lower down in the pelvis the pressure on the bladder
and rectum is increased and these viscera are evacuated
oftener than is the usual habit. Lightening, however, is
not observed in all cases.
At the onset of active labor urination and defecation
become still more frequent and there is a profuse secretion
of vaginal and cervical mucus. The vaginal discharge may
be stained with blood — the show. Sometimes the mucous
plug which blocks the cervix during pregnancy is expelled
as a tenacious, jelly-like mass.
The most reliable evidences of beginning labor are the
occurrence of rhythmic uterine pains and contraction of
the uterus with each pain as felt by the examining hand
held upon the abdomen. The first pains are often little
more than a sense of pressure, and are felt in the lumbo-
sacral region. As labor advances they become more pro-
PHYSIOL OGY OF LABOR. 113
nounced, extend in front to the lower abdominal region
and radiate down the thighs.
Labor pains. Labor pains are the painful uterine con-
tractions of labor. The painful character of the contrac-
tions is due to pressure on the nerve-filaments of the uterus
and on the nerve-trunks in the pelvic cavity.
The duration of a pain is thirty to sixty seconds. The
usual intervals between the contractions at the beginning of
labor are twenty to thirty minutes. They gradually shorten
as labor goes on and may be reduced to a fraction of a
minute at the acme of expulsion.
The intensity progressively increases, reaching its maxi-
mum at the expulsion of the head from the vaginal outlet.
1. First Stage : Stage of Dilatation.
Dilatation. Three agencies are concerned in dilata-
tion of the cervix :
1. Traction of the longitudinal muscular fibres of the
upper uterine segment ;
2. Hydrostatic pressure of the bag of waters ;
3. Softening of the cervical structures by serous infiltra-
tion.
The traction of the upper segment of the uterus draws
the lower segment upward over the presenting portion of
the ovum. The dilatation begins at the os internum. With
the first active labor pains the ovum is partially detached from
the lower uterine segment. The internal os expands and
the bag of waters protrudes into the cervical zone with each
pain, receding in the intervals. At first the cervix, becom-
ing somewhat funnel-shaped during the pains, nearly re-
gains its cylindrical form in the intervals. As the labor
advances the os internum is permanently effaced and the
ovum rests against the os externum. From this time the
114 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
progress of canalization is indicated by the size of the
external os.
The bag of waters is the portion of the membranes which
in the course of the labor protrudes downward into the
cervix. It plays an important part in the mechanism of
dilatation. Its contained liquor amnii, the fore-waters,
is partly cut off from that above the head, the hind-waters,
by the ball-valve action of the head as the latter is driven
into the cervix during a pain. The general uterine press-
ure, however, is transmitted in some measure to the fore-
waters. In accordance with the law of hydrostatics the bag
of waters is not only urged downward, but it exerts a cer-
tain amount of expansive force upon the walls of the pas-
sive cervical zone. In vertex presentation the bag of
waters has a watch-glass shape.
When the membranes rupture prematurely the dilatation
of the cervix usually goes on more slowly and is more
painful. The foetal head is not so good a dilator as the
fluid wedge, the bag of membranes. It lacks the active
dilating power and the equable pressure of the bag of
waters. The mechanical disadvantage is still greater in
malpresentations and malpositions, by reason of the greater
inequality of pressure on different parts of the resisting
girdle.
The membranes rupture usually by the time they reach
the pelvic floor, often sooner, or only on interference.
Softening of the cervix, established before labor, is much
increased in course of the first stage. During a pain the
walls of the uterus are everywhere compressed by contrac-
tion upon its contents, except at the cervix. The blood-
vessels of the cervix, unsupported by pressure, become
engorged, and a serous transudation takes place into its
tissues, loosening its structure.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LAB OB.
115
detraction ring. In course of the first stage of labor
the upper uterine segment becomes thickened, retraction of
the muscular structures into that segment taking place with
each pain ; the lower segment becomes correspondingly
thinned. The line of demarcation between the thickened
upper and the thinned lower segment is the contraction
Fig. 35.
The uterus after complete canalization of the utero-cervical zone. CR. Con-
traction ring or retraction ring. oi. Os internum, oe. Os externum.
ring, or, as it may more properly be termed, the retraction
ring. The retraction ring can generally be felt above the
brim by the close of the first stage, and it rises higher in
proportion to the number and strength of the pains.
116 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Retraction of the pubic segment. The posterior wall of
the bladder and the whole pubic segment of the pelvic floor
begin to be drawn upward during the latter part of the
stage of dilatation. The elevation is marked during the
second stage. The bladder is thus lifted partly out of the
lesser pelvis away from injurious pressure during the birth.
Only a very small portion of the organ rises above the level
of the pubic bones. The length of the urethra remains
unchanged.
The duration is from two or three hours to several days-
The average length of this stage is in primiparse, eleven
hours ; in nmltiparse, seven hours.
2. Second Stage : Stage of Expulsion.
The Mechanism of Labok. The most important
mechanical phenomena of the second stage of labor are
those pertaining to the series of passive movements which
the foetus undergoes in course of its expulsion through the
birth-canal. This succession of movements is usually termed
the mechanism of labor.
The engaging diameters of the head being larger than
those of any part of the foetal mass, the essential mechanical
phenomena of the stage of expulsion are those pertaining to
the birth of the head. To rightly comprehend them it
must be borne in mind that the foetal head is an irregular
ovoid body, which in typical labors tightly fits the passages ;
and that the shape and direction of the parturient tract
change at every point throughout its length. The essential
cause of the head movements is adaptation or accommoda-
tion of the head to the varying shape and course of the
birth-canal. These movements are descent, flexion, rota-
tion, extension ; restitution and external rotation are addi-
tional movements impressed upon the head after its escape
PHYSIOL OGY OF LAB OB. 117
from the passages, in consequence of the spiral motion of
the trunk in course of its descent.
Descent. In the stage of expulsion the uterine contrac-
tions are reinforced by the action of the abdominal muscles.
Hence the bearing-down character of the pains at this period.
Before escape of the waters the expellent force is trans-
mitted to the head through the entire uterine contents. After
rupture of the membranes the propelling force acts directly
upon the foetus. The foetal mass under the general uterine
pressure moves in the direction of least resistance, through
the birth-canal.
The head advances with the pains and recedes in the
intervals, and in normal conditions this advance and reces-
sion continue till the head is well in the grasp of the vulvar
ring.
Flexion. A certain degree of flexion is present primarily.
It belongs to the normal posture of the foetus in utero. The
primary flexion is increased as the descent begins, and for
this reason : the head is so hinged upon the trunk that the
occipitofrontal diameter corresponds to a lever of unequal
arms, the frontal arm being the longer. On engagement
in the utero- cervical zone the resistance, though equal at
the two ends of the lever, acts with greater effect on the
longer or frontal arm, and the chin dips toward the sternum.
Flexion is still more increased when the head encounters
the greater resistance of the bony canal.
The advantage of flexion is apparent. It substitutes the
suboccipitobregmatic diameter, 9.5 cm. (3f inches), for
the occipito-frontal, 11.5 cm. (4 J inches), a gain quite
enough in most cases to make all the difference between a
possible and an impossible delivery. The head undergoes
still further accommodation to the passages by the mould-
ing yet to be described.
<5*
118 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Rotation. The longest diameter of the pelvis at the
brim which is available for the passage of the head is the
oblique ; at the outlet the longest is the antero-posterior.
The head, therefore, as it descends must rotate about the
axis of the birth-canal to keep its longest engaging diameter
constantly in the longest diameter of the pelvis during its
passage through it.
Rotation of the head is due chiefly to the slope of the
lateral halves of the pelvic floor downward, forward and
inward. In normal labor the occipital pole first lands upon
one lateral half of the floor, and as it descends it is thrust
forward and inward beneath the pubic arch. A firm pelvic
floor, together with efficient labor pains, is, therefore, essen-
tial to forward rotation of the occiput. Flexion, moulding
of the head and the development of the caput succedaneum,
yet to be described, promote rotation by increasing the dip
of the occipital pole. After the occiput has sunk below the
level of the pubic arch its forward rotation is due partly to
the fact that this is the direction of least resistance. Com-
plete rotation is seldom observed. The head is usually
expelled in a position slightly oblique to the median antero-
posterior plane of the parturient outlet.
Extension. After the occiput has escaped beneath the
pubic arch the nape of the neck rests against the subpubic
ligament, and the head, rotating upon the nucha as a pivotal
point, is born by a movement of extension, the vertex, the
forehead and the face successively sweeping over the peri-
neum. The chin, however, does not, as formerly assumed,
leave the sternum till the moment of expulsion. A brief
pause usually follows the birth of the head.
Restitution. Since the shoulders descend in the oblique
diameter opposite that in which the head engages, rotation
of the head during its descent through the pelvis brings
PHYSIOL OOY OF LAB OB. 119
about a certain degree of torsion of the neck. After the
head is born the neck untwists and the head, if left to
itself, takes a position corresponding to that in which it
entered the pelvis. This movement is termed restitution.
It may be utilized as a means of confirming the diagnosis
of position.
External rotation is a still further rotation of the head
which is observed during the expulsion of the body ; it
occurs in consequence of the spiral movement of the trunk
as it traverses the birth-canal.
Birth of the trunk. The shoulders and the breech rotate
to some extent as they descend through the pelvis, but less
perfectly than the head. The rotation takes place in a
direction opposite to that of the head, since the shoulders
and breech come down in the opposite oblique diameter of
the pelvis. The anterior shoulder is expelled first, or it
lodges behind the pubic bones and the posterior shoulder
first appears at the ostium vaginae and escapes over the edge
of the vulvar ring. A gush of bloody water generally ac-
companies the birth of the trunk.
Other Phenomena : Caput succedaneum. The caput
succedaneum is an cedematous swelling developed upon the
presenting part of the foetus after rupture of the membranes.
In cephalic presentation it forms on the part of the head
within the girdle of resistance. The vessels here, unsup-
ported by pressure during the uterine contractions, become
engorged and serous infiltration of the tissues ensues. The
size of the tumor increases with the number and strength of
the pains. Its location differs with the position in which
the head has entered the pelvis. In L. 0. A. positions it
forms on the right, in R. 0. A. upon the left, posterior
parietal region. In R. 0. P. positions it appears upon the
left anterior, and in L. 0. P. upon the right anterior, parietal
120 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
region. The location, however, may be modified when the
head has rested long in the lower portion of the birth-canal
after having undergone partial rotation.
Moulding of the head. Owing to the plasticity of the
cranial vault the adaptation of head to pelvis is in part
accomplished by moulding. Under pressure of the pelvic
walls the engaging diameters of the cranial vault are re-
duced and the head is elongated in the direction of the
passages.
Perineal stage. As the occiput approaches the outlet
of the soft parts the sacral segment of the pelvic floor is
stretched and pushed downward and forward in front of the
advancing head. Its length from coccyx to posterior com-
missure is increased at the moment of expulsion to 13 cm.
(5 or 6 inches). The sphincter ani is relaxed, the anal
orifice gapes widely and feces are usually expelled from the
rectum as the head passes over the pelvic floor. As the
equator of the head escapes from the vulvo-vaginal orifice
the posterior segment of the floor promptly retracts over the
Pulse and temperature. The maternal pulse-rate is some-
what accelerated during the pains. The maternal temper-
ature, particularly in hard labor, is generally a degree or
more above the normal at the termination of the birth.
The foetal pulse-rate is retarded at the height of the
pains, owing to increased arterial tension in the foetus.
The length of the second stage in primiparae is from one
to seven hours — average about two hours ; in multipara,
fifteen minutes to two hours — average about one hour.
3. Third Stage : Placental Stage.
Events. 1. Separation of the placenta; 2. Expulsion
of the placenta and blood-clots ; 3. Retraction of the uterus.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 121
Separation of the placenta takes place in the meshy layer
of the decidua ; it is brought about partly by contraction of
the placental site and partly by the extruding force of the
uterine contractions.
Expulsion of the placenta is effected by the extruding
force of the uterine contractions. The after-birth may
present by its amniotic surface or may be expelled edge
first. Its expulsion from the vagina is explained by the
tonicity of the muscular structures in the posterior seg-
ment of the pelvic floor. The placenta drags the mem-
branes after it, gradually peeling them from the uterine
walls.
Retraction of the uterus consists in a thickening and short-
ening of its walls, due in part to rearrangement of the
muscular fibres, in part to thickening and shortening of the
fibres themselves. Normally retraction of the upper seg-
ment is promptly established at the close of labor. It
securely ligates the uterine vessels which have been torn
across by separation of the placenta. The lower segment
remains passive for several hours after the close of labor.
The duration of the third stage varies from a few minutes
to two hours. Its average length is from twenty to thirty
minutes.
The average length of normal labor is in primipar?e twelve
hours ; in multipara, eight hours. Variations from two to
twenty-four hours are not uncommon within normal limits.
III. MANAGEMENT OF LABOR.
Preparatory. The duties of the obstetrician to his
patient especially in the later months of pregnancy are
scarcely less important than those pertaining to the manage-
ment of labor and the post-partum period. The enforce-
122 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
merit of hygienic rules, attention to the general health,
urinary examinations once weekly or oftener during the
last two or three months and instructions with reference to
the care of the nipples are essential to the proper conduct
of the obstetric case. At this period, too, the physician
acquaints himself in so far as possible with the conditions
with which he will have to deal in the subsequent care of
the patient. A month before the expected date of labor a
systematic examination should be made according to the
following plan :
Ante-partum Examination.
Scheme.
History.
General health ;
Character of previous pregnancies, labors, puerperiums,
miscarriages ;
Date of last menses ;
Important data concerning the present pregnancy ;
Character of the vaginal discharge.
Abdominal Examination.
Pendulous abdomen ;
Hydramnios ;
Twins ;
Location of placenta ;
Complicating tumors ;
Presentation, position, and posture of foetus ;
Length of the foetal ovoid ;
Size and hardness of the foetal head ;
Foetal pulse-rate ;
External measurements of the pelvis in primiparse and
in multipara with a history of difficult labors.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 123
Vaginal Examination.
Former injuries — pudendal, vaginal, cervical ;
Placenta prsevia;
Obstructing tumors ;
Measurements of the diagonal conjugate and other
diameters of the pelvis in primiparse and in multi-
para whose history excites suspicion of pelvic con-
traction.
Method of Abdominal Examination for Presentation and
Position.
1. Preparation. The patient is placed in the horizontal
posture (supine, with the lower limbs extended) with the
abdomen fully exposed or covered only with a sheet. When
the sheet is used the examination may be conducted through
this covering, or, better, with the hands underneath it. Be-
fore examining the hands of the operator are bathed in warm
water to render the sense of touch more acute, and because
contact of cold hands would excite reflex contractions of the
abdominal and uterine muscles which interfere with the
examination.
2. Locating the dorsal plane and small parts.
This is done by any one or all the following methods :
a. The entire surface of the abdomen is palpated
systematically, using light touches with the palmar
surfaces of the finger-tips.
b. Downward pressure is applied with one hand
on the foetal pole in the direction of the uterine
axis ; this steadies the dorsum and brings it nearer
to the abdominal wall where it can more satis-
factorily be palpated with the other hand. The
child's back is identified by the length and breadth
of the resisting plane. Distinguish from the
124
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
lateral plane by the greater width of the dorsal,
by its convexity and by the absence of a sulcus
between it and the head.
Fig.
Displacing foetus to one side of abdomen for locating dorsal plane.
c. Place the palmar surface of one hand flat on the
median section of the abdomen at the umbilicus,
and press backward toward the spinal column.
The child will be displaced to the side toward
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
125
which its back lies and the liquor amnii to the
other. Palpating with the other hand, the solid
is readily distinguished from the fluid tumor. (Fig.
36.)
Small parts are felt as nodules which glide freely about
under the touch ; sometimes their outlines may be fully
Fig. 37.
HI ■ mmS
■ If i \ f ■ F
ml .^FBbmw JA f / /
PS
i
Examining lower foetal pole.
traced. Circular rubbing movements with the finger-tips
help to identify them. They are felt on the side opposite
126
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the foetal dorsum. In full anterior positions of the child's
back the small parts may not be accessible to palpation.
Small parts in the median section of the abdomen indicate
a dorso-posterior position of the foetus.
3. Examining the lower foetal pole. With both hands
over the lower uterine segment just above Poupart's liga-
Fig. 38.
Grasping foetal head with hand over abdomen for locating cephalic prominence.
ments, finger-tips toward the mother's feet, and palmar
surfaces nearly facing each other, the lower foetal pole is
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
127
caught between the hands. (Fig. 37.) In difficult cases
the following manipulation helps to find the head : bringing
the hands gradually nearer and nearer together, while placed
as above described, move them as if to toss the head sharply
from one hand to the other.
The head feels hard and globular ; there is a lateral sulcus
between it and the trunk ; in primipara (not in multipara)
it is in the pelvic excavation before labor.
The breech alone is smaller, with all its component ele-
ments it is larger, than the head ; it lacks the hard and
globular feel of the head, presents no sulcus and it is
never in the excavation before labor. If small parts can be
felt just beyond either foetal pole that pole is the breech.
The head in either iliac fossa indicates a cross-birth.
Fig.
Locating cephalic^prominence with one hand.
128 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Cephalic prominence. When the head is in the brim the
cephalic prominence is greatest on the side of the sinciput.
The location of the cephalic prominence affords some aid in
deciding whether the child's back lies to the right or the left.
It is located by grasping the head with one hand held trans-
versely across the suprapubic region (Figs. 38, 39), or by
palpation with both hands (Fig. 40). The hand sinks most
deeply in the excavation on the side opposite the prominence.
Fig. 40.
Locating cephalic prominence by palpation with both hands.
4. Examining the upper foetal pole. With both hands over
the upper uterine segment, finger-tips toward the mother's
face (Fig. 41) and palmar surfaces nearly facing each other,
the foetal poles are differentiated by the signs already given
and by ballottement of the head. The breech lacks the flex-
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
129
ible attachment to the trunk which characterizes the head,
and it has less mobility by reason of this and of its greater
bulk when taken with all its component parts. Ballotte-
ment of the head when in the lower uterine segment is
possible -only with -excess of liquor amnii.
Fig. 41.
Examining upper fcetal pole.
5. Locating the anterior shoulder. The hands are placed
over the sides of the head and, with firm pressure, moved
toward the breech ; the first obstacle they encounter is the
130
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
anterior shoulder. It can usually be identified by its ana-
tomical characters. (Fig. 42.)
Fig. 42.
Locating anterior shoulder.
Location of the anterior shoulder within one or two
inches of the median line indicates an anterior position of
the child's back ; anterior shoulder several inches away
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 131
from the median line indicates a posterior position of the
child's back.
6. Locating the foetal heart. The place at which the
foetal heart-tones are heard loudest is called the focus of
auscultation. It is usually an area of about 7 5 cm. (3
inches) in diameter. As a rule it lies nearly over the lower
angle of the left scapula of the foetus, or at least the upper
part of the foetal dorsum. Heart-sounds in the upper
uterine segment indicate a breech, in the lower a cephalic
presentation. The heart, however, is situated nearly mid-
way between the ends of the foetal ellipse. In multipara,
therefore, in whom neither pole sinks into the lesser pelvis
before labor begins, the location of the foetal heart-tones is
of little value for the diagnosis of presentation.
Occasionally the focus of auscultation does not imme-
diately overlie the heart. It may be found at some remote
point owing to firmer contact of the foetus with the uterine
wall at that point.
The location of the foetal heart is especially useful in
distinguishing between right and left and between anterior
and posterior positions of the child's back. Heart-tones to
the left indicate a left, to the right a right, position ; heart-
tones near the median line indicate an anterior, far from it
a posterior, position.
External Pelvimetry- Measurement of the external diam-
eters requires the use of a suitable instrument. A good
portable pelvimeter for external measurements is Schultze's
or Collyer's. (Fig. 43.) Marked asymmetry of the pelvis
is sometimes apparent on external palpation.
Interspinal and intercristal diameters both small indi-
cates general pelvic contraction. Interspinal equal to or
greater than the intercristal indicates antero-posterior flat-
tening. For the external conjugate 7 inches may be taken
132 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
as the average lower limit m normal pelves. Yet variations
of J to 1 inch above or below this limit are observed.
Fig. 43.
Collyer's pelvimeter.
Method of Vaginal Examination and Internal Pelvimetry.
The bladder and the rectum must be empty. Antiseptic
precautions are to be observed as in examinations during
labor. Measure the depth of the symphysis pubis, width
of the subpubic angle, the bisisohial, the sacro-pubic and
the diagonal conjugate diameters and note the size and
shape of the sacrum.
The transverse diameter at the outlet ma} T be measured
externally by taking the distance between the inner aspects
of the ischial tuberosities measured on a line drawn through
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
133
the anterior margin of the anus. It may be measured in-
ternally with the aid of a suitable instrument, approxi-
mately by the hand.
The antero-posterior diameter at the inferior strait is ob-
tained in a manner similar to that described below for the
diagonal conjugate. It may more readily be measured exter-
nally with a pelvimeter.
The diagonal conjugate is measured as follows : Passing
the index and second finger into the vagina, the tip of the
Fig. 44.
Measuring the diagonal conjugate.
second is placed against the summit of the promontory, the
radial edge of the hand resting against the subpubic liga-
ment. The latter point of contact is marked with the index
finger of the other hand. Withdrawing the hand the dis-
tance between the two points of contact is measured. This
distance is the diagonal conjugate. (Fig. 44.)
The true conjugate is found by deducting 1.3 to 2 cm.
7
134 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
(J to f inch), according to the depth and inclination of the
symphysis pubis, from the diagonal — one-half inch when the
symphysis measures less, three-fourths inch when the sym-
physis measures more, than 4.5 cm. (If inch).
The other diameters are estimated by palpating the walls
of the cavity.
General Preparations for Labor.
The lying-in room. The lying-in room should be a
large, well-ventilated room, with sanitary plumbing, or none
at all, preferably with a southern exposure. The room, the
bedding and the clothing of the patient must be absolutely
clean.
Preparation of the bed. Directions for the nurse.
The mattress should be covered with a muslin sheet, and
that with a rubber sheet large enough to reach across the
bed. A clean muslin sheet is spread over the rubber and
pinned fast to the mattress. Over that is spread a second
rubber covered with a muslin sheet. Two or three fresh
laundered sheets, twice folded, are placed in position to re-
ceive and absorb the discharges. The rubber and the
muslin sheets must be surgically clean.
Labor pad. In place of the folded sheets an aseptic
pad of prepared cotton, cotton-waste, paper-wool or other
absorbent material, covered with cheese-cloth, may be used
to receive the discharges. It ought to be two and a half to
three feet square. A large Kelly rubber pad may be sub-
stituted for the absorbent pad.
Obstetric Armamentarium. For general practice the
obstetric bag should be equipped with obstetric forceps, a
pelvimeter, a soft- rubber catheter, a hypodermic syringe, a
fountain syringe, a uterine douche-tube of glass, needles,
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 135
needle-forceps, aseptic sutures, hand brushes, a Sims' specu-
lum, a sponge-holding forceps, a volsella, a curette and a
yard of aseptic gauze.
It should also contain four ounces of Squibb's chloroform,
an ounce of Squibb's ergot, a few drachms of chloral, mor-
phia tablets gr. J, fluid extract of veratrum viride and
antiseptic tablets of the biniodide or bichloride of mercury,
or either of the following powders.
R . — Hydrargyri biniodidi,
Potassii iodidi. — M.
Chart, no. viii.
S. One to a quart of warm water, as an antiseptic solution.
R. — Hydrargyri bichloridi,
Acidi tartarici. — M.
Chart, no. viii.
S. One to a quart of warm water, as an antiseptic solution.
The nurse should have ready a half dozen clean
sheets, a dozen recently laundered towels, a dozen pieces
of cheese-cloth 45 cm. (18 inches) square, for wash-cloths ;
two or three pieces of unbleached muslin for binders,
a little over a meter long by 50 cm. wide (1J by J
yard) ; two surgically clean rubber sheets wide enough to
reach across the bed (table oil-cloth may serve when
economy requires) ; scissors, two dozen shield-pins of
medium size ; a bed-pan of earthenware or of agate iron-
ware, two or three clean hand-basins of like material, a
slop-jar, one or more new hand-brushes, plenty of hot and of
cold water, a yard of strong linen bobbin, one-sixteenth of
an inch in width, for tying the navel cord ; a woollen
blanket to wrap the child in, an infant's bath-tub and a
bath-thermometer, Castile soap, an ounce package of aseptic
cotton for the navel dressing ; the child's clothing.
Hand-brushes, scissors, cheese-cloths and the ligature for
136
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the funis should be wrapped in a towel and sterilized by
steam or by boiling at the beginning of labor. They are
kept enveloped in the towel until wanted for use. Similar
care should be taken with all other appliances that other-
wise might directly or indirectly be the source of infection
to mother or child.
Antisepsis.
Antiseptic Agents.
1. Dry heat at 284° F. — exposure in an oven for half
an hour may serve for utensils.
2. Boiling for ten minutes, or steaming for half an hour.
Boiling is best done in water to which 1J per cent, of
sodium carbonate, c. p. (washing soda), has been added. The
soda removes greasy matter and tends to prevent metallic
instruments from rusting, and boiling in the solution is a
much more efficient germicide than boiling in plain water.
3. Chemical antiseptics.
Mercuric iodide solution, 1 : 2000.
R . — Hydrargyri biniodidi j
Potassii iodidi i
Aquae* ....
Mercuric chloride [sublimate) solution
R. — Hydrargyri bichloridi
Acidi tartarici .
Aquae ....
Chlorinated soda solution, 1 : 10.
R . — Liquor sodae chloratae
Aquae ....
Creolin solution, 1 : 1000.
R.— Creolin ....
Aquae ....
aa
1 : 2000.
gr. vijss.
Oij.— M.
gr. vijss.
gr. xl.
Oij.— M.
^ix.— M.
Sijss.
Oij.— M.
The water should previously he sterilized by boiling.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LAB OB. 137
Carbolic solution, 1 : 20. 1
R.— Acidi carbolici) ^ z;~~
>-.... act ^jlSS.
Glycerini i
Aquge Oij . — M.
Peroxide of hydrogen in full strength, or diluted with
one or two or four volumes of water, is a useful antiseptic.
It has the advantage of being non-poisonous.
Practical Bides for Antisepsis.
Non-metallic utensils may be disinfected with any of the
foregoing agents ; heat is the most efficient.
Metallic instruments are best sterilized by boiling in the
If per cent, soda solution. Baking for ten minutes in an
oven at a temperature a little below 300° F. is effective,
but it injures the edges of cutting instruments. 2
In sterilizing by steaming or boiling instruments may
for convenience in handling first be wrapped in a towel.
Cloths, bed-linen, etc., are best sterilized by steaming.
Flowing steam is most active. Dry heat does not pene-
trate dressings well.
When the chemical solutions are used exposure for at
least a half hour is desirable.
The obstetrician should wear a sterilized operating-gown
to cover his clothing and prevent contact of his hands and
arms therewith.
Technique of Hand- cleaning.
(a.) Filrbringer method.
1. The nails are kept short and cleaned dry.
2. The hands and forearms are scrubbed thoroughly with
1 Approximately.
- The spores of the bacillus tuberculosis are killed by dry heat only after an
exposure of three hours to a temperature of 2S4° F,
138 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
soap and hot water and a hand-brush for not less than five
minutes, giving special attention to the finger-tips and the
free edges of the nails and using two or three changes of
water.
3. The soap is rinsed off with sterilized water.
4. The hands and forearms are held in one of the mer-
curial solutions (1 : 2000) for five minutes.
As an additional precaution the hands may be wet well
with alcohol (80 per cent, or more) before immersion in the
antiseptic solution. This helps to remove fatty matter and
by dehydrating the skin makes the antiseptic sink more
deeply.
Hand-brushes should be steamed for ten minutes or boiled
in the soda solution for the same length of time.
(b) Permanganate method.
Steps 1, 2 and 3 as in a.
4. Immerse for two or three minutes in a warm saturated
solution of permanganate of potassium in boiled distilled
water, using plenty of friction.
5. Remove the permanganate stain by immersing in a
warm saturated solution of oxalic acid made with sterilized
water.
6. Rinse with sterilized water.
7. Immerse for five minutes in a mercuric iodide or
chloride solution, 1 : 500.
With this method the hands may be rendered sterile to
culture-tests.
(.) Chlorinated soda.
Steps 1, 2 and 3 as in a.
Cover the skin with a paste made by wetting with boiled
water a handful of fresh chlorinated lime. Rub the paste
over the hands with a crystal of washing soda till it feels
cold. Scrub well for five minutes with a sterilized brush.
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 139
Rinse with sterilized water, then with alcohol, and finally
with the water again. This, too, yields sterile results.
(d.) Boiled gloves.
Prepare the hands as in a.
Then put on thin rubber or lisle thread gloves which
have been boiled for ten minutes.
The gloves are especially useful when the hands are sore
or have been recently exposed to virulent infection.
After cleansing, to prevent reinfection of the hands, they
must touch nothing that is not aseptic. They should be
held for a moment in the mercurial solution before each
internal examination.
Lubricants. As a lubricant for the hands, either a 1 : 500
solution of mercuric iodide in glycerin may be used, or they
may be wet with the antiseptic solution. Keeping the hands
smeared with the biniodized glycerin keeps the skin soft and
maintains continuous disinfection. Glycerin recently steril-
ized by heating to 212° F. for ten minutes may be used
instead of biniodized glycerin as a lubricant.
The nurse should wear wash dresses recently laundered,
and should prepare her hands, as the doctor does, before
contact with the genitals of the obstetric patient.
The patient, at the onset of labor, is given a bath and a
change of clothing. Before the internal examination the
nurse cleanses the external genitals, the thighs, and abdo-
men of the patient with soap and warm water for five min-
utes; the soapy water is then removed and the parts gently
scrubbed for five minutes with the antiseptic solution.
In case of yellowish, greenish or fetid discharges the
vagina and cervical canal should be prepared in like manner,
cleansing with soap and water, using gentle friction, and
finally with an antiseptic douche continued for at least five
minutes, with friction. The object is prophylaxis, not alone
140 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
against infection of maternal wounds but also against oph-
thalmia in the child.
The antiseptic may be the chlorinated soda or the creolin
solution. Mercurial irrigation if used at all should be fol-
lowed after five or ten minutes with a plain sterilized water
douche to wash out the chemical as a precaution against
mercurial intoxication. A more satisfactory disinfection is
effected by douching twice daily for a week or two before
labor, when possible, with a mercurial solution or with a 2
per cent, lactic-acid solution.
It is well for the nurse, after carefully cleaning the ex-
ternal genitals at the onset of labor, to apply a compress
kept wet with Thiersch's solution, or a saturated boric-acid
solution, to be worn during the first stage.
Examination or Patient during Labor.
Scheme.
1. Verbal.
Precursory signs of labor :
Lightening ;
Frequency of urination and bowel movements.
Signs of actual labor :
Increased frequency of urination and defecation ;
Bloody discharge — the show ;
Expulsion of mucous plug from the cervix ;
Rhythmic pains, first felt in the lumbo-sacral then
in the lower abdominal regions.
2. Abdominal.
Pendulous abdomen ;
Hydramnios ;
One foetus or two ;
Location of placenta ;
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 141
Pathological growths;
Presentation, position and posture of the fetus ;
Foetal heart-tones, rate, rhythm, force ;
Bladder, empty or not ;
Hardness of the head ;
Relative size of head and pelvis.
3. Pelvic.
Pudendum, rigidity, oedema, former injuries ;
Vagina, mucosa healthy or not ? Secretion nor-
mal or not ? Former injuries ?
Rectum and bladder, full or empty ?
Bony pelvis : diagonal conjugate and other di-
ameters ; shape, inclination.
Cervix, how much dilated ? Dilatable ? Former
injuries ?
Bag of waters, size, shape, ruptured ;
Presentation, position and posture of foetus ;
Caput succedaneum, how large?
Stage of progress.
In the internal examination vertex presentation is recog-
nized by the hard and globular character of the head, and
by tracing the sutures and fontanelles ; the position is made
out by locating the sagittal suture and finding which end is
forward ; the posture by noting the relative descent of the
fontanelles ; the stage of progress, in the first stage by the
extent of cervical expansion, in the second by the situation
of the leading pole, occiput, as relating to the landmarks of
the birth-canal.
Examine deliberately all accessible foetal parts with deep
pressure. Examination is best begun during a pain and
continued into the interval. The frequency and strength of
the pains and the general condition of the patient, including
her pulse and temperature, should be observed.
7*
142 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The prognosis must usually be guarded: it should be
made as definite as the findings permit. All else being
normal the duration of labor will depend on the strength
and frequency of the uterine contractions and the ability of
the patient to help them by voluntary effort.
Management of the Stage of Dilatation.
Measures far relief of severe pain are chloral, in doses of
gr. xv in water, every fifteen minutes, opium, gr. i. or an
equivalent dose of morphine or codeine. Yet opiates should
seldom be given and only in the event of great pain and
restlessness. Chloroform, by inhalation, is very rarely per-
missible in the latter part of the first stage. The use of
chloroform at this time is almost certain to impair the effici-
ency of the pains. Once begun it cannot easily be discon-
tinued till the expulsion of the child, and prolonged chloro-
form inhalation is a dangerous depressant. General anes-
thesia should be withheld, therefore, until absolutely required.
Vaginal examinations should be as infrequent as is con-
sistent with a proper knowledge of the case. If a careful
ante-partum examination has been made a single internal
examination will usually be sufficient for the first stage of
labor. Nothing so surely protects the parturient against
infection as the avoidance of all internal interference. It
is frequently possible to conduct the labor to its termination
with no vaginal examination at all.
Special directions. Active measures for accelerating the
first stage are permissible only when indicated by danger to
mother or child. It is a general rule to remain with the
patient, or. at least, in the house, from the time the os
externum has reached the size of a silver dollar.
The patient must be advised not to keep the bed, not to
bear down with the pains and to frequently empty the
PHYSIOLOGY OF LAB OB. 143
bladder and the rectum. The lower bowel should always be
cleared once or more at the onset of labor with an enema
of warm water. Instructions should be given with reference
to diet.
The maternal and the foetal pulse-rate are to be noted
from time to time. A foetal pulse below 110 or above 150
to the minute should be regarded as a signal of danger to
the child.
Management of the Stage of Expulsion.
Taking the bed. The patient should take the bed when
the second stage begins, sooner if the pains are severe or
the membranes have ruptured.
She should be dressed for the bed with her night clothing
turned up and pinned at the shoulder, and with a clean
folded sheet fastened about the waist like a skirt. The
sheet serves the purpose of protecting the patient's clothing
and the upper part of the body from soiling with the genital
discharges. These precautions simplify the duties of the
nurse in cleansing the patient at the close of labor.
Rupture of the membranes. The bag of membranes if
still unbroken, should be ruptured artificially when it reaches
the pelvic floor. It may be torn with the finger-nail or
punctured with a stout hairpin, previously flamed, or with
a sharp-pointed scissors. The instrument is passed with its
point resting on the finger as a guard and the bag punc-
tured while tense, during a pain.
Puller. Unless the labor is over-rapid, the patient may
be permitted, during the pains, to pull upon a sheet twisted
into a rope and fastened at one end to the foot of the bed.
The use of the puller increases the efficiency of the voluntary
expulsive efforts.
Obstetric position. Generally the position may be left to
144 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the patient. For internal examinations the dorsal re-
cumbent position is best. At the perineal stage the posi-
tion most favorable from the standpoint of both the mech-
anism and the management is the lateral. Occasional
changes of posture relieve fatigue and promote the progress
of labor.
Vaginal examinations should be infrequent. It will sel-
dom be necessary to examine internally oftener than once
an hour at the most. A single examination at the begin-
ning of the second stage is usually sufficient. This is gen-
erally desirable to make sure that the cord or a hand has
not prolapsed and that no other irregularity is present.
Once assured that all is normal, further interference within
the passages is not only unnecessary but is injurious. The
progress of labor while the head is passing the brim may be
observed by palpation over the lower abdomen. After the
head has sunk well into the pelvis the rate of descent can
be watched by examining through the pelvic floor, with the
finger on the skin surface near the posterior vulvar com-
missure; by deep pressure at this point the head can be
felt before it rests on the floor. By these means internal
manipulations can be reduced to a minimum, and sometimes
be wholly omitted.
Anaesthesia. An anaesthetic, if properly administered,
may be used with advantage in most labors during at least
the latter part of the second stage. In obstetric anaesthesia
the aim is to blunt the pain, not to abolish it. Here the
anaesthetic is given for short periods and intermittently —
with the pains only. At the moment of expulsion it may
usually be carried nearly or quite to the surgical degree.
As [a rule chloroform is preferred for mere obstetric anal-
gesia. Ether should be chosen when complete anaesthesia
is required for obstetric operations. Ether is equally appli-
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
145
cable for partial anaesthesia in simple labor and by some
obstetricians is preferred, but it is not so pleasant.
Fig. 45.
Giving chloroform with the towel inhaler and dropping-bottle.
It is generally a good rule to withhold anaesthetics as
long as the pains are well borne without them. The pro-
longed and too free use of chloroform during labor is capable
of serious injury to the mother. It must not be forgotten
146 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
that the strength of the uterine contractions is impaired by
anaesthetics.
Method. Have the head low and the clothing loose, re-
move false teeth, examine the heart and protect the skin
about the mouth and nose by smearing with vaselin or
glycerin. A good inhaler is a towel spread over the head
and lifted at its middle six or seven inches from the face.
Ask the patient to breathe deeply when the pain begins.
Drop on the towel opposite the mouth and nose one or two
drops of chloroform at each breath. If ether is used, three
or four drops at each respiration will be required. (Fig. 45.)
Whatever effect is to be produced must be obtained before
the pain reaches its height. Normally at the acme of the
uterine contraction the abdominal muscles are fixed and
respiration is temporarily suspended.
Regulation of the expelling forces. If the pains are
feeble they may be stimulated by simple means, such, for
example, as postural measures. Summon the aid of the
abdominal muscles. In over-rapid labor the pains may be
moderated by the use of anaesthetics and by regulating the
action of the voluntary muscles. Anaesthetics arrest or
retard expulsion according to the freedom of dosage. Un-
necessary manipulation of the cervix must be avoided;
irritating the tissues lowers the resisting power and invites
sepsis.
Prevention of pelvic-floor lacerations. The chief reliance
for preventing pelvic-floor injuries during the birth is a
slow and gradual delivery of the head by its smallest
diameters. Expulsion is to be retarded by anaesthesia and
by the fingers held against the occiput. This permits the
resisting structures to stretch. Not only the rate but the
mechanism of expulsion must be regulated. Keeping the
smallest circumference of the head in the grasp of the resist-
PHYSIOLOGY OF LAB OB. 147
ing girdle, press the head well up into the pubic arch as
the forehead is about to escape. These measures reduce
the strain on the soft parts. From the time the pelvic floor
begins to bulge the birth of the head should rarely occupy
less than a half hour.
Shelling out the head between the pains, manipulations
within the rectum and most similar measures that have
been recommended for the prevention of so-called perineal
ruptures, must be regarded as useless if not injurious.
Supporting the pelvic floor by pressure with the hand is
rational in so far as it crowds the head into the subpubic
arch and thus relieves the tension of the fascial structures
of the floor.
Episiotomy . When much laceration is otherwise inevit-
able incise the resisting ring at the introitus bilaterally.
Cut while the ring is tense during a pain. Pass a straight,
narrow blunt-pointed bistoury flatwise between the head
and the cord-like girdle. Turn the cutting edge outward
and cut horizontally, holding the knife parallel with the axis
of the patient's body. The location of the cut should be
one- third way from the median line posteriorly when the
parts are fully stretched. The length of the incision should
be about 1 inch, the depth J inch. The incisions are sutured
after labor.
Management of the cord. If coiled about the neck, slip
the coils one by one over the head. Failing this, which
is scarcely possible, cut the cord and deliver the trunk
promptly.
Delivery of the trunk. Hold the head well up toward
the mother's abdomen and deliver the posterior shoulder by
hooking a finger in the axilla and lifting the shoulder over
the posterior commissure. Disengage the posterior arm
and then release the anterior shoulder. Extract the trunk
148 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
slowly or leave its expulsion to nature. Powerful traction
on the head should be avoided if possible owing to the
danger of inducing Duchenne's paralysis by stretching the
nerve-trunks of the brachial plexus.
Ligation of the cord. As a rule, wait till notable pulsa -
tion ceases or until the child cries lustily. By delaying
the ligation of the cord for several minutes, till respiration
is established, a gain of from one to three ounces of blood
is effected, a matter of importance more especially in pre-
mature and in puny or anaemic children. This postnatal
afflux of blood is probably brought about by the force of
thoracic aspiration in the child.
Tie the cord firmly with aseptic narrow linen bobbin 1.5
cm. (about J inch) from the umbilicus. A second ligation
to control the placental end of the cord is required in case
of twins ; in single births it is not necessary. Cut with
surgically clean scissors 6 mm. (about J inch) outside the
ligature. Press the end of the stump with a sterile cheese-
cloth to see if it bleeds ; if it does tie again. A thick cord
should be pinched firmly before tying to press out the jelly
of Wharton from the part to be ligated.
Management of the Placental Stage.
From the moment the head is born the hand should be
held on the abdomen over the uterus till evacuation and re-
traction of the uterus are complete. Gentle friction may
be used if required to promote normal contractions.
Delivery of the placenta. Crede's method. When the
placenta is not spontaneously expelled within thirty minutes
after the birth of the child the uterine contractions are to
be reinforced by the method of Crede. At the acme of
the pain, not sooner, grasping the fundus through the ab-
dominal wall with the thumb in front and fingers behind,
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
149
compress the fundus firmly. (Fig. 46.) To the compres-
sion should be added a moderate downward pressure in the
uterine axis. To bring the uterine into line with the vaginal
Fig. 46.
Expressing the placenta by the method of Crede.
axis carry the fundus well back during the manipulation.
Repeat the process with each pain till the placenta is expelled.
The cord should not be pulled upon to assist delivery till
the placenta is in the vagina.
Manual extraction. Crede failing after an hour, the pla-
centa may be removed manually by seizing its lower edge
with the fingers passed through the cervix.
Management of the membranes. On expulsion of the
afterbirth pull very gently on the membranes till they are
150 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
wholly detached. Should the uterus be contracted, wait till
it relaxes lest a portion of the membranes still held in the
grasp of the uterus be torn off and left behind.
Examination of the placenta and membranes. The pla-
centa and the membranes must be carefully inspected to
make sure no fragments have been left in the passages. The
membranes are best examined by transmitted light to see
that both amnion and chorion are complete. When viewed
in this manner a single membrane is quite translucent, both
together somewhat opaque. Fragments of membrane wholly
or partly in the vagina should be removed. When wholly
in the uterus they are better left to be expelled with the
lochial discharge. Manipulation within the passages, espe-
cially within the uterus, at the close of labor, exposes to
infection.
Laceration of the Passages.
Cervical lacerations must be closed immediately by suture
in case they give rise to troublesome hemorrhage. Other-
wise immediate suture is generally inadvisable. Spontane-
ous union takes place, as a rule, in aseptic convalescence.
Method of suture. No anaesthetic is needed. The patient
is placed in the dorsal recumbent or lithotomy position on
the bed or a table. The cervix is well drawn down with a
volsella. The traction usually controls the hemorrhage for
the time. The surfaces of the cervical wound are brought
together and sutured with silk, the first stitch being passed
above the angle of the tear. The sutures should be placed
2 cm. (about f inch) apart.
Lacerations of the pelvic floor. The frequency of pelvic-
floor lacerations is in primiparse from 15 to 35 per cent., in
multipara about 10 per cent.
Causes are : Narrow pubic arch ; a relatively small
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 151
vulvo-vaginal orifice ; rigidity of the pelvic floor ; advanced
age in primiparae — over thirty years ; faulty mechanism ;
too rapid delivery ; unskilled use of forceps.
Character of the injury. In the vast majority of cases,
if not in all, the tear runs up into the vagina on one or both
sides of the rectum, i. e., in one or both vaginal sulci.
When the laceration is confined to one side it takes a nearly
straight course, terminating below in the skin of the peri-
neum and above in the vaginal mucosa. When the injury
extends into both vaginal sulci the tear presents a Y-shape.
Degrees of laceration. 1st. To the sphincter ani; 2d.
Through the sphincter ani ; 3d. Into the rectum.
Treatment, (a.) Time for repair. Lacerations at the
vaginal orifice involving the muscular or the fascial struct-
ures should, as a rule, be sutured at the close of labor.
Union, however, may be obtained by suturing at any time
within a week or more if the wound is aseptic. Suturing
while waiting for the delivery of the placenta may save the
necessity for renewed anaesthesia ; it is not advisable in ex-
tensive or complicated tears.
(b.) Suture material. For partly exposed sutures ster-
ilized paraffined silk or silkworm-gut ; for buried sutures
sterilized catgut is suitable.
No. 7 silk is a good size for deep sutures. One or two
sizes smaller may be used for shallow wounds. Common
Corticelli sewing-silk of the dry goods stores, size F, or FF,
is a satisfactory substitute for the usual surgical material.
Silk may be sterilized and waxed at the same time by
immersion for an hour in melted paraffin at a temperature
of 284° F. A special thermometer that can be kept im-
mersed in hot wax must be used for regulating the tempera-
ture. The paraffin selected for the purpose should be soft
enough to become plastic at the temperature of the hand.
152 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Silk thus prepared is not only sterile but it is less absorbent
and less likely to cause suppuration by leading septic matter
into the needle track. Catgut may be prepared by Fowler's
method, boiling for an hour in absolute alcohol. Silkworm-
gut is boiled in water for ten minutes immediately before
using. The same method answers for plain silk. Catgut
put up in alcohol and sterilized in sealed glass tubes is espe-
cially recommended.
(c.) Needle. A slightly curved Hagedorn or other sur-
gical needle, about two inches long, is suitable. Lange
needles curved on the flat will be found satisfactory. Small
and medium sizes are required. A common darning-needle
will do in the absence of a better. It may be held in the
fingers or in a needle-holder.
(d.) Anaesthesia is generally required. Chloroform is
usually safe for the purpose if managed properly. Ether
is to be preferred.
Slight tears may sometimes be sutured with the aid of
cocain anaesthesia. The cocain solution should be boiled
immediately before using. It is most eifective when injected
at several points into the lips of the wound. Not more than
a grain can safely be used in this manner.
(e.) Operation. The patient is placed in the lithotomy
position with the hips at the edge of the bed or table. The
knees may be held by assistants, or with a Dickinson's sheet-
sling, as follows : Holding a sheet by diagonally opposite
corners twist it loosely into a rope ; with the patient in the
required position pass the sheet sling under both knees,
carry one end over her shoulder, across the back of the
neck and over the other shoulder or under the arm to the
front again ; pull taut and tie the ends together in front of
the chest.
Pack the vagina above the wound with sterilized strip
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
153
gauze, to prevent the flow of blood over the field of opera-
tion. Remember to remove the packing after placing the
sutures. Press the wound surfaces with a sponge compress
repeatedly till dry. Determine the character and extent of
the injury. Tags of tissue that might become necrotic
should be clipped oif with scissors.
The aim should be to restore accurately the normal rela-
tions of the parts. This may generally be promoted by
catching the posterior vaginal wall with a volsella at what
before rupture was the centre of its lower end, and lifting
Fig. 47.
Tear running up one sulcus ; sutures in sulcus tied ; crown stitch in place.
this point nearly to the meatus urethras The trough-shaped
wound on one or both sides of the vagina will thus be plainly
displayed. The vaginal wall is held in the position described
154
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
till the sutures are laid. The plane of each suture should be
nearly parallel with the skin surface of the perineum. When
the lacerations in the sulci are closed the remaining wound
in the skin surface will be insignificant. It may be closed
with a single crown (Fig. 47) or with two or three inter-
rupted sutures. The stitches in the sulci should be placed at
intervals of J inch, beginning at the upper or vaginal angle
of the wound. Enter the needle close to the edge of the
wound, give it a fairly deep lateral sweep through one lip,
emerging just short of the bottom of the wound, and pass
it in reverse direction through the other lip. Care will be
needed to avoid passing the needle into the rectum. The
loop after the suture is tied should be nearly circular. As
$
Tear running up both sulci ; sutures laid in both.
One sulcus closed.
the sutures are laid the opposite ends of each are knotted
together or held with catch-forceps till they are ready to tie.
When the sutures are all placed tie them tightly enough to
coapt, not to constrict, the wound surfaces, first removing
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR.
155
the gauze packing and clearing the wound of blood-clots. If
silk is used the ends are left 2.5 cm. (1 inch) in length to
facilitate removal. (Figs. 48, 49, 50, 51.)
Lacerations entering the rectum may be sutured on three
sides — the rectal, the vaginal and the perineal or skin side
(Fig. 52), or the rectal suture may be omitted and the rectal
Both sulci closed ; crown stitch in place.
All sutures tied.
mucous membrane be closed with buried catgut. Bring the
ends of the sphincter muscle together with two or three
buried catgut sutures. (These are not shown in the figures.)
When the sphincter is nearly or completely severed the posi-
tion of each end of the torn muscle is marked by a depression
on either side of the median line caused by retraction of the
torn muscle. Draw out the ends with a tenaculum ; pass each
suture through one end, carry it across and through the op-
posite end. To relieve the buried sphincter sutures of too
great strain they should be reinforced with one or two silk or
silkworm-gut sutures as follows : Enter the needle from the
156
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
skin surface one-fourth inch from the edge of the tear, carry
it up through the lip of the wound, pass it across above the
angle of the tear just short of the mucous membrane of
the rectum and carry it symmetrically down through the
opposite lip. (Figs. 51, 52.)
Fig. 52.
Tear entering rectum ; sutures laid in three series, one rectal, one vaginal and
one from the skin surface.
A running suture of catgut in two or three layers affords
an excellent method of treating lacerations of the pelvic
floor. Beginning at the upper end of the tear, in the
vagina, the deeper third or half of the wound is closed by
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 157
a continuous suture running throughout the entire length
of the laceration. The process is repeated once or twice
until the entire wound is closed.
Anterior or lateral tears of the vagina or of the vulvo-
vaginal orifice should be sutured.
Old lacerations sustained in a previous labor, and which
have not been repaired, may sometimes be repaired to ad-
vantage at this time. The method does not differ from that
usually employed in the secondary operation.
After-care. It is unnecessary to bind the knees together.
The catheter is usually required for a time at least after
suture of the pelvic floor. It should be omitted if possible.
Care must be used to prevent the urine from trickling into
the vagina or over the wound surfaces. The bowels are
opened on the second day and once daily thereafter. The
sutures are removed on the eighth or ninth day.
Care of the Patient at the Close of Labor.
Retraction of the uterus. For at least a half hour after
delivery of the placenta the uterus must be watched, holding
the hand over it upon the abdomen. Gentle friction is used
if necessary to promote contraction. One or two doses of
the fluid extract of ergot of a half drachm each are gen-
erally required, especially when chloroform has been given.
Ergot is useful as a prophylactic, not only against post-
partum hemorrhage, but against puerperal infection, since
it tends to prevent the formation and retention of blood-
clots in the uterus. Moreover, by limiting the blood-supply
it promotes involution. It may be administered by the
mouth or subcutaneously.
Cleansing. The nurse bathes the external genitals and
soiled parts of the patient's body with sterilized water or
158 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
with a weak antiseptic solution, and changes her linen and
bed-linen if soiled. Fresh boiled cheese-cloths, not sea-
sponges, are to be used for bathing. Sea-sponges are diffi-
cult to clean.
Vulvar dressing. The external genitals are covered after
cleansing with a dressing, the lochial guard. A folded
napkin is commonly used. It should be sterilized by steam-
ing or boiling and dried before using.
Instead of the napkin a special dressing may be made of
cotton, cotton-waste or other absorbent material loosely
packed in a cheese-cloth envelope. It should be ten inches
long, four inches wide and two inches thick. A tail- piece
about ten inches long at each end of the pad serves for pin-
ning to the abdominal binder. The pads are burned after
using.
Draw-sheet. This is a clean sheet folded to four thick-
nesses. It is placed under the patient's hips to protect the
bed, and changed as often as soiled.
The abdominal binder is best made of a straight piece of
unbleached muslin, a yard and a quarter long and half a yard
wide. When applied it should reach just below the tro-
chanters ; it ought to be moderately tight for the first twelve
hours, subsequently looser.
The binder is not indispensable, but the support it gives
is usually grateful to the lying-in woman during at least the
first few hours or days after labor.
The condition of the mother, especially the pulse and the
temperature, the amount of lochial flow and the firmness of
the uterus, should be noted before leaving.
Instructions to the nurse. The nurse should receive di-
rections with reference to the care of the patient and par-
ticularly in the matter of sleep, diet, evacuations of the
bladder, nursing the child and watching the amount of
PHYSIOLOGY OF LABOR. 159
bloody flow. A drachm of the fluid extract of ergot may
be left with the nurse to be given in the event of hemor-
rhage, a grain or two of opium, or its equivalent, for use if
required for severe after-pains, and a suitable antiseptic to
be used in cleansing the genitals. All needed instructions
should be given with reference to the care of the child.
Within the first hour or two after birth the navel should be
re-examined for possible bleeding.
CHAPTEE IV.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE.
COURSE AND PHENOMENA.
Post-partum chill. Frequently a chill follows the birth
of the child. It is due probably to the lessened heat-
production incident to the abrupt cessation of the muscular
efforts of labor and has no pathological significance.
The pulse-rate. The pulse-rate as a rule falls shortly
after labor below the usual standard. For a period of a
week or more it may remain below 60, in exceptional in-
stances as low as 40, to the minute.
Temperature. The maximum physiological temperature
for the first four or five days of the puerperium is 99 J°,
thereafter 99° F. A rise of one or two degrees though
common is not to be regarded as strictly physiological.
Urination. Owing to lowered intra-abdominal pressure,
to urethral spasm, to the bruised, swollen and sensitive con-
dition of the structures about the urethra and to other
causes, the patient is liable to retention of urine in the first
few days following labor. The secretion is greatly increased
after child-birth and over-distention of the bladder not in-
frequently results.
Peptonuria. Peptonuria is normal in the puerperal state,
peptone being a product of uterine involution.
Bowel movements. Sluggish action of the bowels is the
rule.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 161
Condition of the Uterus. The upper segment is thick
and moderately firm. The lower segment remains thin and
relaxed for about twelve hours after child-birth. Subse-
quently it gradually regains its shape and firmness.
The lymph-spaces or blood-channels are greatly enlarged,
a condition favorable to resorptive activity and which con-
stitutes one of the elements of septic danger in the lying-in
period.
The cavity. The deeper layer of the decidua remains to
be shed piecemeal during the lochial flow. Shreds of the
outer superficial layer, too, are retained to be loosened and
discharged with the lochia. The placental site is slightly
elevated above the general surface and is studded with small
blood-clots lodged in the mouths of the vessels. The cavity
at first contains blood and blood-clots and later its walls
are smeared with a muco-sanguinolent fluid.
Involution. Involution is the process by which the
hypertrophied structures of the uterus and other genital
organs are restored to the non-gravid condition normal to
the parous woman. It is essentially a process of fatty de-
generation resulting from the lessened blood-supply. The
endometrium is wholly renewed.
Uterus. The uterus at the close of labor measures 10 to
12.5 cm. in width by 18 to 20 cm. in length, externally,
(4 or 5 by 7 or 8 inches) ; the thickness of its walls is 2.5
to 3.7 cm. (1 to 1J inch) ; the depth of the cavity is
At the close of labor, about .... 15.0 cm. (6 inches.)
" tenth day 10.7 " (4% " )
" second week 9.7 " (3% " )
" third week 8.8 " (Z% " )
fourth week 8.0 " (3% " )
After involution is complete the thickness, the width and
the length of the uterus are approximately 1, 2 and 3 inches
respectively.
162 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
It will be seen that in the parous woman the organ is
somewhat larger than in the virgin state.
The situation of the fundus at the close of labor is nearly
midway between the umbilicus and the pubic bones ; a few
hours later it is just above the umbilicus and the uterus is
usually dextroverted ; by the tenth day, if involution has
gone on normally, it is at the level of the brim. The height
of the fundus, however, varies with the fulness of the blad-
der and the rectum.
The weight of the uterus at the termination of labor is
about thirty-five ounces, at the end of the first week it is
sixteen ; at the end of the second week, twelve ; and at
the end of the third week, eight ounces. After involution
is complete it weighs ten to thirteen drachms — one and a
half ounce nearly.
The duration of uterine involution is usually six weeks,
but it frequently reaches eight or even ten weeks.
Involution of the uterus is slower in non-nursing women,
after twin births, premature labor, much hemorrhage, reten-
tion of secundines, and is partially arrested in endometritis
and by getting up too soon. It may be retarded by violent
emotional disturbance.
The cervix. The cervix is soft and shapeless, having an
almost gelatinous consistence at the close of labor. Within
twelve hours it begins to be gradually re-formed.
The os internum is large enough to admit two fingers at
the end of twenty-four hours. The os externum will admit
one finger after seven to fourteen days. Involution goes on
proportionately to that of the body of the uterus. The
lower border is permanently notched to a greater or less
extent in parous women.
The vagina. The hypertrophied vaginal walls are much
relaxed after labor. Their involution progresses with that
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 163
of the uterus ; the vagina is not wholiy restored to the nulli-
parous condition, however.
Other pelvic structures. The muscular structures of the
pelvic floor, of the abdominal walls and all other structures
which have undergone hypertrophy during pregnancy par-
ticipate in the retrograde process and are partially or wholly
restored to their ante-partum state.
After-pains. Periodical uterine contractions continue for
a few hours or days post-partum ; usually they are more or
less painful in multipara owing to the greater relaxation of
the uterus in women who have borne children and the con-
sequent liability to retention of blood-clots at the close of
labor. Generally they are not so in primiparse ; they ac-
complish and maintain the retraction of the uterus and are,
therefore, conservative when not too severe. Normally
they cease altogether by the third or fourth day. After-
pains are likely to be intensified while the child is nursing.
The Lochia. The lochia are the genital discharges which
follow labor. They are more or less bloody for four or five
days, lochia rubra, and they contain shreds of decidua and
of placental tissue ; then they become sero-sanguinolent,
lochia serosa, for two or three days ; finally they are of a
creamy appearance, lochia alba, and contain fat-granules,
epithelial cells, leucocytes and cholesterin. For a week or
more after labor their reaction is alkaline, then neutral or
acid. The total amount is about three and a quarter pounds.
The duration of the discharge is in normal cases from two
to four weeks.
MANAGEMENT OF THE PUERPERAL STATE.
Post-partum Visits. As a rule the patient ought to be
seen within twelve hours after labor, except when a com-
164 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
petent graduate nurse is in charge, and once or twice daily
for the first three days ; once daily thereafter until the
seventh is the rule in normal cases. Occasional visits
should be made during the remainder of the post-partum
month.
The first visit. A systematic examination should be
made at this and each succeeding visit. The general con-
dition of the mother, the pulse and the temperature should
be noted. Learn the amount and character of the lochia.
The binder should be loosened and the uterus examined by
the abdomen for size, firmness, tenderness. Observe in the
abdominal examinations whether the bladder is over-filled.
Learn if it has been evacuated and the quantity of urine
voided. Inquire if the patient has had sufficient sleep and
proper diet. The child should be looked after. Ascertain
whether it has passed urine and meconium as evidence that
the passages are pervious ; if there has been any discharge
from the eyes or bleeding from the navel, and what the tem-
perature is per rectum.
Subsequent visits. Especially to be observed at the daily
visits are the pulse, the temperature, the condition of the
breasts, nipples, bladder, the amount and character of the
lochia, the involution of the uterus and the general condition
of the mother. The pelvic contents should be examined by
the bimanual method once or more during the third or fourth
week. Observe whether the introitus vaginae is normally
closed, the vagina intact, the broad ligaments free from ex-
udations or adhesions, whether the cervix is lacerated or
gaping, and note the size, shape, position, deusity and
mobility of the uterus.
Too long continuance of the lochia is usually associated
with some degree of sepsis in the uterine cavity. Persist-
ence of the bloody flow in the third week, especially if
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 165
accompanied with sacral pain, should excite suspicion of
retro-displacement of the uterus.
The case should not be wholly dismissed until involution
is complete and the pelvic organs are entirely restored to
the normal non-gravid state.
The condition of the child should be noted at each visit.
Evacuations of the Bladder. Owing to the danger of
over-distention the bladder should be emptied within six
hours after labor and once in six or eight hours subsequently.
Retention of Urine. Inability to void the urine may
sometimes be relieved by hot fomentations over the meatus
urethrse, a rectal injection of warm water, suprapubic press-
ure and if need be a sitting or half-sitting posture during
attempts at urination. After the first six or eight hours
it is generally better to allow the patient to get out of bed
to use a commode than to pass the catheter. When the labor
has been unusually severe or the pelvic floor has been badly
torn and been sutured the patient must constantly keep the
recumbent posture for at least several days.
Bowel Movements. The bowels are to be opened on
the second or third day and once daily thereafter. For
this purpose a simple laxative, an enema of warm water, Oj,
or a saturated solution of Epsom salt, oj-ij. or a rectal in-
jection of undiluted glycerin may be given. For internal
use citrate of magnesium, the compound rhubarb pill, fluid
extract of cascara or a cascara tablet is suitable. In case
of hemorrhoids a quarter grain of the aqueous extract of
aloes is recommended.
After-pains. After-pains, if* severe enough to prevent
sleep, may be relieved by one or two doses of opium, gr. J-j,
by phenacetin, gr. v, or by chloral hydrate, gr. xx. The
use of opium, however, should be avoided if possible.
Restorative Measures. Restorative measures are rest
8*
166 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
and sleep, as generous a diet as the patient can digest,
tonics (iron, quinine and strychnine) and sometimes stimu-
lants. It is especially important that the patient shall have
several hours sleep shortly after labor.
Antisepsis. Strict cleanliness of the patient's person,
linen and bed-linen is imperative.
The nurse should change the vulvar dressing every three
to six hours during the first three days, and thereafter often
enough to prevent the least putrefactive odor. The external
genitals, their immediate surroundings and other parts of
the body which may be soiled by the discharges, should be
cleansed carefully with an antiseptic solution at each change
of the dressing. Vaginal or uterine douches are to be used
only in the presence of sepsis or of fetor not controlled by
rigid external cleanliness.
The nurse should be scrupulously clean. She should
wear wash dresses, frequently changed, and be as careful in
the observance of a strict asepsis as the doctor is required
to be.
Diet. The diet must usually be restricted to liquid or
light solid food for the first day, often for a longer period
if the patient is much exhausted or has taken an anaes-
thetic. Milk, gruels, beef essence, animal broths, soft-cooked
eggs, oysters, boiled custard, oat-meal mush or wheaten
grits well cooked, dry toast and weak tea or cocoa are suit-
able. After the first two or three days, in the absence of
exhaustion, fever, indigestion or loss of appetite, a moder-
ately full diet may generally be permitted. Convalescence
goes on more rapidly under proper feeding. Either excess
or too great restriction in the matter of diet must be avoided.
Pains must be taken to adapt both the quality and the
quantity of food to the needs of the individual patient.
Subinvolution of the Uterus. Useful measures for
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 167
promoting involution are the following : Gentle friction
applied for ten minutes, twice daily, with the hand on the
abdomen ; the abdominal wall is moved in a circular direc-
tion over the uterus ; galvanism may be used, ten to twenty
milliamperes, one electrode over upper part of the sacrum,
one upon the abdomen over the uterus, sitting ten minutes
twice daily ; faradism, applied in like manner, is still more
effective. Extract of ergot, gr. j, t. i. d., is useful. A hot
vaginal douche, two or three gallons, temperature 115° F.,
once or twice daily, yields good results. Curetting is indi-
cated in case of hypertrophied decidua. This and other
measures to combat sepsis of the endometrium are required
when the subinvolution is of septic origin.
Active interference is not called for in slight departures
from the normal rate of involution. Here all that is needed
is a little longer period of rest than is the rule in strictly
normal conditions.
Use of the Catheter. Catarrh of the vesical neck fre-
quently results from infection carried on the catheter.
Catheterism, therefore, should be withheld, if possible, and
when required should conform to the following rules :
The instrument, if to be used by the nurse, should be a
soft-rubber catheter. The catheter is boiled for ten minutes
immediately before using, and after sterilizing must be
handled only with surgically clean hands.
The patient lies on the back with the knees drawn apart.
She or an assistant retracts the labia to fully expose the
meatus urethrse and holds them apart until the catheter is
passed.
The meatus and its surroundings are carefully cleansed
and disinfected.
The catheter, lubricated with sterilized vaselin, is passed
4 cm. (about 1J inch), or till the urine begins to flow.
168 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The urine is collected in a cup or small bowl. The evacu-
ation of the bladder is repeated every eight hours. Care
should be taken to prevent the entrance of urine into the
vagina and its contact with genital wounds. The instru-
ment is cleansed carefully after using.
Regulation of the Lying-in Period.
First tveek. The patient keeps the bed. As a rule,
after the first few hours she may assume a half-sitting
position, if necessary, for evacuation of the bladder or
bowels.
Second week. She maintains a recumbent posture on
the bed or lounge ; may sit up in bed during meals and for
urination and for bowel movements.
Third week. She sits up in a chair all or part of the
day.
Fourth week. The patient has the liberty of the room ; at
the end of a month, if all goes well, she can leave the room.
The duration of the lying-in, however, must obviously
vary according to the rate of uterine involution and the
general progress of convalescence.
LACTATION AND NURSING.
Colostrum is the thin, slightly viscid, yellow liquid fur-
nished by the mammary glands of the puerpera before the
true milk secretion begins. It contains epithelial cells, fat-
globules and certain bodies called colostrum corpuscles and
is rich in proteids and saline matter. To the latter are as-
cribed by some authorities its moderate laxative properties.
Normally no colostrum corpuscles should be found in the
milk after about the tenth day.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 169
The true milk secretion is usually established by the
third day in priuiiparge, the second in multipara.
Signs of deficient lactation are : Mother's breasts per-
sistently flabby, child not satisfied and showing signs of in-
anition. The milk may be at fault in quality or in quantity.
Clinically the best evidence of the amount and character of
the milk secretion is to be had by noting whether the infant
gains normally in weight. The average gain is five or six
ounces per week for the first five months, and a pound
monthly for the remainder of the first year. The child's
weight should be taken weekly.
The secretion is at fault in quantity, quality, or both, in
from 10 to 20 per cent, of mothers.
Measures for increasing the secretion. Generous diet,
milk, tonics, especially strychnine, and attention to hygiene
are the best galactagogues. Milk may be taken as a part
of each meal, not as an addition to the usual feeding. Used
in this manner it is generally well borne. Faradism applied
directly through the breasts, once or twice daily, may help.
Malt liquors and drugs of supposed galactagogue properties
are of no real value.
Care of the breasts and nipples. The nurse should
cleanse the nipples after each nursing with a bland antiseptic
solution, such as a saturated aqueous solution of boric acid
to which one-eighth part of glycerin has been added. It is
w T ell to cleanse the child's mouth in like manner before
nursing. Excessive nursing must not be permitted. The
nipple is injured by long-continued maceration.
Gentle massage of the breasts may be useful in simple
milk engorgement ; it should be prohibited in inflammation.
Painful distention of the breasts may be relieved by
saline cathartics and partial abstention from liquids, and by
the use of the compression binder.
170 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Contra-indications to suckling the infant. Among the
conditions which should prohibit nursing are recent syphilis
if the child is not infected, tuberculosis, marked anaemia,
epilepsy, poor quality or very deficient quantity of milk,
pregnancy.
THE CHILD.
Condition at Birth.
Weight. The weight of the newborn infant is from 3175
to 3288 grammes (7 to 7 J pounds), males weighing more than
females by about a quarter of a pound, and first less than
subsequent births.
A loss of weight takes place during the first three days,
amounting to six or eight ounces. Normally the child re-
gains its initial weight by the end of the first week. The
birth-weight is doubled at five months and trebled at
fifteen.
Measurements. See page 62.
Temperature. The temperature ranges from 98.6° to
99° F., but is easily influenced by slight causes. Consider-
able elevation of temperature is frequently observed in
innutrition of newborn infants.
Circulation. The pulse-rate ranges from 120 to 140 per
minute. The ductus arteriosus, the ductus venosus and the
umbilical vein are obliterated in a week or ten days. The
foramen ovale generally closes within the same period.
Sometimes the upper part remains permanently open. The
umbilical arteries are obliterated in their upper portions
within five days, the lower parts remaining open to form the
superior vesical arteries.
Respiration. The respiratory tract is devoid of air till the
first respiratory effort, and the lungs are therefore collapsed.
The air-tract may contain blood and vaginal mucus drawn
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 171
into it by premature efforts at respiration. The first re-
spiratory movement is due in part to air-hunger from arrest
of the maternal supply of oxygen, and in part to reflex
contraction of respiratory muscles excited by contact of air
with the moist surface of the skin. The average rate of
respiration in the newborn infant is 45 per minute.
Skin. The skin of the child's back and of the flexor sur-
faces of the limbs is more or less thickly covered with a
cheesy coating, the vernix caseosa, which consists of fatty
matter, epidermal scales and sebaceous material. The epi-
dermis is partly exfoliated in the first two or three days,
leaving the skin red and irritable.
Bowels. The contents of the intestines, meconium, con-
sist of intestinal secretions and bile, together with lanugo
and epidermal scales derived from swallowed liquor amnii.
The meconium is passed off and the stools become feculent
within the first three or four days.
Genito-urinary organs. The bladder usually contains
urine at birth. The specific gravity of the urine is 1005
to 1010, Albumin and sometimes sugar are present. Uric-
acid deposits, simulating blood stains, are often observed on
the napkin.
In boys both testicles have descended into the scrotum.
The preputial orifice is usually too small to permit easy re-
traction of the foreskin. The prepuce is normally adherent
to the glans in the newborn ; sometimes it requires to be
stripped back by freeing the adhesions when the latter are
abnormally firm.
Nervous system. The nervous system is much more
irritable and the nerve-centres more unstable than in later life.
Special senses. The sensibility of the skin is feeble at
birth, but it is fully established within the first day or two.
The taste is sensitive to strong impressions.
172 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
The newborn infant is deaf at birth, since the meatus is
closed and the middle ear devoid of air. Loud sounds are
audible within a few hours. The retina is sensitive to light.
Secretions. The lachrymal and the sweat glands are
not, as a rule, developed in the first few months. Little or
no saliva is secreted. The amylolytic function is absent or
feeble for several months.
Caput succedaneum. The caput succedaneum usually
subsides within twenty-four hours, and the distortion of the
head from moulding disappears in the course of two or three
weeks.
Management of the Newborn Child.
Respiration. To inflate the lungs, provoke deep inspi-
rations by blowing upon the face, by dashing a few drops
of cold water upon the face and chest, or by gentle flagella-
tion. Suspending the child by the feet promotes drainage
from the respiratory tract and at the same time the flow
of blood to the brain.
Asphyxia Neonatorum. Asphyxia in the newborn
infant is generally the result of injuries sustained during
birth. Compression of the cord, premature separation of
the placenta, pressure upon the foetal head in prolonged
and difficult labors and especially in forceps operations, are
among the most common causes. The prognosis varies with
the degree of asphyxia. It is generally good in the cya-
notic and grave in the pallid stage.
Treatment. Preparatory measures. Clear the mucus
from the throat with the finger wrapped with a wet soft
linen, or, better, by aspiration with a soft-rubber catheter.
In marked venous congestion one or two drachms of blood
may be allowed to flow from the cord. If the child is pale
and collapsed a rectal injection of water, at a temperature
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 173
of 105° to 108° F., should be given. Suspension by the
feet is useful. The normal temperature is best maintained
by keeping the child's trunk and lower extremities for the
larger part of the time immersed in water at 98J° F.
Direct insufflation. The child is laid upon its back ; the
head is partially extended by placing a fold of blanket
under its neck ; the face is cleansed and covered with a
clean towel. To prevent inflation of the stomach the hand
is held firmly on the epigastrium. With the mouth against
the towel directly over the child's mouth the operator expands
its lungs by breathing gently into them. This is repeated
sixteen to twenty times per minute as long as the heart beats.
Schultzes method. Suspend the child by the shoulders,
face from the operator, holding a thumb in front and two
fingers over the posterior aspect of each shoulder with an
index finger caught in each axilla — inspiration. The press-
ure of the thumbs should be relaxed to assist inspiration.
Invert the position by swinging the trunk and lower
limbs upward and toward the operator's face, flexing the
body in the lumbar region — expiration.
In feeble infants this method must be used with great
caution, if at all, owing to the shock involved. This and
direct insufflation are the most effectual methods for the
resuscitation of stillborn infants.
Sylvester s method. Place the child in a supine position,
with the head well extended by a fold of blanket under its
neck. For inspiration draw the arms well above the head.
For expiration place them by the sides and gently com-
press the thorax.
Byrd's method. The child is held supine upon the hands
of the operator at right angles to the forearms. For inspi-
ration the radial borders of the hands are lowered ; for
expiration they are raised.
174 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Faradism. A weak faradic current may be employed
when the respiratory movements are persistently feeble; one
pole is applied to the nuchal region and the other over the
epigastrium.
Labordes method. Intermittent traction on the tongue.
Incubation. An infant prematurely born will generally
require to be kept in an incubator for the first month or
more. It should be removed from it only for feeding or
bathing. The temperature in the incubator should at first
be about 90°, and gradually be lowered to that of the room
during the few weeks preceding the final removal of the
child. A thermometer is kept in the compartment with the
child. Ample ventilation must, of course, be provided for.
Rectal Injection. It is well to order a rectal injection
of a tablespoonful of warm water to be given soon after birth
as a means of detecting at once possible occlusion of the
rectum — atresia ani.
Bathing. The face is bathed on birth of the head and
the eyes are cleansed and carefully dried as a prophylactic
against ophthalmia. The instillation of a drop of Crede's
solution (nitrate of silver, gr. x ad. Sj) is the rule in hos-
pitals and may be practised in private cases. It should not
be omitted in family practice when there is reason to suspect
that the secretions of the birth-canal are infectious.
The body is smeared with sweet oil or vaselin to facilitate
the subsequent removal of the vernix caseosa.
For the first few months the full bath may best be given
by immersion. A morning hour should be chosen midway
between feedings. The temperature of the water should be
98° F. by the bath thermometer; that of the room, 75° F.
The least chilling is injurious.
The duration of the bath should not exceed five minutes.
From the standpoint of asepsis a soft, fresh-boiled cheese-
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 175
cloth is preferable to a sea sponge. Only a bland, mildly
alkaline soap (castile) should be used, and little of that.
Special attention should be given to the scalp. The full
bath is repeated daily in the summer, daily or every other
day in the colder months. Parts of the body exposed to
soiling must be cleansed as often as soiled.
In puny and anaemic children the full bath is best post-
poned for several hours or days. A partial sponging, or
anointing daily with sweet oil or vaselin, may be substituted.
Infant powder is generally unnecessary.
Navel Dressing. The stump of the navel cord is
dressed with dry sterile absorbent cotton ; turn to the left
side to avoid injurious pressure on the liver, and retain by
a loose abdominal binder. Rapid desiccation is the chief
reliance for preventing putrefactive changes in the stump,
and the dressing should be ordered accordingly. Powders
tend to hinder the drying, and are best omitted.
The cord must be dried and the dressing renewed after
each bath ; or, after the first bath, anointing with sweet oil
may be substituted for bathing till the cord falls. This
usually occurs about the fifth day.
It is imperative that the navel wound be kept surgically
clean. Septic infection of the navel may result in umbilical
phlebitis, pyemia and death.
Clothing. For the first half-year or more the following
is recommended :
1. Napkin of cotton or linen diaper.
2. An undershirt of the softest flannel, without sleeves,
and opening in front.
3. A fine flannel princesse dress with high neck and long
sleeves, opening in front, and about twenty-five inches in
length.
4. A muslin slip of similar style.
176 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
5. Woollen socks long enough to reach to the knees.
During the night the socks may be removed and the
muslin and the flannel slip be replaced with a light flannel
night-dress.
The belly-band and all bands in the clothing should be
loose enough to admit two or three fingers underneath
them. The belly-band should be discarded after the navel
heals. In all seasons the skin should be protected with
woollen undergarments and the extremities should be as
warmly covered as other parts of the body are. No garment
ought to be worn till laundered.
Nursing. The child is put to the breast after the mother
has recovered from the shock of labor, usually within from
eight to twelve hours. Ten to fifteen minutes may suffice
for each nursing.
The usual frequency is once in four hours for a day or
two, then every two hours. The milk becomes too rich with
too frequent nursing, too thin with too long intervals. One
interval in the night is lengthened to four or six hours. It
is well to wake the child, if necessary, on the hour. The
intervals should be extended to three hours by the time the
child is three months old. As a rule, one or more artificial
feedings daily will be required after the seventh or eighth
month.
Wet-nursing. A good wet-nurse should be of mature
age, below thirty-five, and preferably a multigravida. Her
child ought to be of the same age as the foster child within
one or two months. A menstruating woman is sometimes
unsuitable, a pregnant one always. Sound physical and
mental health is indispensable. She should be examined
especially for tuberculosis, syphilis and other contagious
diseases. The breasts should be of somewhat conical form,
well developed, with prominent veins and well formed and
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 177
healthy nipples. The condition of the nurse's child speaks
for the quantity and quality of her milk.
Weaning. The time for weaning, as a rule, is after the
child has cut eight teeth, except when that period falls in
the hot months.
Evacuations of the Bowels and Bladder. In health
the number of bowel movements is from two to four daily.
Urination is repeated every one to four hours.
Sleep. The newborn infant requires eighteen to twenty
hours' sleep out of the twenty-four.
Artificial Feeding and Infant Dietary.
First Twelve Months.
The natural food of the infant for the greater part of the
first year is milk. Milk, therefore, is the best substitute
food for at least the first eight or ten months of life. Dur-
ing this period farinaceous preparations should be excluded
from the infant dietary. Newborn infants who thrive on
farinaceous food do so in spite of the feeding, not because
of it. The best practicable substitute for breast milk is a
modified cow's milk. The average percentage of albuminoids,
fat and sugar in cow's milk is approximately 4 for each,
while in human milk the corresponding percentages are
1 to 2, 3 to 4, and 7. It is obvious that cow's milk which
has been merely diluted with water is a very imperfect sub-
stitute food. The animal product must be so reconstructed
that the resulting proportions of the principal nutritive
ingredients shall conform as nearly as possible to those of
human milk. The following formula fulfils this require-
ment :
178 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
1. The Rotch-Meigs or Milk and Cream Mixture.
Cow's milk — mixed dairy milk . . . ^ij.
Cream, containing 20 per cent, of fat 1 . . ^iij.
Water, previously boiled .... ^x.
Milk sugar (recrystallized and perfectly pure) 3yj, gr. xlv.
Lime-water 2 3J.
The plain milk 3 mixture, or the condensed milk mixture
given below, is sometimes well borne by robust children, yet
they differ essentially in composition from breast milk.
This is especially true of the condensed-milk mixture. The
latter is nevertheless frequently of service, particularly for
temporary use during the hot months, since it is practically
sterile and keeps well. Usually either of these prepara-
tions should be diluted for the first two or three months
with three to five ounces of water more than the formula
prescribes.
2. Plain milk mixture.
Cow's milk — mixed dairy
milk
• Ix.
Water, previously boiled
• ifv.
Milk sugar
■ 3yj, gr.
xlv.
Common salt .
. gr. viij.
Lime-water
•
• Eh
3. Condensed milk mixture.
Canned condensed milk .
■ 3J-
Boiled-water
. • 3*.
Cream . . . .
. 3x.
Salt .
. gr. viij.
The sweet brands of condensed milk are not objection-
able merely on account of the proportion of sugar they con-
1 Best, that obtained by the centrifugal machine, since it may be had fresh.
- The addition of lime-water is essential, since cow's milk is feebly acid,
human milk alkaline.
3 The following is a simple test of the freshness of milk. Good milk, of
average richness, at a temperature of 132° F., coagulates in three and a half to
four minutes under one part of commercial rennet diluted with one thousand
parts of water. Milk that coagulates in less than two minutes is unfit for use.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 179
tain. Food prepared from canned condensed milk by the
foregoing formula is not. as sweet as human milk, but the
cane-sugar which has been added for the preservation of
the milk is inferior to milk-sugar for infant feeding, since
it is more prone to the butyric acid fermentation. Care
must be taken to procure a milk that has not been too long
kept or badly packed.
Mixture 1 or 2 should be prepared, bottled and Pas-
teurized shortly after the milk is delivered, in quantity
sufficient for the day's consumption; mixture 3 may be made
fresh immediately before using.
Method of Pasteurizing. Ten clean bottles 1 are filled
to the shoulders, each holding enough for a single feeding.
The necks are then plugged lightly with rubber stoppers.
Warm the bottles by immersion for a moment or two in
water at a temperature a little above 100° F. Then stand
in a suitable vessel, and pour enough boiling water in the
vessel to cover the bottles to the necks. The contents of
the bottles are thus brought approximately to the required
temperature. After a half-hour push the stoppers in
tightly, remove the bottles from the water and transfer to
the refrigerator for rapid cooling. The same object may
more surely be accomplished by keeping the milk for a
half-hour at a temperature of 167° F. by the thermometer
and then chilling.
A convenient method of partial sterilization or Pasteur-
izing consists in rapidly raising the milk to the boiling-
point and then quickly chilling.
Milk may be Pasteurized by heating in the open chamber
of an Arnold's sterilizer. With the cover left off the tem-
perature of the steam-chamber remains at about 170° F.
1 Or as many as the number of daily feedings.
180
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Since about an hour is required to bring the milk to the
temperature of the chamber, bottles should remain in the
steam-chamber for an hour and twenty minutes. Milk
treated by either of these processes and promptly chilled
remains sufficiently sterile for practical purposes for at least
twenty-four hours and it is saved the injurious chemical
changes induced by prolonged exposure to temperatures
above 167° F. Pasteurization has practically replaced full
sterilization of milk for infant feeding.
Feeding. The food is to be fed at a temperature of 96°
to 97.5° F., and directly from the bottle in which it was pre-
pared. The child nurses from a rubber nipple slipped over
the neck of the bottle. The nipple must be boiled for ten
minutes before using, and the bottles before filling. Both
are carefully cleansed after using.
Amount and Frequency.
Age.
First day .
Second day
Third day .
Second week
Six weeks .
Three months
Six
Tsine
Twelve "
Intervals
Amount
Number
of
at eacn
of daily
feeding. 1
feeding. 2
feedings.
2 hours
1 drachm
10
2
% ounce
10
2
1
10
2
iy z "
10
2^ "
2% ounces
8
3
3^ •'
7
3
5% "
6
3
6% "
6
3^ "
9
5
Average
daily
amount.
10 drachms
5 ounces
10
15
20
24^ "
33
40^ "
45
Small or feeble children should be fed more frequently
and in smaller quantities, larger children less frequently
1 Lengthen one interval in the night to four or six hours.
2 By measuring-glass.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 181
and in larger quantities than the foregoing table provides.
The daily allowance for the individual case must be learned
by trial. The stomach capacity at birth is approximately
yJpjj the body-weight of the child. As a rule it is an
ounce for the first week and increases by a drachm and a
half per week during the first five or six months. After
that age the rate of increase is somewhat smaller. The
weekly weight of the child is a good guide in regulating
the feeding. As already stated, a properly nourished child
gains at least five ounces weekly during the first five
months. For the remainder of the first year the gain is
about a pound per month. The birth-weight is doubled at
five months and trebled at fifteen.
Some farinaceous material, such as barley or oatmeal
gruel, may be added to the food with advantage by the
tenth month. The proportion of gruel may be one-eighth
part of the entire feeding.
Undiluted cow's milk mixed with barley or oatmeal gruel
and Pasteurized is frequently well borne by healthy chil-
dren after ten months.
Feeble Digestion.
If the casein coagulates in hard masses in the stomach,
as shown by vomiting large firm curds, the trouble may
sometimes be relieved by dilution of the food with plain
water.
A little pepsin with each feeding is frequently useful.
The glycerite of pepsin is an eligible preparation for the
purpose. The cold peptonizing process with pancreatic
extract and soda may sometimes be used to advantage.
When stronger foods are not well borne a whey and cream
mixture may be substituted for a time. This is prepared as
follows :
9
182
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Whey and cream mixture :
Whey
Cream
Boiled water
Lime-water
Milk-sugar
Salt .
3>iv.
3iv.
gr. v.
To prepare the whey add a grain or two of pepsin dis-
solved in a teaspoonful of water to a pint of milk at the
temperature of 115° F. After the curd separates strain off
the whey.
Milk Laboratories,
A recent advance in infant-feeding which has met with
gratifying success in some of our larger cities is the milk
laboratory. The physician writes a prescription for the
food mixture very much as he does for medicine. The pro-
portions for the essential ingredients in the formula, albu-
minoids, fat, and sugar, are adjusted to the requirements of
the individual case. The food mixture supplied daily from
the laboratory is prepared according to the prescription, which
is modified by the physician as occasion requires.
The following formula, suitable for a healthy, full term
infant, one week old, illustrates the method of prescribing.
H . -Albuminoids 0.75. 1
Fat 2.00.
Milk-sugar 5 .00.
Lime-water 5.00.
Mix. Sterilize at 167° F.
Send 10 bottles of 1J ounce each.
In weak albuminoid digestion the proportion of albu-
minoids is reduced to the minimum, 0.20 per cent., and
gradually increased to the point of tolerance. A like modi-
1 The numerals in the formula represent percentages. It is understood that
the rest of the 100 parts is made up with water.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 183
fication is prescribed in case of the fat or the sugar should
either of these and not the proteid element be found to be
the source of the digestive disorder.
The following table shows the quantities of food and the
percentages of albuminoids, fat, sugar, etc., required at
different periods of the first year, as deduced from the ex-
perience of the milk laboratories of New York and Boston.
Age.
Premature infants .
Full term healthy infants
1 week
2 weeks
3 "
1 month
2 months
Stomac
capaci
;h Albumin-
ty. oids.
Fat.
Sugar.
2-6 dra
as. 0.20-0.50
1.00-1.50
3.00-5.00
1
z. 0. 75
2.00
5.00
IY2'
1.00
2.50
6.50
2 '
1.00
3.00
6.50
2%<
1.00
3.50
7.00
3%'
1.25
4.00
7.00
4 '
1.50
4.00
7.00
4K'
1.75
4.00
7. CO
5 '
2.00
4.00
7.00
5K'
2.25
4.00
7.00
6 '
2.50
4.00
7.00
ey 2 '
2.75
4.00
7.00
7 '
3.00
4.00
6.50
■%'
3.50
Perhaps
4.00
some cere*
5.50
il jelly
8 '
4.00
4.00
4.00
sy 2 i
' Cow's milk
Lime-
water.
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
Twelve to Eighteen Months.
The child may take four or five feedings daily of whole
milk, with barley or oatmeal gruel or bread jelly in the
proportions of one of the latter to seven of the former, and
184 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Pasteurized. Two or three ounces of uncooked beef-juice,
moderately seasoned, may be given daily ; it may be mixed
with the milk or be given separately. It must be prepared
at least twice a day and kept on ice. Care must be taken
that the beef is fresh.
After the child has sixteen teeth the simpler kinds of
food requiring mastication may be added, such as oatmeal
and milk, or wheaten grits, thoroughly cooked, or stale
bread and milk. Scraped beef or soft-boiled eggs can be
allowed two or three times weekly.
Eighteen Months to Two Years.
The number of feedings may be four or five daily. A
little fine-cut meat, such as tender beef, lamb or chicken,
may be added to the midday meal if the child is robust.
Milk should be the chief reliance for feeding till the
child has all its teeth and may constitute a part of its food
for several years longer. Milk, beef -juice and the fari-
naceous preparations above mentioned afford an ample
dietary for the entire period of infancy. Proprietary foods
for infants are not to be recommended.
DISORDERS OF THE NEWBORN INFANT.
Constipation.
Treatment. Regulate the digestion and the feeding.
Enough cream may be added to the food to raise the pro-
portion of fat to 4, 5 or 6 per cent. This alone frequently
overcomes the constipation in bottle-fed infants. Even a
moderate excess of fat, however, is not in all cases well borne.
Suitable laxatives are the following :
R. — Sodii phosphatis gr. x.
Sacchari lactis gr. x. — M.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 185
This may be given at one dose in a teaspoonful or two of
water or of syrup of manna.
R.— Ext. sennse fluid, deoclorat. (N. F.) . . ^ss.
Potassii et sodii tartratis . . . . 3j-
Glycerini £ss.
Aquse ad ^iv.— M.
Dose, a teaspoonful, p. r. n.
Phillips' milk of magnesia is an eligible laxative for
infants. The dose is a teaspoonful.
Useful rectal measures are the injection of equal parts of
glycerin and water, 5\j, sweet oil, 5iv, or warm water, Sj.
The use of a suppository of soap or cacao butter or a
glycerin or gluten suppository generally provokes immedi-
ate action of the bowels. Yet glycerin suppositories may
prove too irritating to the rectum for continued use.
Indigestion.
Symptoms. Flatulence, sour, green and curdy stools,
vomiting an hour or more after nursing or feeding, restless-
ness, disturbed sleep, colic, failure of the normal gain in
weight.
Treatment. Regulate the nursing or feeding. The
food is almost invariably the source of the trouble. Look
to the health and habits of the mother. It is sometimes
useful to dilute the mother's milk by giving the child
a teaspoonful or two of warm water with the nursing.
Frequently the first thing needed is to relieve the stomach
of its contents by lavage. In acute indigestion four to five
-^-grain doses of calomel may be useful. Pepsin, gr. j,
in warm water, 5j, with each feeding may be given with
benefit, for a time, in certain forms of indigestion.
186 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Colic.
Treatment. Remove the cause, which is to be found
in faulty digestion, by regulating the feeding.
For the pain choral is almost a sovereign remedy. The
dose is gr. j in water, 5j, or in syrup of vanilla and water,
aa 5ss, repeated once to three times daily, p. r. n. ; warm
applications to the abdomen and warm rectal injections, oj,
are useful palliatives. The curative treatment must consist
mainly of measures addressed to the digestive disorder.
Simple Diarrhoea.
Treatment. Look to the feeding and the digestion.
All feeding may sometimes be suspended for several hours
to advantage. A mild laxative may be indicated to remove
irritating material ; then bismuth subnitrate, gr. iij to v,
may be given after each diarrhoeal movement. Should this
fail add camphorated tincture of opium, ffiiij to vj, to each
dose of the bismuth.
Thrush.
Symptoms. The mucous membrane of the mouth is
studded with white patches, due to the presence of a fungus.
The patches resemble milk-curds in appearance, but are dis-
tinguished from them by their firm adhesion and by the
detection of the mycelia and spores of the parasite under
the microscope.
Treatment. To destroy the fungus sop the patches
every two hours with a saturated solution of boric acid or
with a solution of sodium sulphite, one drachm to the ounce.
For the stomatitis which persists after destruction of the
fungus use a half-saturated solution of potassic chlorate, or
better, as being less toxic, sodic chlorate, as a mouth-wash.
The child must not be permitted to swallow any of these
PHYSIOL OGY OF THE P UEBPEBAL ST A TE. 187
solutions. The accompanying -gastrointestinal disorders are
to be treated as in other cases.
Intertrigo.
Treatment. Keep the parts clean, with care to do no
mechanical violence to the skin by too much friction. Use
as an infant powder lycopodium and oxide of zinc, equal
parts, dusted on the affected surfaces after cleansing, p. r. n.
Talcum powder is a useful application.
Cephalhematoma.
Cephalhematoma is an extravasation of blood, usually be-
tween the pericranium and the cranial bones • rarely it occurs
internally. After a few days a hard ridge develops at the
margin of the tumor owing to periosteal inflammation.
Its situation is most frequently over one parietal bone ;
exceptionally it is the site of the caput succedaneum.
Prognosis. In the internal form the prognosis is grave
if cerebral symptoms develop. The external variety, as a
rule, terminates in subsidence of the tumor in about three
months.
Treatment. If the swelling grows it may be firmly
strapped after shaving the head. If pus forms early inci-
sion is indicated. Otherwise no treatment is considered
advisable by most authorities. The writer has practised the
evacuation of the blood within a few days after birth by a
small incision. The tumor must first be shaved and the
strictest asepsis be observed. A firm antiseptic compress is
applied and held in place with a roller bandage. When the
incision has been delayed for one or two weeks a longer in-
cision may be required owing to the presence of blood-clots.
Should the hemorrhage persist after opening the tumor it
may be controlled by pressure.
188 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Preputial Adhesion.
In male children the adhesion of the foreskin to the glans,
which is usually physiological in newborn children, may
cause irritability of the bladder and other reflex disturbances.
In such cases the preputial orifice should be very gently
dilated and the adhesion broken up till the foreskin can be
fully retracted. Nicking the foreskin with scissors in the
median line on the dorsum may be required to permit re-
traction. Drawing back the prepuce, it is liberated from
the glans by the aid of a smooth, blunt, stiff probe ; a dress-
ing of vaselin or of bismuth powder together with daily
retraction will prevent re-adhesion.
Icterus.
Icterus occurs in a large proportion of newborn infants.
It begins from the first to the fifth day after birth, most fre-
quently on the third or fourth. The pathology is in dispute.
The icterus is probably due to destruction of red blood-
corpuscles and consequent excessive formation of bile pig-
ment in the liver. It is observed most frequently in pre-
mature and feeble infants and after difficult labor.
The conjunctivae and the urine may or may not be stained.
In well-marked cases the stools are clay-colored. In the
mild form the icterus disappears within six or eight days ;
in the more severe it may last for two weeks or more.
Treatment. As a rule none is required. In persistent
cases attention to the digestion, keeping the bowels open
by enemata, or, if need be, by the use of a mild laxative,
as sodium phosphate, constitute the treatment.
In persistent icterus with increasing discoloration, and
especially with the presence of sepsis and high temperature,
treatment is generally futile.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 189
Ophthalmia.
Cause. In the vast majority of cases the cause is infec-
tion from the genital tract of the mother by the gonococcus
of Neisser. It generally begins on or before the third day.
Prognosis. The prognosis for the sight is grave in the
absence of timely treatment. Twenty-five per cent, of all
cases of total blindness in asylums are due to this cause.
Almost without exception under skilfully conducted manage-
ment the suppuration is promptly controlled and the sight
is not impaired permanently.
Treatment. Prophylactic. Disinfect the maternal pas-
sages before and during labor in case of gonorrhoeal secre-
tion. Cleanse and dry the child's eyes immediately after the
head is born. Instil one or two drops of a 2 per cent, solu-
tion of nitrate of silver into each conjunctival sac shortly
after birth. (Crede.) The prophylactic use of Crede' s solu-
tion is the rule in hospital practice. The eyes of every
child are treated with the nitrate of silver solution within a
few minutes after birth. A similar precaution may well be
observed in private practice. It should never be omitted
when the mother is known to be the subject of leucorrhoeal
discharges. When properly employed the immunity is prac-
tically absolute. Should the use of the silver solution be
followed by much serous oozing the latter may be promptly
relieved by a single application to the conjunctivae of a one-
grain solution of atropine, one drop in each eye.
Curative. At the onset of the inflammation cold ice-
water compresses are useful in the absence of corneal com-
plications.
Cleansing. Removal of the pus every hour or two by
irrigating or bathing with a warm saturated boric-acid solu-
tion is essential.
9*
190 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Silver- nitrate. After free discharge is established brush
the conjunctival surfaces after cleansing once or twice daily
with a 2 to 4 per cent, aqueous solution of nitrate of silver.
This is continued till the discharge loses its purulent char-
acter. Frequent cleansing with the boric-acid solution must
still be practised till all discharge ceases. Anointing the
edges of the lids with vaselin favors drainage by preventing
the lids from becoming glued together. The nurse should
be drilled in the method of manipulating.
As a rule the advice of an oculist should be had. 1
Umbilical Infection.
The cause is uncleanliness in the care of the umbilical
wound. The infecting organism is most frequently the
streptococcus. The septic process may result in a mere
local ulcer or in umbilical phlebitis and septicaemia. In
the latter event the termination is fatal usually by convul-
sions. Pus may be present in the umbilical vessels from
infection through the navel even when the wound has
healed promptly. Cellulitis of the abdominal walls and
peritonitis are frequently observed. Septic processes in
remote organs are common comolications.
Treatment. In local sepsis frequent antiseptic cleans-
ing of the wound surface and dressing with aristol, bismuth
powder or iodoform and bismuth suffice. The peroxide
of hydrogen is a good antiseptic for disinfecting the wound
surface. It is non-poisonous and practically non-irritant.
Inunctions of quinine and the use of stimulants by the
1 In New York State a midwife or nurse who may be cognizant of any inflam-
matory affection in the eyes of an infant under her care is required by law to
report the fact in writing, within six hours, to the Health Officer, or to some
legally qualified practitioner of medicine in the city, town or district in which
the parents reside.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE PUERPERAL STATE. 191
stomach help to increase the resisting power. In systemic
infection treatment is futile.
Tetanus Neonatorum.
The disease begins toward the end of the first week. The
cause is infection, generally of the navel, with the tetanus
bacillus.
The symptoms are those of surgical tetanus. The ter-
mination is almost invariably fatal within two or three
days.
Treatment. As far as possible all sources of peripheral
irritation should be removed. Feeding is maintained by the
stomach-tube passed through the nostrils, using pre-digested
milk, or, this failing, by rectal injections. The drug treat-
ment consists in the use of potassium bromide, gr. iv every
two to four hours, or of chloral, grain j every hour, p. r. n.
These remedies must be given by a stomach-tube or by a
rectal tube. Sulphonal, gr. iij every two hours, by the
rectum, has been used with success. The value of the serum
treatment is still sub judice.
Umbilical Hemorrhage.
Umbilical hemorrhage may proceed from faulty ligation
of the cord, syphilis, sepsis, acute fatty degeneration with
hemoglobinuria or hemophilia. The hemorrhage usually
begins within a week or a little more after birth. Eighty
per cent, of the children die.
Treatment. In simple cases re-ligate the cord and
apply a compress, or lift the umbilicus, transfix with a
harelip-pin and apply a figure-of-eight ligature. In cases
dependent on a dyscrasia treatment is generally futile.
192 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Mastitis.
Swelling of the breasts is frequently observed in newborn
children during the first week. As a rule it calls for no
treatment. If pus form, which is very rarely the case, it
should be evacuated.
A Bloody Genital Discharge.
A bloody genital discharge is sometimes observed in
female children the first few days after birth ; no treatment
is required.
CHAPTER V.
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
DISEASES OF THE DECIDILE.
Acute Endometritis. Acute endometritis may be
present in the course of acute febrile disease. It is often
attended with hemorrhage and frequently results in abortion.
Chronic Diffuse Endometritis. The causation is not
fully understood. The anatomical changes in the decidua
are mainly hypertrophic. It occasionally gives rise to
abortion.
Catarrhal Endometritis. Catarrhal endometritis is
attended with a discharge of watery mucus from the uterus —
hydrorrhcea gravidarum ; it is most common in the later
months of pregnancy. Sometimes the fluid collects between
the chorion and the decidua and is discharged in gushes.
Rarely the uterus becomes excessively distended by the
accumulated fluid. The inflammation affects most fre-
quently the vera ; it may also involve the reflexa. It is
attended with hypertrophy of the connective tissue and of
the glandular elements. Exceptionally it terminates in
abortion or premature labor.
In this condition the hyperplasia of the uterine mucosa,
which is normal to the early months of pregnancy, is exag-
gerated and is continued to the later months of gestation.
It affects all the elements of the decidua and results in a
greatly increased thickness of this structure. Hemorrhage
194 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
frequently occurs into the decidua. Cysts have been
observed. The cause is a persisting endometritis which
may be of the septic, syphilitic or gonorrhoeal type.
When the process is rapidly developed it is attended
with hemorrhages into the decidua or with partial separa-
tion of that structure ; abortion or premature labor is the
rule.
Debility and ansemia frequently result from hydrorrhoea.
The discharges are to be distinguished from liquor amnii,
from urine and from leuchorrhceal secretions.
Treatment. The treatment is to be addressed mainly
to the resulting debility and anemia. The arsenate of iron
or other hematinic and general tonics are indicated.
Cystic Endometritis is distinguished by the formation
of retention cysts due to obstruction of the gland-ducts by
proliferation of interglandular connective tissue. Here, too,
there is hydrorrhoea.
Polypoid Endometritis is rarely met with. It is charac-
terized by polypoid growths upon the ovular surface of the
decidua, in addition to the lesions of simple diffuse endo-
metritis. The pathological changes are generally limited
to the decidua vera. Rarely, however, they involve the
serotina. The placental villi may undergo hypertrophy or
myxomatous degeneration. Death of the foetus and abor-
tion usually result.
ANOMALIES OF THE AMNION AND THE LIQUOR
AMNII.
Oligohydramnios. The quantity of amnial liquor at
term is normally about two pints. Oligohydramnios is a de-
ficiency of liquor amnii. Extreme scantiness of the amnial
liquor may be attended with adhesions between the amnion
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 195
and the foetus and with the formation of amniotic bands.
Intra-uterine amputation of foetal extremities and develop-
mental faults sometimes result from these amniotic bands.
Harelip, cleft palate, navel-cord hernia, and spina bifida
are frequently produced by this agency. Oligohydram-
nios is one of the causes of club-foot.
Hydramnios or Polyhydramnios may be defined as an
excess of liquor amnii over 4 pints. In extreme cases the
quantity may reach 30 to 50 pints.
Polyhydramnios occurs much more frequently in multi-
parae than in primipane. It is usually present to some
degree in twin pregnancies. Excess of liquor amnii may
exist in one foetal sac and deficiency in the other. Great
excess of the amnial liquor is often attended with malforma-
tion of the foetus. It begins most frequently in the latter
half of pregnancy and is observed once in about three
hundred pregnancies.
Causes. Among the causes assigned are maternal
anasarca, abnormal persistence of the vasa propria (a capil-
lary network of the subplacental chorion immediately
underlying the amnion, and which is normally present in
the early months of gestation), excessive secretion of urine
by the foetus, exudation of the foetal skin, amniotitis, decid-
ual disease, deficient resorption of liquor amnii. Foetal
syphilis is a possible cause.
Diagnosis. The more important physical signs are ex-
cessive size and permanent tension of the uterine tumor,
suprapubic oedema, preternatural mobility of the foetus.
In extreme amniotic distention the cervix is obliterated.
Hydramnios is distinguished from ascites, ovarian cyst and
twins, by palpation and auscultation of the tumor and by
the history. The differential diagnosis will be found dis-
cussed under the topics referred to.
196 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Pkognosis. The prognosis is unfavorable to the child,
owing to premature birth, dropsical affections, malforma-
tions and malpresentation, which are common in hydram-
nios. The foetal mortality is 25 per cent. For the mother
the prognosis is generally good.
Treatment. In case of alarming symptoms from over-
distention puncture of the membranes, with care to guard
against syncope from too rapid escape of the liquor amnii,
is permissible. On the birth of the child precautions may
be needed against post-partum hemorrhage. Special care
must be taken to promote retraction of the uterus after
delivery.
DISEASE OF THE CHORION.
Cystic Degeneration of the Chorion, Vesicular Mole,
Hydatidiform Mole, may be defined as " an hypertrophy
and myxomatous degeneration of the chorial villi, attended
with the formation of cysts." The cysts vary in size from
that of a millet-seed to a grape — they may reach the size of
a hen's egg. Each cyst springs from another and not from
a common stalk. They may be many thousand in number
and the total mass as large as the mother's head. Very
rarely the villi perforate the uterine wall, leading to rupture
of the uterus and peritonitis. The cyst content is a clear
watery fluid containing albumin and mucin. The degenera-
tion begins most frequently in the very first weeks of gesta-
tion. In twin pregnancies one or both ova may be affected.
It is met with most frequently in women who have borne
children, sometimes in more than one pregnancy in the
same individual. It occurs once in something more than
two thousand pregnancies.
Etiology. Of the etiology little is known. The cause
apparently resides in the ovum. Endometritis, syphilis
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 197
and absence or deficiency of allantoic vessels, commonly
assigned as causes, probably have no part in the etiology.
Diagnostic Signs. Signs of pregnancy ;
Abdominal enlargement out of proportion to the stage of
gestation ; the uterus is too large the first three months, later
it is sometimes too small ;
Absence of ballottement, of the foetal heart, of foetal
parts and of foetal movements ;
Uterus usually doughy ;
Sero-sanguineous discharge ;
Expulsion of cysts, rarely noted ;
Detection of the cysts by direct exploration of the uterine
cavity. The disease is rarely recognized till after the third
month.
Prognosis. The maternal mortality is 10 to 15 per
cent. Immediate causes of death are hemorrhage, sepsis
and rupture of the uterus. Except in rare cases of partial
degeneration the embryo invariably dies and disappears by
absorption. The degenerated ovum may be retained for
many months, usually it is expelled before the sixth.
Treatment. If no evidence can be found that the foetus
is living the uterus should be emptied. The cervix is to be
dilated and the evacuation of the uterine cavity begun with
hand or dressing-forceps. This must be done cautiously,
since the uterine wall is often extremely thin. Curettement
is practised after considerable retraction has taken place.
The uterus is washed out with a hot, mild antiseptic douche
and its cavity swabbed with tincture of iodine. Ergot is
given, if required, to make the uterus contract.
ANOMALIES OF THE PLACENTA.
Placenta Membranacea. A placenta membranacea is
a broad, thin placenta with persistence of the villi over the
198 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
entire surface of the chorion. Abnormal adhesion is common
with this anomaly.
Placenta Praevia. The placenta is prsevia when its
attachment encroaches upon that portion of the uterus
which is subject to dilatation during the first stage of
labor.
Placenta Succenturiata. Subsidiary 'placenta. This
term is applied to a wholly or partially independent pla-
cental cotyledon. The anomaly is usually single, sometimes
multiple.
Cysts of the placenta are of frequent occurrence. The
cysts are small and are seated beneath the amnion. They
are probably developed from the chorial villi.
Syphilis. The syphilitic placenta is larger and paler
than normal, and yellowish in patches. In syphilis of
paternal origin the foetal structures of the placenta are
affected ; when the disease is of maternal origin the decidua
is involved; in the tertiary stage gummata are present.
Syphilis of the placenta is always dangerous, and may be
fatal, to the foetus.
(Edema may be present in hydramnios, in occlusion of
umbilical veins or in maternal anasarca.
Apoplexy. Extravasations of blood into the placenta
may occur at one or several points. Hemorrhages in the
early months of pregnancy occur near the foetal surface, in
the later months near the maternal surface of the placenta.
The causes are placentitis, general infectious diseases, ne-
phritis, pelvic congestion, traumatism. Extensive effusions
of blood result in the death of the embryo or foetus and con-
sequent abortion or premature labor. Small extravasations
are generally tolerated with no apparent ill-result. Small
blood-collections may be found partially organized, or may
become fatty or calcareous.
PA THOL OGY OF PBEGNANG Y. 199
Myxomatous Degeneration usually involves only a part
of the placenta. (See Vesicular Mole, page 196.)
Fatty Degeneration may result from endometritis, pla-
cental hemorrhage or chronic inflammation of the placenta.
Death of the foetus may ensue.
Placentitis may affect the whole, rarely a portion only,
of the placenta. Placental inflammation may result from
an endometritis existing at the time of conception, or from
syphilis or acute sepsis. The normal placental structure
is replaced by fibroid tissue. There are hypertrophy and
sclerosis of the decidua. Abnormal adhesions of the pla-
centa are attributed to this cause.
Calcareous Degeneration is common and is unim-
portant.
White Infarcts are very commonly observed in the pla-
centa. They are dense whitish or yellowish masses varying
in size from one to two or three centimetres in diameter.
They are of no pathological importance when small and few
in number. When numerous and extensive they may cause
the death of the foetus. They have their origin in local
degeneration of the decidua.
ANOMALIES OF THE UMBILICAL CORD.
Length. Excessive length of cord may predispose to
prolapse, to torsion, to knots, or to coils about the foetus
and to obstruction in the funic vessels. A short cord may
lead to premature separation of the placenta during labor.
Excessive Torsion of the umbilical vessels may cause
partial occlusion. It is sometimes accompanied with serous
effusion into the peritoneal cavity of the foetus and with
cedematous swelling of the cord. In most cases torsion of
the cord itself is developed only after the death of the foetus.
200 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Knots rarely occur. They result from the passage of the
foetus through a loop of the cord. They are seldom tight
enough to endanger the foetus.
Hernia. Hernial protrusion of omentum or intestinal
loops may take place into the cord. It results from imper-
fect closure of the abdominal walls at the umbilicus, and is
usually accompanied with other errors of foetal develop-
ment.
Cysts are frequently observed in the sheath of the cord.
They are due to liquefaction of mucoid tissue or of blood
extravasations.
Coils about the foetus, especially the neck, are of fre-
quent occurrence. Sometimes an arm or a leg is thus
encircled. Rarely is the circulation impeded either in the
funis or the girdled member. Extensive coilings may give
rise to the dangers of short cord.
Coiling of the cord about the neck of the child may
sometimes be recognized during pregnancy by depressing
the abdominal walls of the mother opposite the child's neck;
the foetal pulse-rate is retarded when the cord is pressed
upon.
The insertion may be eccentric, marginal or velamen-
tous. In the latter anomaly the vessels pass for a greater
or less distance between the membranes to the edge of the
placenta. As the vessels are more or less separated and
unprotected they are liable to be torn during labor. Such
an accident almost surely results in the death of the child
unless it is promptly born.
When the insertion of the cord is marginal the placenta
is sometimes termed a battledore placenta.
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 201
PATHOLOGY OF THE FOETUS.
ANOMALIES OF DEVELOPMENT.
The principal anomalies of foetal development are briefly
the following -}
(a.) Hemiteria. Literally, half monstrosity. Under
this head are included dwarfs and giants, microcephalia,
sternal fissure, spina bifida, club-foot, supernumerary digits,
double uterus, double vagina, supernumerary ribs, etc.
(b.) Heterotaxia. Under this head are included trans-
position of viscera, hernial protrusion, imperforate rectum,
vagina, oesophagus, etc., persistent foramen ovale, persistent
ductus venosus, persistent ductus arteriosus, etc, webbed
fingers or toes, harelip, cleft palate, epispadias, hypospadias,
hermaphrodism.
(c.) Teratism. 1. Ectromelic monster. Having one
or more aborted extremities.
2. Symelie monster. Having its lower limbs partly or
wholly united.
3. Qelosomatic monster. Having partial or complete even-
tration.
4. Exencephalic monster. In this anomaly the brain is
malformed and protruding from the cranial cavity.
5. Pseudencephalic monster. Here the cranial vault
and the larger part of the brain are absent.
6. Anencephalie monster. The cranial vault and the
entire brain are wanting.
7. Cyclo cephalic monster. A monster in which the nose
is wanting and the eyes are partially fused into one.
8. Otocephalic monster. The ears meet or are fused in
the median line.
1 In part after Norris.
202 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
9. Omphalositic monster. This monster is one of twins
which has a parasitic existence in utero. Its nourishment
is derived from the companion foetus, and it is incapable of
living independently after the cord is divided. The anomaly
owes its origin to the fact that the circulation of one foetus
has overpowered and reversed that of its companion.
10. Double monster. Two foetuses united.
Varieties : (a.) Sternopagus, joined at the sternum ;
(b.) Isehiopagus, joined at the pelvis ; (c.) Cephalopagus,
joined at the head; id.) Xiphopagus, joined at the xiphoid
cartilage.
Syncephalic. The heads partly fused, the bodies sepa-
rate.
Monocephalic. The heads completely fused, the bodies
separate.
Synsomatic. The bodies are partially fused, the heads
separate.
Monosomatic. The bodies are wholly fused, heads sepa-
rate.
Double Parasitic Monster. One foetus is attached as a
parasite to the other, or inserted or included in it.
DISEASES OF THE FCETUS.
The foetus is subject to many of the infectious and other
general diseases of post-natal existence. Well-known ex-
amples are variola, typhoid fever, pneumonia, syphilis, scar-
latina, measles, rachitis, valvular disease of the heart, serous
effusions, etc.
FCETAL DEATH.
Diagnosis. Signs of foetal death are :
Recession of the signs of pregnancy ;
Uterus doughy ;
PA THOL G Y OF PBEGNANO Y. 203
Peptonuria :
Acetonuria :
Cervical temperature not above the vaginal :
Absence of foetal heart-tones;
Absence of active foetal movements — examine by ab-
dominal palpation and by the bimanual ;
Absence of the choc foetal ;
Looseness and crepitation of cranial bones.
The mother frequently experiences periods of illness and
a sense of weight in the abdomen.
In most cases of suspected death of the foetus repeated
examinations will be required to decide the question. The
diagnosis of death of the ovum is especially difficult in the
early months of development before the period when in the
living foetus the heart can be heard or active movements
felt.
The recognized causes of intra-uterine death, such as
mechanical violence, maternal toxaemia or profound anaemia,
syphilis, etc.. should be sought for.
Habitual death of the foetus, in a great majority of cases,
is the result of syphilis in one or both parents. The most
important signs of foetal syphilis to be found by post-mortem
dissection are osteochondritis, between the diaphysis and
epiphysis of the long bones, especially at the lower end
of the femur, enlargement of the liver, often to one-twelfth
or even one-eighth the body-weight, enlargement of the
spleen.
Changes in the Foetus after Death in Utero.
The dead fcetus carried in utero undergoes either absorp-
tion, mummification, maceration or putrefaction.
Absorption. This occurs usually when the fcetus dies in
the first two months of gestation. The embyro in course
204 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
of a few days after its death becomes liquefied and ab-
sorbed.
Fleshy Mole. Sometimes when the ovum is carried in
utero for a long period after the death and absorption of the
embryo the uterine contents are reduced to a dense mass
of placental structure and organized blood-clot known as a
fleshy mole. This may be retained for many weeks.
Mummification takes place only when the foetus has
died in the middle or later months of development. The
soft structures become dried and shrunken and the skin
assumes a yellowish-gray color. The placenta undergoes
somewhat similar changes. A foetus papyraceus is a mum-
mified twin foetus which after death in utero has become
flattened by the pressure of its living companion. The
head in such cases is frequently pressed into the shape of a
meniscus lens. •
Maceration. In maceration of the foetus the tissues
become softened and sometimes swollen and the abdomen
is distended. The epidermis is exfoliated and the serous
cavities contain blood and serum. The odor is sickening,
but not putrefactive.
Putrefaction takes place only when the foetus is carried
for a time in utero after the membranes have ruptured.
The connective tissues become emphysematous, the abdomen
distended and the body emits a putrefactive odor. The
uterus sometimes is tympanitic and the mother suffers more
or less from septic absorption.
Treatment in F(etal Death. The uterus should be
emptied immediately the diagnosis of foetal death can be
positively established. The presence of a dead foetus in
utero is always injurious to the health and may become
dangerous to the life of the mother.
In the first three or four months of pregnancy the method
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 205
to be pursued is the same as for the induction of abortion.
In the later months labor is induced as in other cases of
advanced pregnancy.
ABORTION.
Frequency. It is estimated that not far from 20 per
cent, of pregnancies end in abortion. This estimate is
doubtless too small if abortions from all causes are included.
Owing to the influence of the menstrual molimen sponta-
neous abortions occur most frequently at the end of the
menstrual month. In a large proportion of cases they take
place at the second month, and are comparatively infrequent
after the third.
Causes. In considering the etiology of abortion it must
be borne in mind that the security of attachment between
the ovum and the uterus differs greatly in different cases.
Influences quite sufficient to bring about the expulsion of the
ovum in one pregnancy may have no such effect in another.
The provoking causes of abortion may be grouped under
two heads: 1. Those which act by first causing the death
of the foetus. 2. Those which act independently of the death
of the foetus. In the great majority of cases abortion results
from the death of the foetus.
1. Death of the foetus may occur from: Malformation,
disease, mechanical violence, maternal toxaemia or excessive
anaemia, pathological conditions of the chorion, the amnion,
the cord, the decidua.
2. Causes acting independently of the death of the foetus
are atrophy or hypertrophy of the endometrium, placenta
praevia, oxytocics, reflex irritation of the uterus, e. g., from
mammary or from rectal stimuli, epileptiform convulsions
from uraemic or other causes, carbon dioxide poisoning,
10
206 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
placental apoplexies, pelvic adhesions, uterine myomata,
cancer of the uterus, misplacement of the uterus, over-dis-
tention from hydramnios or from multiple pregnancy, direct
interference, falls or blows, hyperemia of the pelvic organs
from circulatory obstruction in the lungs or liver, from
valvular heart disease, from violent muscular exertion, or
from sexual excesses, etc., resulting in hemorrhage into the
placenta.
Diagnosis. Symptoms. The symptoms of beginning
abortion are : Hemorrhage, pelvic tenesmus, rhythmical
uterine pains.
Physical Signs. The physical signs are effacement of
the os internum, dilatation of the cervix and partial pro-
trusion of the ovum from the uterine cavity.
The physical signs establish the diagnosis of inevitable
abortion. They imply a degree of separation of the ovum
from the lower uterine segment too great to permit the
farther continuance of the gestation. Severe rhythmical
pains with hemorrhage almost surely forebode the expulsion
of the ovum. Not only should a thorough physical ex-
amination of the pelvic organs be made in every case of
suspected abortion, but blood-clots and other material cast
off from the genital passages should be inspected. Other-
wise the ovum when expelled enveloped in a mass of coagu-
lated blood may escape observation. Clots are best examined
by breaking them up under water.
Abortion in the first weeks of gestation is not always
easily distinguished from dysmenorrhoea or simple uterine
hemorrhage. Here the diagnosis will depend mainly on
the evidence of pregnancy as shown by the shape, size and
consistence of the uterus, and on the presence of foetal struc-
tures in the genital discharges. Free hemorrhage with
expulsion of large blood- clots is significant of abortion.
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 207
Prognosis. There is no mortality in properly conducted
abortions, yet many deaths occur from mismanagement.
The principal sources of danger are hemorrhage and septi-
caemia. Hemorrhage contributes to the fatal issue, though
it is rarely the immediate cause of death. The danger of
sepsis is especially imminent in incomplete abortion. The
presence of necrotic material in the uterus is a serious
menace to life. It is a potent cause of pelvic inflammation
in cases which escape a fatal termination.
Treatment, (a.) Prophylaxis in habitual abortion.
The preventive treatment of abortion is addressed chiefly to
the cause.
Syphilis in one or both parents, retroversion of the
uterus and endometritis are the most frequent causes of
habitual abortion. Syphilis is treated as in other cases. It
is not always possible to save the ovum by treatment begun
after conception.
Retroversion is corrected and its recurrence is prevented
by the use of a suitable pessary till after the third month.
Endometritis is best treated by curettage in the interval
between pregnancies. It is important to guard against
overexertion, mechanical violence and the causes of pelvic
congestion, especially at the menstrual dates. Rest in bed
during the menstrual epochs and abstention from sexual
intercourse should be enjoined till the critical period has
passed.
(b.) Arrest of threatened abortion. Enforce absolute rest
in the recumbent position. The patient should not be per-
mitted to rise for any purpose till all symptoms of abortion
have subsided. Uterine rest is maintained by the use of
opium, gr. ij, or its equivalent, p. r. n. A four-grain pill
of extract of viburnum prunifolium is useful as an adjunct,
even as a substitute for opium. Misplacements of the
208 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
uterus must be corrected. Exclude vesicular degeneration
of the chorion and death of the embryo or foetus, in either
of which conditions the uterus should be evacuated.
(.) Management of actual abortion. The general objects
of treatment are the prevention of : 1. Hemorrhage; 2. Sep-
ticaemia.
Measures for controlling hemorrhage are : 1. Rest ; 2. Firm
cervical and vaginal tamponade ; 3. Evacuation of the uterus.
Means for averting or controlling sepsis are : 1. The
avoidance of preventable lacerations and abrasions ; 2.
Asepsis ; 3. Timely evacuation of the uterus.
1. Expectant Plan. Indications : Ovum but little de-
tached, hemorrhage slight, sepsis absent.
Method. Usually no interference is practised except
such as is needed for cleanliness. An aseptic vaginal tam-
pon may be used if required as a safeguard against hemor-
rhage. This plan failing, after twenty-four hours empty
the uterus with curette and forceps — sooner for cause.
Method of tamponade. Place the patient in the Sims
position and expose the cervix with a Sims speculum.
The material for the tampon may be aseptic cotton-wool,
used wet enough to pack firmly, and in pledgets the size of
a chicken's egg. Place a row of pledgets in the fornix,
around the cervix, and build up from this until the vagina
is full. Press the packing away from the urethra and base
of the bladder to prevent vesical irritation. Hold it in place
with a T-bandage. Sterilized gauze in strips two and one-
half inches wide and five yards long is a better material for
the tampon than the cotton-wool. The simple aseptic pack-
ing must be renewed every twelve hours. A tampon im-
pregnated with oxide of zinc may stand twenty-four hours.
Mercurials should not be used in the tampon. The vagina
should be irrigated at each renewal of the dressing.
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 209
2. Radical Plan. Indications : Cervix dilated, the ovum
detached or presenting or partially expelled, hemorrhage ex-
cessive, sepsis present or imminent.
Manual method. The abdomen, thighs, vulva and vagina
are thoroughly cleansed with soap, hot water and a soft
brush, and the vagina again gently scrubbed with a soft
cheese-cloth sponge held in the grasp of a dressing-forceps,
and finally irrigated with the antiseptic solution for five min-
utes. The cervical canal is freed from mucus and disinfected.
An anaesthetic will be required. The uterus is crowded
down and fixed with one hand over the abdomen, and the
cavity is evacuated with one or two fingers of the other hand,
aseptically. The manual method is awkward, difficult and
painful, except the ovum is nearly or quite detached and the
cervix well open ; even then it is inferior to the instrumental.
Instrumental method. Anaesthesia is necessary as a
rule. The patient may be placed in the Sims or in the
dorsal position, and the cervix exposed by means of a Sims
speculum or other suitable retractor. The vagina and the
cervix are cleansed as already detailed. The anterior lip
of the cervix is caught and held gently forward toward the
pubic bones with a volsella The uterine cavity, if septic, is
douched with the antiseptic solution, otherwise with the salt
solution (j 7 q- per cent.), or with plain sterilized water. The
ovum is detached with the curette and removed with a pair of
long, straight, uterine dressing-forceps having a joint about
two and a half inches from the distal end. Every part of the
cavity is curetted thoroughly with a sharp curette and again
douched. Care will be required to remove all the decidua from
the cornua. A special small curette will be found useful for
this purpose. The uterus after complete evacuation may
be swabbed with tincture of iodine if hemorrhage is not con-
trolled by the curette. As a rule only weak antiseptic
210 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
solutions or plain sterilized water should be used in the
uterus in the absence of septic material. Strong anti-
septics leave a superficial necrotic layer which furnishes a
favorable nidus for the growth of septic organisms. A
relaxed uterus after abortion calls for ergot. If the secun-
dines are necrotic the uterine cavity may be lightly packed
with a strip of iodoform gauze an inch in width. The pack-
ing should be removed after twenty-four or thirty-six hours.
The presence of a peri- or parametritis does not forbid
interference. It makes it rather the more imperative.
Sepsis in the uterine cavity tends to perpetuate the peri-
uterine inflammation, maintaining the supply of septic ma-
terial.
Incomplete Abortion. Continuous or irregular hemor-
rhage, sepsis or failure of involution after abortion is prob-
able evidence that portions of the ovum have been retained.
In such cases the uterine cavity should be disinfected, ex-
plored and, if necessary, curetted and lightly packed with
iodoform gauze.
After-treatment of Abortion. The patient remains
in bed for a week or more. The external genitals must be
kept scrupulously clean. If the uterine cavity has been
completely and aseptically evacuated after abortion subse-
quent interference within the passages will not be required.
The temperature and the character of the genital discharge
are to be watched for several days. Before the case is finally
dismissed the physician should assure himself of the condi-
tion of the pelvic organs by careful bimanual examination.
PREMATURE LABOR.
The causes of premature labor are essentially those of
abortion. Its course and management do not differ in any
important particular from those of labor at term.
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY.
211
ECTOPIC GESTATION.
Definition. Pregnancy outside the uterine cavity.
Varieties, (a.) Tubal pregnancy. In tubal pregnancy
the impregnated ovum lodges and begins development in
the Fallopian tube. Practically all extra-uterine pregnancies
are primarily tubal.
Fig. 53.
Ectopic pregnancy ; rupture of fruit-sac into peritoneum. (After Schaeffer.
(5.) Abdominal pregnancy. Sooner or later, if the devel-
opment of the ovum is not interrupted, the tube ruptures,
either into the peritoneum or the broad ligament, because
incapable of accommodating itself to the growth of the ovum.
When after rupture of the tube and the partial expulsion of
its contents the ovum survives and grows in the abdominal
cavity, either within or without the peritoneum, the preg-
nancy is said to be abdominal. Primary abdominal preg-
nancy probably does not occur.
(c.) Ovarian pregnacy. The ovum is impregnated in the
212 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Graafian follicle and developed in the ovary. Ovarian
pregnancy, however, is so extremely rare that it will be
dismissed with mere mention.
Frequency. The frequency of extra-uterine pregnancy
is variously estimated at from 1 in 313 to 1 in 1200.
Etiology. The etiology of ectopic pregnancy is still
obscure. Among the causes which have been assigned are
partial obstruction of the tube, sacculation of the tube and
crippled peristalsis or denudation of ciliated epithelium
from old catarrhal inflammation with consequent loss of
propelling power. Yet according to Bland Sutton preg-
nancy is more likely to occur in a healthy tube than in a
diseased one.
Clinical Course. Two classes of cases may be dis-
tinguished according to the location of the fruit-sac : A.
Pregnancy in the free portion of the tube ; B. Pregnancy
in the intramural portion, or interstitial pregnancy.
A. Pregnancy in the free portion of the tube may have
either of the following terminations :
1. The ovum may die without rupture or with partial
rupture of the tube. In this event
(a.) The ovum may be expelled through the fimbriated
extremity of the tube into the peritoneal cavity — tubal
abortion.
(b.) It may form a mole or a hematosalpinx.
(c.) It may suppurate, forming a pyosalpinx.
(d.) In early gestation it may be absorbed ; in more ad-
vanced pregnancy it may become mummified or be converted
into adipocere or a lithopsedion.
2. The tube may rupture into the peritoneum (usually
before the eighth or twelfth week) with either of the follow-
ing results :
(a.) Very rarely the gestation continues as an abdominal
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 21 3
pregnancy. In these cases the placenta retains its tubal
attachment, the foetus with its membranous envelope being
expelled into the peritoneum.
(6.) Hemorrhage occurs into the peritoneum, the mother
dying from hemorrhage or peritonitis.
(c.) The hemorrhage may be spontaneously arrested.
The ovum may then be absorbed, may suppurate, or may
remain with little change.
3. The tube may rupture into the broad ligament. Intra-
ligamentous rupture may terminate as follows :
(a.) The placenta not being wholly detached, the ovum
may continue to grow — intraligamentous pregnancy. This
form of ectopic gestation may go to term. This is one
form of abdominal pregnancy. Spurious labor occurs at
term and the child dies.
(b.) Death of the ovum and the formation of a hematoma
may result.
(c.) The ovum may die and suppurate. A suppurating
ovum may be discharged piecemeal through the abdominal
wall, the vagina, the bladder, the rectum ; may result in septi-
caemia and death.
(d.) The ovum may die, and, if the development has ad-
vanced to the later months, be carried indefinitely, with little
or no alteration of structure, or be converted into a litho-
psedion or a mass of adipocere.
4. Pregnancy in the outer end of the tube may become
a tubo-ovarian or a tubo-abdominal pregnancy.
B. Pregnancy in the intramural portion of the tube, tubo-
uterine pregnancy, interstitial pregnancy.
1. May terminate by the death of the ovum.
2. May reach term.
3. May terminate by expulsion of the ovum into the
uterus.
10*
214 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
4. May rupture into the peritoneal cavity, with death of
the mother by hemorrhage. Rupture generally occurs
before the sixth month.
5. May rupture into the broad ligament.
Diagnostic Signs in the Early Months. 1. History:
Antecedent sterility, signs of pregnancy, pain, hemorrhage,
expulsion of a decidual cast from the uterus.
2. Uterus : Displaced, according to the size and situa-
tion of the fruit-sac ; enlarged with rare exceptions, empty,
cervix open.
3. Tumor : Beside or behind or in front of the uterus,
fluid, tense, tender, pulsating, rapidly growing.
Frequently a long period of sterility has immediately
preceded the pregnancy. The pain usually occurs in parox-
ysms, which are abrupt and violent, generally. It is cramp-
like in character and is referred to the seat of the fruit-sac.
The final and more acute paroxysms are usually attended
with collapse and with the signs of internal hemorrhage.
Exceptionally the symptoms are not well marked.
The genital hemorrhage is irregular in recurrence and
in amount. It is observed especially at the times of the
painful paroxysms, and a more or less profuse discharge of
blood commonly attends the rupture of the fruit-sac.
In ectopic pregnancy, as in normal gestation, a decidua is
developed from the uterine mucosa. At the termination of
the pregnancy the decidual membrane is expelled entire or
piecemeal. This is distinguished by its histological charac-
ters from the products of intra-uterine pregnancy and from the
cast of endometritis. Under the microscope it differs from
the former by the absence of evidence of implantation of
chorial villi ; from the latter, according to certain authorities,
by the presence of decidual cells, which are round or oval
granular bodies, each containing a well-defined nucleus or
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 215
several nuclei, and having a diameter five to fifteen times
that of a red blood-corpuscle.
Ovarian cyst, ovarian abscess, dermoid cyst, intraliga-
mentous cyst, simple fluid accumulations in the tube and a
retroverted and gravid uterus must be excluded.
Differentiation from pregnancy in the rudimentary horn
of a uterus unicornis is difficult or impossible ; but it is
practically unnecessary, since the treatment is essentially
the same in either condition. Left to themselves 80 per
cent, of the latter class of cases terminate in rupture. As
a rule no symptoms occur to arrest the attention of patient
or physician before the uterus ruptures.
Diagnostic Signs in the Later Months. The foetal
movements are usually more distinct than in utero-gesta-
tion;
The foetal heart-tones are more intense ;
The foetus is more accessible to palpation ;
Ballottement is obtainable in the fourth and fifth months ;
Shrinkage of the tumor usually ensues upon the death of
the foetus ;
The uterus can be differentiated from the tumor ;
Most reliable in the later months is evidence of pregnancy
with a uterus but little developed and distinguishable from
the tumor.
Signs of Primary Rupture. Cramp-like pelvic and
abdominal pains, usually violent ;
Irregular genital hemorrhage ;
Symptoms of acute internal hemorrhage, with more or
less collapse;
The physical signs of pelvic hematocele or hsematoma;
Evidence of moderate peritonitis within two or three
days after rupture.
In tubal rupture with much hemorrhage the clinical
216 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
picture is unmistakable. It is not so plain when the blood-
loss is small. Abortion and dysmenorrhea sometimes simu-
late very closely ruptured tubal pregnancy and these must
be excluded.
Intraperitoneal rupture is usually distinguished from
extraperitoneal by more hemorrhage and by the physical
signs of the free fluid in the pelvic peritoneum. The pres-
ence of free blood, and even of soft blood-clots in the peri-
toneal cavity, is difficult of recognition by the vaginal touch.
When the blood effusion is encysted the condition cannot
be distinguished from hematoma in the broad ligament.
In intraperitoneal rupture a large, firm clot may be present
in the tube, simulating a clot in the broad ligament.
Extraperitoneal rupture is characterized by the presence
of a circumscribed and more or less firm tumor (blood- clot)
in one broad ligament as revealed by the vaginal touch.
The blood collection may dissect up the peritoneum and
burrow behind the uterus. Examination by the rectum and,
if necessary, under anaesthesia facilitates the diagnosis.
Before opening the abdomen, if the diagnosis cannot be
otherwise established, the uterine cavity may be explored
with the finger. It should not be forgotten that intra- and
extra-uterine pregnancy may coexist.
Treatment before Primary Rupture. 1 . Coeliotomy
and removal of the pregnant tube. In the abdominal oper-
ation the incision is made in the median line above the
pubes large enough to admit the hand. The ovarian artery
of the affected side is immediately clamped with catch-forceps
close to the uterus, and again in the ovario-pelvic ligament just
without the tube. Adhesions are broken up, the fruit-sac with
the ovary and tube is lifted up and by a crescentic incision
enough of the upper border of the broad ligament is cut
away to carry with it the gestation-sac with the tube and
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 217
ovary. The free ends of the divided artery and vein are
now sought out and tied with finest catgut or silk between
the folds of the peritoneum. The clamps are removed and
the edges of the peritoneum whipped together with a run-
ning suture of fine catgut. If preferred the more usual
pedicle method may be adopted instead of the technique
just described.
In the latter method the fruit-sac, the ovary and the
tube are lifted, and the entire tube with the ovary tied off
close to the uterus. The pedicle is then divided about
one-half inch distad the ligature. The cut end of the
tube is cauterized, bloody oozing controlled, the peritoneum
cleansed and the abdomen closed.
2. Vaginal Incision. Removal of the pregnant tube by
the vaginal route is sometimes practicable. Either the ante-
rior or the posterior incision may be adopted. The technique
is simpler in the latter. A half-inch incision is made trans-
versely at the junction of the peritoneum with the uterus,
usually 4 cm. (1^ inch) above the lower border of the cervix.
The opening is then enlarged with the fingers. Tube and
ovary are liberated, brought down into the vagina and tied
off. The incision may be closed with sutures or be lightly
packed with iodoform gauze to be left for three days. Oper-
ation by vaginal incision, however, is rarely to be recom-
mended. The work can be more safely and thoroughly
done by the abdomen.
3. Foeticide, by electricity or by the injection of drugs
into the fruit-sac is no longer practised.
Treatment after Rupture into the Peritoneum. Im-
mediate coeliotomy. Method substantially as before rupture.
The blood is removed from the peritoneal cavity and the peri-
toneum irrigated with the normal salt solution — teaspoonful
of salt to a quart of water previously sterilized by boiling.
218 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
A few quarts of the saline solution may be left in the
peritoneum to help refill the vessels. In extreme anaemia
and collapse a quarter grain of morphine may be given hypo-
dermically a half hour before operating. If cceliotomy is
refused the case must be trusted to rest with the use of
sand-bags on the abdomen over the fruit-sac.
Treatment after Eupture into the Broad Liga-
ment. First three months. Limited effusions of blood do
not necessarily require surgical interference. Should the
cyst-contents become septic the sac should be opened, either
by the abdomen or by the vagina. In the abdominal opera-
tion the sac is evacuated, as much of it is removed as
possible, the bleeding stopped, the remnant of the sac closed
and drained through the vagina. A large hsematoma is
generally best treated in like manner.
When the suppurating sac is accessible by the vagina it is
best opened and drained from below.
If the ovum survives rupture of the tube into the broad
ligament, it should be treated as a malignant growth by
cceliotomy and extirpation of the fruit-sac. The life of the
child in extra-uterine pregnancy is of too little value to weigh
for a moment against the interests of the mother.
After the third month. The foetus is in most instances
still extraperitoneal. Cceliotomy and removal, if possible,
of the entire ovum are indicated once the diagnosis is estab-
lished. When the foetus has been dead for two of three
months the placental vessels will be found obliterated and
the complete extirpation of the sac is generally possible.
Tying the ovarian artery on either side of the fruit-sac
usually controls the hemorrhage. Moderate bleeding after
removal of the placenta may be taken care of by packing
the bleeding cavity firmly with iodoform gauze, the lower
end of the abdominal incision being left open for one or two
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 219
days. If the foetus is living no attempt should be made, as
a rule, to remove the placenta. The sac may be stitched to
the abdominal wall and the placenta left to separate, which
usually occurs within a week or ten days. The recovery,
however, is tedious, and attended with no little risk of sep-
ticaemia. It is generally better to cut the cord short, remove
the redundant portion of the sac-wall, close the sac without
drainage and close the abdomen. A secondary laparotomy
can be performed for removal of the placenta after its vessels
are obliterated should it become necessary.
Treatment of Interstitial Pregnancy. When the
diagnosis is possible the pregnancy may sometimes be safely
terminated by emptying the fruit-sac through the uterine
cavity. On intraperitoneal rupture coeliotomy is indicated
as in pregnancy in the free portion of the tube. Supra-
vaginal amputation of the uterus may also be required.
PERNICIOUS VOMITING OF PREGNANCY.
Etiology. The hyperemesis of pregnancy is to a greater
or less extent a neurosis. In many instances it is a reflex
disorder, dependent upon some anatomical lesion of the
pelvic organs, such as uterine displacement, detention of the
uterus in the pelvis by adhesions or other cause, decidual
endometritis, induration of the cervix, erosion or inflamma-
tion of the cervix, or perimetritis ; yet it may occur inde-
pendently of any discoverable pelvic disease. Lesions of
other than the pelvic organs, and especially of the kidneys,
may be complicating causes.
Prognosis. In the majority of cases the nausea of preg-
nancy subsides by the third or fourth month, when the
uterus rises out of the pelvis. With persistent uncontrolla-
ble vomiting the prognosis is grave.
220 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Treatment, (a.) Dietetic measures. Useful dietetic
measures are : Breakfast in bed, followed by sleep; an ounce
of sherry wine or a small cup of strong coffee before rising, a
glass of cold Vichy or carbonated water several times, daily ;
to this sodium bromide is a useful addition, one drachm to
the siphon. Other dietetic measures, such as are practised
in ordinary vomiting, may be of service. The longings of
the patient frequently afford a reliable guide to the feeding.
Rectal alimentation must be relied on when stomach
feeding is impossible. Beef blood, uncooked beef-juice, pep-
tonized meat solutions, or predigested milk, §iv, q. 6 h.,
is a suitable food for the purpose. Five minims of deodor-
ized tincture of opium may sometimes be added to the
nutrient enemas with advantage. A large soft-rubber
catheter or small rectal tube of similar material, with a
funnel attached to the distal end, serves best for administer-
ing the food injections. The tube should be well lubricated
and passed high up in the rectum with care to avoid irritat-
ing the bowel. The rectum should be washed out daily
during rectal feeding.
(b.) General therapy. Complete rest in bed for several
days is frequently an important aid in controlling the vomit-
ing. Useful drug measures are: Cocaine, gr. \ to \, repeated
three or four times daily, or hourly until three or four doses
are given ; cocaine spray to the pharynx or to the nares,
1 per cent, solution ; chloral, gr. xx to xxx, in solution by
the rectum, two or three times daily, best given in milk ;
the bromide of sodium in similar doses. Morphine, in
doses of gr. \ to J, hypodermically or endermically at the
epigastrium is sometimes resorted to, especially when there
is local tenderness. The after-effects of opium, however,
are frequently bad. Strychnine, gr. fa to fa, or tincture of
nux vomica, tt^v in water before meals, is indicated in
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY 221
chronic gastric catarrh. Calomel, in single dose, gr. v to x,
or in small repeated doses, gr. y 1 ^-, q. 1 h., often does valuable
service. Oxalate of cerium, gr. x, q. 2 h., when it can be
retained, or subnitrate of bismuth in similar doses may be
tried.
Ether spray to the epigastrium at the onset of each par-
oxysm is sometimes effective. An ice-bag over the cervical
vertebrae, or blister over the fourth and fifth vertebrae may help.
Oxygen by inhalation has been used with success. A weak
faradic current through the stomach sometimes relieves.
Galvanism is thought to be of value. The anode is placed
over the clavicle between the two branches of the sterno-
cleido-mastoid muscle, the cathode over the umbilicus. The
current strength should be 10 to 15 milliamperes continued
for fifteen to thirty minutes. Other remedies such as are
useful in vomiting from other causes may be found of service.
(c.) Local measures. Cervical erosions should be touched
with a twenty-grain solution of nitrate of silver every second
day. Utero-displacements must be corrected. Sexual inter-
course should be forbidden.
Galvanism of the uterus is sometimes useful. The anode
is applied to the cervix, the cathode over the lower dorsal
vertebrae. A current of 3 to 5 milliamperes may be con-
tinued for five minutes. The sitting is repeated morning
and evening.
A 10 per cent, cocaine solution freely applied over the
portio vaginalis and within the cervix may relieve.
Copeman's method of dilatation of the cervix below the
os internum, either alone or in combination with the fore-
going cocaine method, is one of the most reliable measures
for relieving the reflex disturbance. This treatment may
result in abortion, and should be adopted as one of the
dernier ressorts.
222 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Induction of abortion is indicated when other means fail.
It should not be too long withheld. It is justified only when
the mother's life would be seriously endangered by longer
continuance of the pregnancy, and then only with the con-
currence of counsel.
Methods of Inducing Abortion. Partial separation of
the ovum with a sound and packing the cervix with iodo-
form gauze which is renewed every twelve to twenty-four
hours are satisfactory methods. Either may be relied on or
both may be combined. After the os internum is effaced
the dilatation may be completed manually or instrumentally
if the indication is urgent.
In experienced hands the rapid method of evacuating the
uterus with the curette and uterine dressing-forceps is gen-
erally best. The cervix is first dilated with a steel branched
dilator till the curette passes readily. The uterus can easily
be emptied in ten or fifteen minutes. The patient should
be under an anaesthetic.
PTYALISM.
Ptyalism like the nausea of pregnancy, with which it is
usually associated, is a reflex disorder. Troublesome saliva-
tion is comparatively rare.
Treatment. Treatment is unsatisfactory. The follow-
ing measures are sometimes of service : A saturated solution
of potassium chlorate used several times hourly as a mouth
wash ; sulphate of atropine, gr. -^ once to three times daily
per os ; the bromides, gr. xxx to cxx daily. Salivation is
usually most relieved by treatment which subdues the
nausea.
ANEMIA.
Treatment. Blaud's pill, one or two t. i. d. ; arsenate
of iron, gr. -^ to ^ t. i. d. ; albuminate of iron in full doses ;
PATHOLOGY OF PREGNANCY. 223
a solution of citrate of iron, gr. j hypoderaiically, are use-
ful h^ematinics. A generous diet is essential.
VARICES OF THE LOWER EXTREMITIES.
They are frequently present in the later months of
pregnancy.
Treatment. The treatment consists in support with
bandages or elastic stockings. Much standing is obviously
injurious.
PRURITUS VULV.E.
Treatment. Place the patient in the Sims position,
retract the posterior vaginal wall with a Sims speculum
and dust the vaginal and vulvar surfaces with subnitrate
of bismuth. Repeat daily or every two days. Fomenta-
tions to the itching parts with plain hot water or with a '2h
per cent, carbolic solution give temporary relief. Applica-
tions of cocaine hydrochlorate are useful. If the pruritus is
of diabetic origin treatment must be addressed to the cause.
CHAPTEE VI.
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR.
ANOMALIES OF THE MECHANISM.
A. ANOMALIES OF THE EXPELLING POWERS.
1. Excess: Precipitate Labor.
Cause. The cause of precipitate labor may be excessive
activity of the expelling forces, or deficient resistance as in
large pelvis or small head.
Dangers. The dangers are for the most part insignifi-
cant. The principal dangers to the mother are lacerations,
especially in primiparse, shock and post-partum hemor-
rhage ; to the child, asphyxia from the nearly continuous
interruption of the utero-placental circulation, and the possi-
ble accidents of sudden and unexpected birth, such as
falling on the floor, precipitation into a water closet, rupture
of the cord.
Treatment consists in moderating the expelling forces
by regulating the abdominal pressure, and, if required, by
chloroform. The patient should be kept in bed from the
onset of the pains.
2. Deficiency: Prolonged Labor.
I. Prolonged First Stage. Tardy Dilatation.
(a.) Simple Inertia Uteri: Feeble Pains.
Causes are emotional disturbance, full bladder or rectum,
impaired muscular tone. Often the cause is obscure.
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR. 225
Treatment. In the absence of danger to mother or
child the treatment should be expectant. Simple inertia
uteri calls for no interference so long as the membranes are
unbroken and the patient gets sleep and nourishment
enough. The bladder and rectum should be evacuated
frequently and other causes of inertia removed if possible.
Measures for accelerating the first stage, when interfer-
ence is required in the interests of one or both patients, are:
Keeping the patient up and moving about, a hot sitz bath,
a rectal injection of glycerin, §ss, the alternate use of hot
and cold compresses over the abdomen, strychnine, gr. -^
to ^ every four hours hypodermically, to arouse the nerv-
ous system, or quinine, gr. v to x, moderate stimulation
with wine, whiskey or other alcoholic stimulants, the faradic
current from the upper sacral region to the posterior vaginal
fornix, peeling up the membranes from the lower uterine
segment, the passage of an aseptic bougie between the
membranes and the uterine walls, artificial dilatation with the
hand or with water-bags. Interference within the passages,
however, should generally be withheld if possible.
(b.) Cramp-like Pains.
The uterine contractions are painful but are inefficient,
being more tonic than clonic. There is consequent failure
of the normal changes in the lower segment and cervix
which favor dilatation, even in the presence of apparently
active pains.
Causes are neurotic influences, excessive uterine disten-
tion, as in hydramnios or twins, dry labor and the conse-
quent unequable pressure upon the cervix, malpresentation,
too firm adhesion of membranes at the lower uterine
segment.
Symptoms. The woman suffers excessive pain yet the
226 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
labor makes little or no progress. Mechanical obstruction
must be excluded. The cervix is rigid, and if the mem-
branes have ruptured the caput succedaneum is excessively
developed.
Dangers. Dangers are exhaustion in proportion to the
severity of the pain and the loss of sleep and nourishment ;
in dry labor, pressure-effects in both mother and child and
septic infection. Atony of the uterus is liable to result.
Exhaustion predisposes to a slow second stage.
Treatment. Chloral, 5j in four doses of gr. xv each,
at intervals of fifteen minutes, frequently does good service.
Still more effective is opium, gr. j once or twice repeated,
if necessary, at intervals of an hour. These narcotics may
do either of two things : they may regulate the action of
the expelling powers by abolishing in part the inhibitory
influence of pain, or by inducing sleep they may invigorate
the natural forces.
Chloroform is very seldom permissible, except as an aid
to surgical interference. Rupture of the membranes is indi-
cated in marked hydramnios, peeling them up in undue
adhesion.
In dry labor gradual manual dilatation should be prac-
tised under anaesthesia. When time permits Barnes' bags
may be used, but when efficiency and rapidity are demanded
the hand is better. Gentle traction with forceps may be
tried after dilatation is nearly complete.
Recourse may be had to multiple incisions of the cer-
vix or to Diihrssen's incisions when immediate delivery is
required. In the former method numerous shallow inci-
sions are made in the lower border of the cervix with the
scissors. The procedure is at once safe, simple and efficient.
For the technique of Diihrssen's incisions the reader is re-
ferred to the chapter on obstetric surgery. With a normal
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR. 227
head the space gained is sufficient for immediate delivery.
Diihrssen's incisions are applicable only as a last resort.
II. Prolonged Second Stage.
Causes. The causes are most of those which operate in
slow first stage. In addition may be mentioned exhaustion,
pendulous abdomen, excessive uterine retraction — retraction
ring more than half-way from the pubes to the navel, faulty
action of the abdominal muscles.
Symptoms. The evidence of inefficient pains is obvious.
In neglected cases the temperature and pulse begin to rise
and the vagina becomes hot and dry. Obstructed labor
must be excluded.
Dangers. Dangers to the mother are exhaustion and
after rupture of the membranes, pressure-effects, sepsis.
Vesico-vaginal or recto-vaginal fistulse may ensue from
long-continued pressure of the head in the lower part of
the birth-canal ; in neglected cases extensive sloughing of
the vaginal walls may result.
To the child the dangers are chiefly pressure-effects. The
foetal mortality is large from intracranial hemorrhage due
to asphyxia or occurring as the direct result of traumatism
in instrumental delivery. Children who survive such in-
juries are not infrequently crippled in mind or body or both.
Treatment. Obstructive causes are excluded by pass-
ing the hand into the uterus if necessary. The bladder
and rectum should be evacuated. Uterine obliquity may
be corrected by manual support, by posture or by the
binder. Summon the help of the abdominal muscles. Give
quinine, gr. x, strychnine, gr. -gL hypodermically, or alco-
holic stimulants. Apply hot fomentations to the hypogas-
tric or the sacral region. Put the patient in the semi-
recumbent posture or squatting posture during the pains,
228 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
or let her sit on the edge of the bed. Ahlfeld's birth-stool
may be tried. This consists of two stools so placed as to
leave a triangular space between them opening to the
front. The woman sits over the open space until the head
is about to be born.
Use expressio foetus, applying the pressure at the upper
foetal pole or to the head only when the latter pole presents.
Push aside intestinal loops and press downward in the axis
of the inlet with one or both hands laid flat on the abdomen.
Ergot in full doses is dangerous to the child and even
to the mother. In large doses it tends to cause a persistent
uterine contraction. In doses of ten minims of the fluid
extract, repeated hourly, it merely increases the force and
frequency of the natural labor pains. Its use is seldom
permissible, never except in the absence of obstruction and
in minute doses such as to produce normal uterine con-
tractions.
Forceps is indicated when the natural forces are clearly
incompetent or longer delay would jeopardize the life of
mother or child. As a rule interference is called for when
the head has been arrested a half-hour, after two hours in
the second stage, especially if the head is low down and
there is no recession between the pains. Failure of reces-
sion between the pains is evidence that the normal tonicity
of the soft parts has been destroyed by prolonged pressure
of the fcetal mass.
B. ANOMALIES OF THE PASSAGES.
I. Anomalies of the Hard Parts : Deformed Pelvis.
Frequency. Contraction of some degree is present in
from 10 to 15 per cent, of all parturients. The higher
grades of deformity are fortunately rare. Moderate con-
PA THOL OGY OF LAB OR. 22 9
traction is by no means so. Among women born in this
country contraction of the pelvis is very seldom met with.
Moderate non-rachitic flattening, and general contraction,
kyphotic and scoliotic deformity are most frequent.
Gravity. The maternal and especially the foetal mor-
tality are increased in proportion to the extent of deformity
and the difficulty of delivery.
The chief dangers are those of prolonged labor intensi-
fied, to which are added those incident to operative inter-
ference, malpresentation and malposition which occur more
frequently than in normal pelves, and to prolapsus funis,
rupture of the uterus and postpartum hemorrhage.
The minor grades of deformity are dangerous for the
most part to the child only. With early recognition and
timely interference they usually present little difficulty.
General Character of the Anomaly. Exception-
ally the abnormity consists in faulty inclination only. In
the majority of contracted pelves the narrowing is at the
brim and is most frequently an antero-posterior flattening.
Obstruction mav arise from old fractures, exostoses or other
bony tumors.
Description of Forms.
Simple Flat Pelvis. This is the commonest variety of
pelvic contraction. It consists simply of antero-posterior
flattening. The intercristal and the interspinal diameters
have the same value as in the normal pelvis or may be
slightly increased. Their relation is the same as in the
normal pelvis or nearly so. The circumference may or
may not be diminished. The true conjugate seldom falls
below three inches. The other internal diameters are not
affected.
In this form of pelvic anomaly the woman is usually of
11
230 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
full stature and her general appearance presents no evidence
of deformity.
Influence on the Mechanism of Labor. The head
passes the brim with its long (occipito-frontal) diameter in
the transverse of the pelvis and with the sagittal suture
level or nearly so. Below the brim the head-movements
are the same as in the normal pelvis.
Flattened and Generally Contracted Pelvis. This
pelvis is contracted in all its diameters, but especially in
the conjugate at the brim. Its cause is arrest of develop-
ment affecting the innominate bones and the lateral masses
of the sacrum. The promontory of the sacrum is higher,
and the diagonal conjugate therefore longer, than normal
notwithstanding the shortening of the true conjugate.
Justo-minor Pelvis: Pelvis -ffiquabiliter Justo-
minor. This, as its name implies, is a generally con-
tracted pelvis. Its diameters are not in all cases uni-
formly contracted. In occasional instances the narrowing
is confined chiefly to the outlet. The justo-minor pelvis
is most frequent in women of small stature. Yet its size
bears no relation necessarily to the size of the woman's
body. This is a common form of contraction. It is due
to arrest of development.
Funnel-shaped Pelvis or Male Pelvis. The pelvis
is narrowed at the outlet ; the tubera ischiorum are approxi-
mated ; the antero-posterior diameter at the outlet may be
shortened. The subpubic angle is narrow. The sacrum is
long and but little curved. The deformity is exceedingly
rare.
Kyphotic Pelvis. The upper end of the sacrum is
tilted backward. The pelvic inclination is diminished.
The transverse diameter is increased in the false pelvis,
somewhat diminished at the inlet of the true pelvis, and
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR.
231
the conjugate is lengthened. The pelvis is funnel-shaped ;
the ischial spines are strongly approximated. The sacrum
is narrowed, its longitudinal curvature diminished, its trans-
verse curvature is increased, its lower end is displaced for-
ward. The pubic arch is narrow, the symphysis is promi-
nent. The cause of the deformity is kyphosis in the
lumbo-sacral region.
Naegele Oblique Pelvis : Ankylosed Obliquely Con-
tracted Pelvis. There is complete or partial absence of
one lateral mass of the sacrum, generally ankylosis of the
Fig. 54.
Naegele pelvis.
corresponding sacro-iliac joint and narrowness of the cor-
responding half of the pelvis ; the opposite side is increased
in size. The shape of the brim is an oblique oval ; the
symphysis is not opposite the promontory. The walls of
232
ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
the pelvic cavity converge below, the sacrum is asymmet-
rical and the pubic arch narrow. This variety of deformity
is very rare. (Fig. 54.)
Ordinary Oblique-ovate Pelvis. The shape is similar
to that of the Naegele pelvis, but the deformity is due to
coxitis ; the contraction is on the side opposite the crippled
member.
Roberts Pelvis. In the Roberts pelvis there is com-
plete or partial absence of both lateral masses of the sacrum.
The conjugate is somewhat diminished. The subpubic angle
is narrow. The deformity is exceedingly rare.
Fig. 55.
Section of spondylolisthetic pelvis.
Spondylolisthetic Pelvis. The anomaly consists in a
gliding forward of the last lumbar on the first sacral verte-
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR. 233
bra. The inferior surface of the former ultimately rests
upon the anterior surface of the latter and becomes firmly
united to it. Shortening of the antero- posterior diameter
at the brim is extreme. Spondylolisthesis is very rarely
met with. (Fig. 55.)
Osteomalacic Pelvis. In osteomalacia the deformity
arises from softening of the bones and consequent yielding
in the direction of the existing pressures. The osteomalacic
pelvis is, accordingly, sometimes termed the compressed
Fig. 56.
Osteomalacic pelvis.
pelvis. The pubic portion of the pelvis is beak-shaped.
The sacrum is convex from above downward and from side
to side. The bisischial diameter is increased. (Fig. 56.)
This is one of the rarest forms of contraction.
Narrowing of the Pelvis from Bony Tumors. Ob-
struction of this form comprises simple exostoses, callus
and displacement of bones due to fracture.
234 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
Diagnosis of Pelvic Deformity.
Clinical data. Evidence of rachitis in infancy, such as
history of tardy dentition and of sweats, pigeon-breast,
curvature of the tibiae, of the spine, or other asymmetry of
the body, large joints, very low stature are significant of
probable deformity. Disability of one lower extremity
dating from infancy is almost surely attended with pelvic
contraction. A pendulous abdomen, presenting pole per-
sistently above the excavation during labor, deformities in
near relatives or a history of difficult labors should excite
suspicion.
Pelvimetry. The only means of exact diagnosis is the
measurement of the pelvic diameters. Frequently the pel-
vis will be found contracted with no other evidence of any-
thing abnormal than that afforded by pelvimetry. (See
pages 131 et seq.)
The pelvis should be carefully examined by palpation
with reference to its shape and symmetry.
Most essential is the measurement of the external con-
jugate, the interspinal and the intercristal diameters exter-
nally, and of the diagonal conjugate and the diameters of the
outlet internally. The transverse and the oblique diameters
at the brim are estimated with the hand in the passages.
The shape and size of the sacrum, the presence or absence
of bony tumors and the general conformation of the pelvis
are to be determined by external and internal palpation.
The pelvic inclination should also be estimated.
In most cases the value of the external conjugate decides
the question whether or not the pelvis is ample, since in
nearly all forms of narrow pelvis the conjugate is diminished.
As a rule, with an external conjugate below 17.5 cm. (7
inches) the internal conjugate is small ; external conjugate
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR. 235
above 7 inches the internal conjugate is ample. Yet ex-
ceptionally the internal diameters of the brim may be nor-
mal when the diameter of Baudelocque .is no more than
16.5 cm. (6J inches), and on the other hand actual contrac-
tion may exist when the external conjugate measures 19
cm. (7J inches) or even more.
It must not be forgotten that the size of the foetal head is
no less important a factor in the difficulty of delivery than
is the capacity of the pelvis. The size of the head must,
therefore, also be taken into account. The head measure-
ments cannot be so accurately determined as those of the
pelvis. An approximate estimate is possible by measuring
the accessible diameters of the head through the abdominal
walls with a pelvimeter. It is also useful to try how far
the head can be made to enter the brim by crowding it
down with one hand over the lower part of the abdomen,
while the fingers of the other hand passed internally esti-
mate the depth of descent. When necessary for determin-
ing the size of the head during labor the half-hand should
be introduced into the uterus.
Management of Labor in Flat Pelvis.
Conjugate, 9 cm. (3 J inches) or more. The spontaneous
delivery of a living child is generally possible. The mem-
branes should be preserved by colpeurynter if required.
Malpositions must be corrected. The bladder and the
rectum should be emptied.
When nature fails delivery may be effected by :
1. Forceps, provided the head is engaged and the child
living and viable. The forceps operation is here much more
dangerous to mother and child than in the normal pelvis ;
2. Podalic version, when the head is not engaged, the
child is alive and viable and other conditions are favorable ;
236 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
3. Craniotomy, as a rule, if the child is dead ; version
or forceps may be chosen in easy extractions.
Premature labor. The induction of premature labor at
the thirty-sixth or thirty-seventh week should generally be
preferred to forceps or version at term if the conditions are
discovered in time.
Conjugate, 1 to 9 cm. (2| to 3J- inches). When the foetus
is alive and viable symphysiotomy should be preferred ;
when dead or non-viable podalic version or craniotomy is
to be chosen.
Artificial premature labor at or soon after the end of the
eighth calendar month should be considered when the con-
traction is recognized in time.
Conjugate, 7 cm. (2f inches) or less, absolute contraction.
At term the Csesarean section or the Porro operation is in-
dicated. When the deformity is known in time the induc-
tion of abortion should be considered.
The choice of procedure, however, in narrow pelvis, must
be determined by the relative, not alone by the actual size
of the pelvis ; the degree of disproportion between the head
and the pelvis must decide. The size of the head may be
estimated by the method just detailed.
Management of Labor in other Pelvic Deformities.
The method of delivery must depend upon the kind and
degree of obstruction. At term version or forceps is com-
petent in a small percentage of cases. The possibility of a
living birth by induced labor should be considered when
the condition is discovered in time.
Symphysiotomy is applicable when the conjugate is above
three inches and there is but little contraction in other
diameters. Usually craniotomy best serves the interests of
the mother if the foetus is dead or non-viable. In the
PA THOL OGY OF LAB OB. 237
higher grades or disproportion, the Cesarean or the Porro
operation is indicated.
In excessive pelvic inclination the woman should be
placed on the side to favor engagement of the head.
When the pelvic inclination is diminished the liability
to injuries of the pelvic floor is greater than in normal
conditions.
II. Anomalies of the Soft Parts.
Vulvar Atresia. Atresia may result from inflammatory
adhesions of the labia majora, oedema vulvae, thrombus, car-
cinoma, simple rigidity of the pelvic floor or rigidity of the
hymen.
Treatment. A large thrombus may require incision,
evacuation of the blood-clots and packing the cavity.
Nature or forceps is usually competent. A rigid hymen
may call for single or multiple incisions. Other forms
of rigidity, as a rule, can be trusted to forceps with, perhaps,
episiotomy.
Vaginal Atresia. Two varieties are recognized, con-
genital and acquired. The narrowing may be annular or
may involve the whole length of the canal. In the annular
variety multiple incisions and forceps will generally be re-
quired ; in complete atresia the Cesarean or Porro opera-
tion is the only resource.
Cystocele. The treatment consists in replacing the pro-
lapsed bladder-wall after catheterizing. Evacuation by the
catheter being impossible, the bladder may be aspirated
through the vaginal or the abdominal wall.
Rectocele is replaceable with the aid of the Sims or the
genupectoral position. It is rare that delivery is compli-
cated with prolapse of the vaginal walls.
Rigidity of the Cervix may arise from atrophic changes
11*
238 ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETRICS.
in aged primiparae, from hypertrophy of the portio vagina-
lis or from cicatrices. The dilatation is to be left to nature
except in the presence of danger to mother or child. Arti-
ficial measures, if required, are Barnes' bags, manual dila-
tation, multiple shallow incisions about the free border of
the cervix, rarely deep cervical incisions. Good results
have been claimed for a 10 per cent, solution of cocaine
applied to the os uteri.
Cancer of the Cervix. The induction of premature
labor, cervical incisions through the healthy tissue with a
thermo-cautery knife and extraction with forceps are the
principal measures for delivery in the later months. The
passages should be repeatedly irrigated with an antiseptic
solution during and after labor. Mercurials, however, must
not be used.
When the entire cervix is involved, and especially when
the growth has extended higher in the uterus, Cesarean
section will be required. It is best done before labor is
spontaneously established. The entire uterus may be re-
moved if the disease has not extended beyond the uterus
and the condition of the mother permits. When the disease
is detected in the early months hysterectomy should be con-
sidered.
Occlusion of the Os Externum. The os is reopened
by incision from behind forward. If the depression cor-
responding to the os can be found with the finger, a small
opening may be made with a knife and extended with scissors
or stretched with the fingers or with a branched steel dilator.
Tumors. Treatment, (a.) Vesical calculi may be re-
placed, or, this being impossible, removed by vaginal
lithotomy.
(b.) Vaginal tumors. Removal, if practicable, is indi-
cated, otherwise Cesarean section or the Porro operation.
PATHOLOGY OF LABOR. 239
(.) Uterine tumors. Pedunculated tumors, when easily
movable, may sometimes be pushed above the head with the
aid of the genu-peetoral or the Trendelenburg position, or
removed with ecraseur or scissors. The Cesarean or the
Porro operation may be required.
( child, 175
Nipples care of, during pregnancy,
87
treatment of sore, 294
Normal labor, clinical and me-
chanical phenomena of, 111
Nursing the newborn child, 176
Nymphse, anatomy of, 15
OBSTETRIC position, 143
surgery, 306
of the abdomen. 332
Occipito posterior position, 240
Occiput, definition of, 106
Oligohydramnios, 194
Ophthalmia of newborn child, 189
Os externum uteri occlusion of, as
a cause of dystocia, 238
Ovaries, anatomy of, 37
Oviducts. See Fallopian tubes.
Ovulation, 41
Ovum, anatomy of, 43
development of impregnated, 47
physiology of, 41
PARAMETRITIS, puerperal,
symptoms of, 298
treatment of, 304
Parovarium, 40
Parturient axis, 103
Passages, anomalies of, as affecting
labor, 228
laceration of, 150
obstetric, anatomy of, 90
Passenger, anomalies of, as causes
of dystocia, 240
as a factor of labor, 104
Pasteurizing, methods of, 179
Pathology of pregnancy, 193
Patient, obstetric, aseptic prepara-
tion of, 139
ante-partum, examination of,
122
examination of, during labor,
140
Pelves, deformed, 228
Pelvic deformity, diagnosis of, 234
-floor, anatomy of, 99
fascial sheets of, 100
lacerations of, 150
treatment of, 151
muscles of, 101
prevention of lacerations of,
146
signs of pregnancy, 77
soft parts, obstetric anatomv of, 98
Pelvimetry, 131, 234
external, 131
internal, 132
Pelvis, brim of, 91
differences between male and
female, 97
flattened and generallv con-
tracted, 230
funnel-shaped, 230
justo-minor, 230
kyphotic, 230
measurements of, 96
Nsegele oblique, 231
narrowing of, from bonv tumors,
233
obstetric, anatomy of bony, 90
ordinary oblique-ovate, 232
osteomalacic, 233
outlet of bony, 91
planes of, 93
356
INDEX.
Pelvis, Eoberts', 232
simple flat, 229
spondylolisthetic, 232
Perineal body, 103
Peritonitis, puerperal, symptoms
of diffuse, 299
treatment of, 303
Phlegmasia alba dolens, symptoms
of, 299
treatment of, 304
Physiology of labor, 89
of the puerperal state, 160
Placenta and membranes, examina-
tion of, at close of labor, 150
anatomy of, 56
anomalies of, 197
degeneration of, 199
white infarcts of, 199
delivery of, 148
development of, 58
manual extraction of, 149
previa, 198-273
causes of, 273
physical signs of, 274
symptoms of, 274
treatment of, 275
removal of abnormally adherent,
315
syphilis of, 198
Placental stage managementof, 148
Polyhydramnios, 195
Porro operation, 339
indications for, 339
steps of, 339
Position of foetus, 109
Post-partum chill, 160
hemorrhage, 280
causes of, 281
diagnosis of. 281
treatment of, 281
secondary 283
visits, 163
Posture of foetus, 110
Powers, expelling, 89
anomalies of, 224
Pregnancy, abdominal signs of, 72
care of nipples in, 87
changes in cervix uteri in, 66
uterus in, 64
clothing in, 87
duration of, 84
Pregnancy, ectopic. See Ectopic
gestation,
effects of, on maternal organism,
64
general changes in, 67
hygiene of, 86
hygienic requirements in, 87
mammary changes as signs of, 69
multiple, 83
origin of, 83
nausea as a sign of, 69
pathology of, 193
pelvic signs of, 77
physical signs of, 69
physiology of, 41
ptyalism as a sign of, 69
pulsation of uterine artery as a
sign of, 80
signs of, 68
suppression of menses as a sign
of, 68
temperature of cervix uteri as a
sign of, 80
Premature labor, indications for,
306
induction of, 306
methods of, 307
Presentation, breech, 247
brow, 246
face, 242
methods for converting, into
vertex, 245
of foetus, 108
shoulder, 256
transverse, 256
vertex See Normal labor.
Presentations, complex, treatment
• of, 259
i Prolapsus funis, 264
diagnosis of, 265
prognosis of, 265
treatment of, 265
Protuberances of foetal head, 106
Ptyalism in pregnancy, 222
Pruritus vulvae in pregnancy, 223
Puberty, 42
Pubic segment of pelvic floor, re-
traction of, during labor, 116
Pudendum, anatomy of, 13
lymphatics, and nerves
of, 20
INDEX,
357
Puerperal infection, 295
diagnosis of, 297
etiology of, "296
special manifestations of, 297
symptoms of special lesions in
298
treatment of, 301
insanity, 291
causes of, 291
prognosis of, 291
treatment of, 291
state, condition of uterus in, 161
course and phenomena of, 160
management of, 163
pathology of, 291
physiology in, 160
pulse-rate in, 160
temperature in, 160
Pysemia, puerperal, 300
treatment of, 304
RECTOCELE as a cause of dys-
tocia, 237
Retention of urine after labor, 165
Retraction ring, 115
of uterus at close of labor, 121
Sutures of foetal head, 105
Symphysiotomy, 340
after-treatment of, 345
indications for, 340
method of operating in, 341
results of, 340
space gained in, 340
Symphysis pubis, separation of,
283
TRANSVERSE presentation,
1 256
causes of, 256
diagnosis of, 257
treatment of, 258
Transversus perinei, 102
Triangular ligament, 101
Trunk, delivery of, 147
Tumors, maternal, as causes of
dystocia, 238
foetal, as causes of dystocia, 263
Twins, 260
arrangement of membranes and
placentas in, 84
diagnosis of, 260
interlocking, 261
OEMINAL fluid, 46
O Septicaemia puerperal See
Puerperal infection,
pure, symptoms of, 300
Serous effusions into foetal cavities
as a cause of dystocia, 263
Shoulder presentation See Trans-
verse presentation.
Signs of pregnancy, 68
summary of diagnostic, 81
Sinciput, definition of, 106
Somatopleure, 49
Souffle, funic, 75
uterine, 75
Spermatozoa, 46
Sphincter ani externus, 103
Splanchnopleure 49
Stages of labor, 111
Subinvolution of uterus, 166
Sudden death in childbed, 305
Superfecundation, 84
Superfoetation, 84
UMBILICAL cord, anatomy of,
59
anomalies of, 199
hemorrhage in newborn child,
191
infection in newborn child, 190
Uretero-pyelitis in puerperal pe-
riod, symptoms of, 301
treatment of, 305
Urethra, anatomy of, 23
Urine, observation of the, during
pregnancy, 88
Uterus, anatomy of, 25
arteries of, 32
cavity of, 28
changes in, during pregnancy,
64
developmental anomalies of,
239
gravid, dimensions of, 65
shape of, 65
size of, 64
358
INDEX.
Uterus, intermittent contractions
of, in pregnancy, 74
inversion of, 267
diagnosis of, 268
etiology of, 267
treatment of, 268
involution of, after labor, 161
subinvolution of, 166
ligaments of, 31
lymphatics of, 34
nulliparous and parous, 30
position of, 31
regional divisions of, 28
rupture of, 269
diagnosis of, 271
etiology of, 270
prognosis of, 271
treatment of, 271
Uterine tumor of pregnancy,
changes in, 78
YTAGINA, anatomy of 20
t purplish color of, in preg
nancy, 77
Vaginal examination in second
stage of labor, 144
Varices of lower extremities in
pregnancy, 223
Veins, mammary, enlargement of,
during pregnancy, 70
Version, 326
bipolar, 328
external, 328
indications for, 327
internal, 331
Vertex of foetal head, definition
of, 106^
presentation. See Normal labor.
Vesicular mole, 196
Vestibule, 17
Villi, chorial, 53
Vomiting of pregnancy. See Preg-
nancy, nausea of,
pernicious, 219
etiology of, 219
treatment of, 220
Vulvar dressing at close of labor,
158
Vulvo-vaginal glands, 19
CATALOGUE OF PUBLICATIONS OF
LEA BROTHERS & COMPANY,
706, 708 & 710 Sansoin St., Philadelphia.
Ill Fifth Ave. (Cor. 18th St.), New York.
The books in the annexed list will be sent by mail, post-paid, to any Post-Office in the
United States, on receipt of the printed prices.
INDEX.
ANATOMY. Gray, p. 11 ; Allen, 2 ; Treves (Surgical), 30 ; Ellis, 9.
DICTIONARIES. Dunglison, p. 8 ; Duane, 8 ; National, 4.
PHYSICS. Draper, p. 8 ; Eobertson. 24.
PHYSIOLOGY. Foster, p. 10 ; Dalton, 7 ; Chapman, 5 ; Powers, 23
Schofield, 25.
CHEMISTRY. Simon, p. 26 ; Attfield, 3 ; Fownes, 10 ; Charles, 6
PHARMACY. Caspari, p. 5. [Luff, 19 ; Kemsen, 24.
MATERIA MEDICA. Culbretb, p. 6 ; Maisch, 19 ; Farquharson, 9
DISPENSATORY. National, p. 21. [Bruce, 4.
THERAPEUTICS. Hare, pp. 13 ; Fothergill, 10 ; Whitla, 31 ; Year-
Book. 31 ; Hayem & Hare, 14.
PRACTICE. Flint, p. 9 ; Loomis & Thompson, 19 ; Lyman, 19.
DIAGNOSIS. Musser, p. 21 ; Hare, 12; Simon, 25 ; Herrick, 15.
CLIMATOLOGY. Solly, p. 26 ; Hayem & Hare, 14.
NERVOUS DISEASES. Dercuni, p. 7 ; Gray, 11 ; Mitchell, 20 ;
Hamilton, 12.
MENTAL DISEASES. Clouston, p. 6 ; Savage, 24 ; Folsom, 10.
BACTERIOLOGY. Abbott, p. 2 ; Vaughan & Novy, 30 ; Senn's
(Surgical), 25.
HISTOLOGY. Klein, p. 18 ; Schafer's Essen., 25 ; Schafer's Pract., 25.
PATHOLOGY. Green, p. 12; Gibbes, 10; Coats, 6; Pepper (Surgical), 23.
SURGERY. Park, p. 22; Dennis, 7; Roberts, 24; Ashhurst, 3; Treves, 29;
Bryant, 5 ; Druitt. 8.
SURGERY— OPERATIVE. Stimson, p. 27 ; Smith, 26 ; Treves, 29.
SURGERY— ORTHOPEDIC. Young, p. 31 ; Gibney, 11.
SURGERY— MINOR. Wharton, p. 30.
FRACTURES and DISLOCATIONS. Hamilton, p. 12; Stimson, 27.
OPHTHALMOLOGY. Norris & Oliver, p. 21; Nettleship, 21; Juler,17;
OTOLOGY. Politzer, p. 23 ; Burnett, 5 ; Field, 9. [Berry, 4.
LARYNGOLOGY and RHINOLOGY. Lennox Browne, p. 4.
DENTISTRY. Essig (Prosthetic), p. 9 ; Kirk (Operative), 17 ; Ameri-
can System. 2 ; Coleman, 6.
URINARY DISEASES. Roberts, p. 24 ; Black, 4 ; Purdy, 23 ;
Morris, 20.
VENEREAL DISEASES. Taylor, p. 28 ; Hayden, 14 ; Culver &
Hayden, 6 ; Cornil, 6.
SEXUAL DISORDERS. Fuller, p. 10 ; Taylor, 29.
DERMATOLOGY. Hyde, p. 16 ; Jackson, 16 ; Pye-Smith, 24 ; Mor-
ris, 20 ; Jamieson, 17 ; Hardaway, 12.
GYNECOLOGY. American System, p. 3 ; Thomas & Munde\ 29 ;
Emmet, 9 ; Tait, 28 ; Davenport, 7 ; May, 20.
OBSTETRICS. American System, p. 3 ; Davis, 7 ; Parvin, 22 ; Play-
fair. 23 ; King, 17 ; Jewett, 17 ; Herman, 15.
PEDIATRICS. J. Lewis Smith, p. 26 ; Owen, 22.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. Taylor, p. 28.
QUIZ SERIES and MANUALS. Pp. 25 and 27.
9-15-7
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New Yokk.
ABBOTT (A. C). PKINCIPLES OF BACTERIOLOGY: a Practical
Manual for Students and Physicians. New (3d) edition thoroughly-
revised and greatly enlarged. In one handsome 12mo. vol. of 492 pages,
with 98 engravings, of which 17 are colored. Cloth, $2.50.
This treatise has no superior
among American works. — New York
Medical Journal.
The book is particularly valuable
as a guide to practical work. — Medi-
Just what is wanted for laboratory
study. — The London Lancet.
As a text-book for students as well
as for the busy practitioner, this book
can be unhesitatingly recommended.
— Th c Med ica I News.
ALLEN (HARRISON). A SYSTEM OF HUMAN ANATOMY;
WITH AN INTRODUCTORY SECTION ON HISTOLOGY, by
E. O. Shakespeare, M.D. Comprising 813 double-columned quarto
pages, with 380 engravings on stone 109 plates, and 241 wood cuts
in the text. In six sections, each in a portfolio. Price per section, $3.50.
Also, bound in one volume, cloth, $23. Sold by subscription only.
AMERICAN SYSTEM OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE. A SYS-
TEM OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE. In contributions by Various
American Authors. Edited by Alfred L. Loomis, M.D., LL.D.,
and W. Gilman Thompson, M. D. In four very handsome octavo
volumes of about 900 pages each, fully illustrated. Vols. I. and II.,
just ready. Vol. III. and IV., in active preparation. Per volume,
cloth, $5 ; leather, $6 ; half Morocco, $7. For sale by subscription only.
Prospectus free on application to the Publishers.
Every chapter is a masterpiece of
completeness, and is particularly ex-
cellent in regard to treatment, many
original prescriptions, formula?,
charts and tables being given for the
guidance of the practitioner.
"The American System of Medi-
cine" is a work of which every
American physician may reasonably
feel proud, and in which every prac-
titioner will tind a safe and trust-
worthy counsellor in the daily re-
sponsibilities of practice. — The Ohio
Medical Journal.
AMERICAN SYSTEM OF DENTISTRY. In treatises by various
authors. Edited by Wllbur F. Litch, M.D., D.D.S. In four very
handsome super-royal octavo volumes, containing about 4000 pages,
with about 2200 illustrations and many full-page plates. Volume IV.,
preparing. Per vol., cloth, $6; leather, $7 ; half Morocco, $8. For sale
by subscription only. Prospectus free on apj^li cation to the Publishers.
AMERICAN TEXT-BOOKS OF DENTISTRY. In Contribu-
tions by Eminent American Authorities. In two very handsome
octavo volumes, richly illustrated :
PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY. Edited by Charles J. Essig, M.D.,
D.D.S., Professor of Mechanical Dentistry and Metallurgy, Department
of Dentistry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 76
983 engravings. Cloth, $6 ; leather, $7. Net. Just ready.
No more thorough production will
be found either in this country or in
any country where dentistry is un-
derstood as a part of civilization. —
The International Dental Journal.
It is up to date in every particular.
It is a practical course on prosthetics
which any student can take up dur-
ing or after college. — Dominion Den-
tal Journal.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY. Edited by Edward C. Kirk, D.D.S. ,
Professor of Clinical Dentistry, Department of Dentistry, University
of Pennsylvania. 699 pages, 751 .engravings. Cloth, 85.50 ; leather,
$6.50. Net. Just ready.
Lea Beothees & Co., Philadelphia axd New Yoek.
AMERICAN SYSTEMS OF GYNECOLOGY: AND OBSTET-
RICS. In treatises by the most eminent American specialists. Gyne-
cology edited by Matthew D. Manx, A. M., M. D., and Obstetrics
edited by Barton C. Hirst, M. D. In four large octavo volumes
comprising 3612 pages, with 1092 engravings, and 8 colored plates. Per
volume, cloth, $5 ; leather, $6 ; half Russia, $7. For sale by subscrip-
tion only. Prospectus free on application to the Publishers.
A TREATISE ON SURGERY BY AMERICAN AUTHORS.
FOR STUDENTS AND PRACTITIONERS OF SURGERY AND
MEDICINE. Edited by Roswell Park, M.D. In two niagnificent
octavo volumes. Vol. I., Genera? Surgery, 799 pages, with 356
engravings and 21 full-page plates in colors and monochrome. Vol.
II., Special Surgery, 796 pages, with 451 engravings and' 17 full-page
plates in colors and monochrome. Complete u-ork just ready. Price
per volume, cloth, $4.50 ; leather, $5.50. Net. See page 22.
ASHHURST (JOHN, JR.). THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE
OF SURGERY. For the use of Students and Practitioners. Sixth
and revised edition. In one large and handsome octavo volume of
1161 pages, with 656 engravings. Cloth, $6 ; leather, $7.
As a masterly epitome of what has text-book, we do not know its equal,
been said and done in surgery, as a If is the best single text-book of
succinct and logical statement of the surgery that we have yet seen in this
principles of the subject, as a model country. — New York Post- Graduate.
ASBTWELL (SAMUEL). A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE
DISEASES OF WOMEN. Third edition. 520 pages. Cloth, $3.50.
A SYSTEM OF PRACTICAL MEDICINE BY AMERICAN
AUTHORS. Edited by William Pepper. M. P., LL. D. In five
large octavo volumes, containing 5573 pasres and 19S illustrations. Price
per volume, cloth, $5 ; leather $6 ; half "Russia, $7. Sold by subscrip-
tion only. Prospectus free on application to the Publishers.
ATTFDELD (JOHN). CHEMISTRY; GENERAL, MEDICAL AND
PHARMACEUTICAL. Fourteenth edition, specially revised by the
Author for America. In one handsome 12mo. volume of 794 pages,
with S3 illustrations. Cloth, $2.75 ; leather, $3.25.
It is replete with the latest inform- been adopted, bringing the work into
ation, and considers the chemistry of close touch with the latest United
every substance recognized officially States Pharmacopceia, of which it is
or in general practice. The modern a worthy companion. —The Pittsburg
scientific chemical nomenclature has Medical Review.
BALL CHARLES B.). THE RECTUM AND ANUS. THEIR
DISEASES AND TREATMENT. New (2d) edition. In one 12mo.
volume of 453 pages, with 60 engravings and 4 colored plates. Cloth,
$2.25. See Series of Clinical Manuals, page 25.
BARNES (ROBERT AND FANCOURT). A SYSTEM OF OB-
STETRIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY, THEORETICAL AND
CLINICAL. The Section on Embryology by Peof. Milxes Mae-
shall. In one large octavo volume of 872 pages, with 231 illustra-
tions, Cloth, $5 ; leather, $6.
4 Lea Bkothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
BARTHOLOW (ROBERTS). CHOLERA; ITS CAUSATION, PRE-
VENTION AND TREATMENT. In one 12mo. volume of 127 pages,
with 9 illustrations. Cloth, $1.25.
BARTHOLOW ^ROBERTS). MEDICAL ELECTRICITY. A
PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE APPLICATIONS OF ELEC-
TRICITY TO MEDICINE AND SURGERY. Third edition. In
one octavo volume of 308 pages, with 110 illustrations.
BELL (F. JEFFREY). COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND PHYS-
IOLOGY. In one 12mo. volume of 561 pages, with 229 engravings.
Cloth, $2. See Students' Series of Manuals, page 27.
BELLAMY (EDWARD). A MANUAL OF SURGICAL ANATOMY.
In one 12mo. vol. of 300 pages, Avith 50 illustrations. Cloth, $2.25.
BERRY (GEORGE A.). DISEASES OF THE EYE ; A PRACTICAL
TREATISE FOR STUDENTS OF OPHTHALMOLOGY. Second
edition. Very handsome octavo vol. of 745 pages, with 197 original
illus. in the text, of which 87 are exquisitely colored. Cloth, $8.
BILLINGS (JOHN S.). THE NATIONAL MEDICAL DICTIONARY.
Including in one alphabet English, French, German, Italian and
Latin Technical Terms used in Medicine and the Collateral Sciences.
In two very handsome imperial octavo volumes containing 1574
pages and two colored plates. Per volume, cloth, $6 ; leather, $7 ;
half Morocco, $8.50. For sale by subscription only. Specimen pages
on application to the publishers.
BLACK (D. CAMPBELL). THE URINE IN HEALTH AND
DISEASE, AND URINARY ANALYSIS, PHYSIOLOGICALLY
AND PATHOLOGICALLY CONSIDERED. In one 12mo. volume
of 256 pages, with 73 engravings. Cloth, $2.75.
This book places at the command insure it a welcome. — The Ohio Med-
of the practitioner an d student a con- ical Jo a r n a I.
cise. yet complete manual, treating An excellent presentation of urol-
of the subject from a practical and ogy in its latest phase, concise, pre-
clinical standpoint, minus the many tical, clinical, Avell illustrated and
minutia? devoid of practical learn- | well printed. — Maryland Medical
ing, so often found in works devoted Journal.
to the subject. Its usefulness should ■
BLOXAM (C. L.). CHEMISTRY, INORGANIC AND ORGANIC.
With Experiments. New American from the fifth London edition.
In one handsome octavo volume of 727 pages, Avith 292 illustrations.
Cloth. $2 : leather, $3.
BROADBENT (W. H.). THE PULSE. In one 12mo. vol. of 317 pages,
with 59 engravings. Cloth, $1.75. See Series of Clinical Manuals, p. 25.
BROWNE (LENNOX). THE THROAT AND NOSE AND THEIR
DISEASES. New (4th) and enlarged edition. In one imperial octavo
volume of 751 pages, with 235 engravings and 120 illustrations in
color. Cloth, $6.50.
KOCH'S REMEDY IN RELATION ESPECIALLY TO THROAT
CONSUMPTION. In one octavo volume of 121 pages, with 45 illus-
trations, 4 of which are colored, and 17 charts. Cloth, $1.50.
BRUCE (J. MITCHELL). MATERIA MEDICA AND THERA-
PEUTICS. Fifth edition. In one 12mo. volume of 591 pages,
Cloth, $1.50, See Student's Series of Manuals, page. 27.
Lea Bkothers & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek.
BRUNTON (T. LAUDER). A MANUAL OF PHARMACOLOGY,
THERAPEUTICS AND MATERIA MEDICA ; including the Phar-
macy, the Physiological Action and the Therapeutical Uses of Drugs.
In one octavo volume.
BRYANT (THOMAS). THE PRACTICE OF SURGERY. Fourth
American from the fourth English edition. In one imperial octavo vol.
of 1040 pages, with 727 illustrations. Cloth, $6.50 ; leather, $7.50.
BUMSTEAD (F. J.) AND TAYLOR (R. W.). THE PATHOLOGY
AND TREATMENT OF VENEREAL DISEASES. See Taylor on
Venereal Diseases, page 28.
BURNETT (CHARLES H.). THE EAR : ITS ANATOMY, PHYSI-
OLOGY AND DISEASES. A Practical Treatise for the Use of
Students and Practitioners. Second edition. In one 8vo. volume of
580 pages, with 107 illustrations. Cloth, $4 ; leather, $5.
BUTLIN (HENRY T.). DISEASES OF THE TONGUE. In one
pocket-size 12mo. volume of 456 pages, with 8 coloi-ed plates and 3
engravings. Limp cloth, $3.50. See Series of Clinical Manuals,
page 25.
CARPENTER ("WM. B.). PRIZE ESSAY ON THE USE OF ALCO-
HOLIC LIQUORS IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. New edition,
with a Preface by D. F. Condie, M. D. One 12mo. volume of 178
pages. Cloth, 60 cents.
PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. In one large octavo
volume.
CARTER (R. BRUDENELL) AND FROST (W. ADAMS). OPH-
THALMIC SURGERY. In one pocket-size 12mo. volume of 559
pages, with 91 engravings and one plate. Cloth, $2.25. See Series of
Clinical Manuals, page 25.
CASPARI (CHARLES JR.). A TREATISE ON PHARMACY.
For Students and Pharmacists. In one handsome octavo volume of
680 pages, with 288 illustrations. Cloth, $4.50.
A work of more than ordinary j inacy, and his contact with students
merit, which impresses one with its
orderly arrangement of subjects,
eminent practicality, but over and
above all with the author's intimate
knowledge of details. — The Ameri-
can Druggist and Pharmaceutical
Record.
The author's duties as Professor
of Theory and Practice of Pharmacy
in the Maryland College of Phar-
made him aware of their exact
wants in the matter of a manual.
His work is admirable, and the
student who cannot understand must
be dull indeed. The book is full of
new, clean, sharp illustrations, which
tell the story frequently at a glance.
The index is full and accurate. —
National Druggist.
CHAMBERS (T. K.). A MANUAL OF DIET IN HEALTH AND
DISEASE. In one handsome 8vo. vol. of 302 pages. Cloth, $2.75.
CHAPMAN (HENRY C). A TREATISE ON HUMAN PHYSI-
OLOGY. In one octavo volume of 925 pages, with 605 illustrations.
Cloth, $5.50 ; leather, $6.50.
In every respect the work fulfils
its promise, whether as a complete
treatise for the student or as an ad-
mirable work of reference for the
physician. — North Carolina Medical
Journal.
6 Lea Bbothers & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoke.
CHARLES (T. CRANSTOUN). THE ELEMENTS OF PHYSIO-
LOGICAL AND PATHOLOGICAL CHEMISTKY. In one hand-
some octavo volume of 451 pages, with 38 engravings and 1 colored
plate. Cloth, $3.50.
CHEYNE (W. WATSON). THE TREATMENT OF WOUNDS,
ULCERS AND ABSCESSES. In one 12mo. volume of 207 pages.
Cloth, $1.25.
One will be surprised at the
amount of practical and useful in-
formation it contains; information
that the practitioner is likely to
need at any moment. The sections
devoted to ulcers and abscesses are
indispensable to any physician. —
The Charlotte Medical Journal.
CHURCHDLL (FLEETWOOD). ESSAYS ON THE PUERPERAL
FEVER. In one octavo volume of 464 pages. Cloth, $2.50.
CLARKE (W. B.) AND LOCKWOOD (C. B.). THE DISSECTOR'S
MANUAL. In one 12mo. volume of 396 pages, with 49 engravings.
Cloth, $1.50. See Students' Series of Manuals, page 27.
CLELAND (JOHN). A DIRECTORY FOR THE DISSECTION OF
THE HUMAN BODY. In one 12mo. vol. of 178 pages. Cloth, $1.25.
CLINICAL MANUALS. See Series of Clinical Manuals, page 25.
CLOUSTON (THOMAS S.). CLINICAL LECTURES ON MENTAL
DISEASES. New (4th) edition. In one octavo volume of 736 pages,
with 15 colored plates. Just ready. Cloth, $4.75.
^^Folsom's Abstract of Laws of U. S. on Custody of Insane, octavo,
$1.50, is sold in conjunction with Clouston on Mental Diseases for
$5.50 for the two works.
CLOWES (FRANK). AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON PRACTI-
CAL CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE INORGANIC ANALY-
SIS. From the fourth English edition. In one handsome 12mo.
volume of 387 pages, with 55 engravings. Cloth, $2.50.
COATS (JOSEPH). A TREATISE ON PATHOLOGY. In one vol.
of 829 pages, with 339 engravings. Cloth, $5.50 ; leather, $6.50.
COLEMAN (ALFRED). A MANUAL OF DENTAL SURGERY
AND PATHOLOGY. With Notes and Additions to adapt it to Amer-
ican Practice. By Thos. C. Stellwagen, M.A., M.D., D.D.S. In one
handsome octavo vol. of 412 pages, with 331 engravings. Cloth, $3.25.
CONDD3 (D. FRANCIS). A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE DIS-
EASES OF CHILDREN. Sixth- edition, revised and enlarged. In
one large 8vo. volume of 719 pages. Cloth, $5.25 ; leather, $6.25.
CORNEL (V.). SYPHILIS: ITS MORBID ANATOMY, DIAGNO-
SIS AND TREATMENT. Translated, with Notes and Additions, by
J. Henry C. Simes, M.D. and J. William White, M. D. In one
8vo. volume of 461 pages, with 84 illustrations. Cloth, $3.75.
CULBRETH (DAVID M. R.). MATERIA MEDICA AND PHAR-
MACOLOGY. In one handsome octavo volume of 812 pages, with
445 illustrations". Cloth, $4.75. Just ready.
A thorough, authoritative and
systematic exposition of its most
important domain. — The Canada
Lancet.
This work ought to be at once
adopted as the text-book in all col-
leges of pharmacy and medicine.
It is one of the most valuable works
that have been issued. — The Ohio
Medical Journal.
CULVER (E. M.) AND HAYDEN (J.R.). MANUAL OF VENE-
REAL DISEASES. In one 12mo. volume of 289 pages, with 33
engravings. Cloth, $1.75.
Lea Beothees & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek. 7
DAI/TON (JOHN C). A TREATISE ON HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY.
Seventh edition, thoroughly revised and greatly improved. In one
very handsome octavo volume of 722 pages, with 252 engravings.
Cloth, $5 ; leather, $6.
DOCTRINES OF THE CIRCULATION OF THE BLOOD. In
one handsome 12mo. volume of 293 pages. Cloth, $2.
DAVENPORT (F. EL). DISEASES OF WOMEN. A Manual of
Non-Surgical Gynecology. For the use of Students and General Prac-
titioners. Second edition. In one handsome 12mo. volume of 314
pages, with 107 engravings. Cloth, $1.75.
DAVIS (EDWARD P.). A TREATISE ON OBSTETRICS. FOR
STUDENTS AND PRACTITIONERS. In one very handsome
octavo volume of 546 pages, with 217 engravings and 30 full-page
plates in colors and monochrome. Cloth, $5 ; leather, $6. Just ready.
This work must become the prac-
titioner's text-book as well as the
student's. It is up to date in every
respect.— Va. Med. Semi -Monthly.
A work unequalled in excellence.
— The Chicago Clinical Review.
Decidedly one of the best text-
books on the subject. It is exception-
ally useful from every standpoint. —
Nashville Jour, of Med. and Surgery.
From a practical standpoint the
work is all that could be desired. A
thoroughly scientific and brilliant
treatise on obstetrics. —Med. News.
DAVIS (F. H.). LECTURES ON CLINICAL MEDICINE. Second
edition. In one 12mo. volume of 2S7 pages. Cloth, $1.75.
DE LA BECHE'S GEOLOGICAL OBSERVER. In one large octavo
volume of 700 pages, with 300 engravings. Cloth, $4.
DENNIS (FREDERIC S.) AND BILLINGS (JOHN S.). A SYS-
TEM OF SURGERY. In contributions by American Authors.
Complete work in four very handsome octavo volumes, containing
3652 pages, with 15S5 engravings and 45 full-page plates in colors and
monochrome. Just ready. Per volume, cloth, $6 ; leather, $7 ; half
Morocco, gilt back and top, $8.50. For sale by subscription only.
Full prospectus free on application to the publishers.
It is worthy of the position which i American surgery and is thoroughly
surgery has attained in the great practical. — Annals of Surgery.
Republic whence it comes. — The \ No work in English can be con-
London Lancet. sidered as the rival of this. — The
It may be fairly said to represent American Journal of the Medical
the most advanced condition of j Sciences.
DERCUM (FRANCIS X., EDITOR). A TEXT-BOOK ON
NERVOUS DISEASES. By American Authors. In one handsome
octavo volume of 1054 pages, with 341 engravings and 7 colored
plates. Cloth, $6.00 ; leather, $7.00. Net.
Representing the actual status of i The work is representative of the
our knowledge of its subjects, and j best methods of teaching, as devel-
the latest and most fully up-to-date oped in the leading medical colleges
of any of its class. — Jour, of Amer-
ican Med. Association.
The most thoroughly up-to-date
treatise that we have on this subject.
— American Journal of Insanity.
of this country. — Alienist and Neu-
rologist.
The best text-book in any lan-
guage. — The Medical Fortnightly.
DE SCHWEINITZ (GEORGE E.). THE TOXIC AMBLYOPIAS.
Their Classification, History, Symptoms, Pathology and Treatment.
Very handsome octavo, 24*0 pages, 46 engravings, and 9 full-page
plates in colors. Limited edition, de luxe binding, $4. Net.
8 Lea Brotheks & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
DRAPER (JOHN C). MEDICAL PHYSICS. A Text-book for Stu-
dents and Practitioners of Medicine. In one handsome octavo volume
of 734 pages, with 376 engravings. Cloth, $4.
DRUITT (ROBERT). THE PRINCIPLES AND PEACTICE OF
MODERN SURGERY. A new American, from the twelfth London
edition, edited by Stanley Boyd, F.R. C.S. In one large octavo
volume of 965 pages, with 373 engravings. Cloth, $4 ; leather, $5.
DUANE (ALEXANDER). THE STUDENT'S DICTIONARY OF
MEDICINE AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. New edition. Com-
prising the Pronunciation, Derivation and Full Explanation of Medi-
cal Terms. Together with much Collateral Descriptive Matter, Numer-
ous Tables, etc. In one square octavo volume of 658 pages. Cloth,
$3.00; half leather, $3.25; full sheep, $3.75. Thumb-letter Index for
quick use, 50 cents extra. Just ready.
Medical students are here provided | The book is brought accurately to
with full information concerning date. It is a model of conciseness,
every word they will meet in acquir
ing their professional education.—
Nat. Med. Revietv.
Far superior to any dictionary for
convenience and thoroughness. —
3Iedical Record.
The standard dictionaiy for medi-
cal students. — Charlotte Med. Jour.
the medical student that we know of. The best student's dictionaiy. —
— Western Med. and Surg. Reporter . I Canada Lancet.
DUNCAN (J. MATTHEWS). CLINICAL LECTURES ON THE
DISEASES OF WOMEN. Delivered in St. Bartholomew's Hospital.
In one octavo volume of 175 pages. Cloth, $1.50.
DUNGLISON (ROBLEY). A DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL SCI-
ENCE. Containing a full explanation of the various subjects and
terms of Anatomy, Physiology, Medical Chemistry, Pharmacy, Phar-
macology, Therapeutics, Medicine, Hygiene, Dietetics, Pathology, Sur-
gery, Ophthalmology, Otology, Laryngology, Dermatology, Gynecol-
ogy, Obstetrics, Pediatrics, Medical Jurisprudence, Dentistry, etc., etc.
By Robley DUNGLISON, M. D., LL. D., late Professor of Institutes
of Medicine in the Jefferson Medical College of Philadelphia. Edited
by Richard J. Dunglison, A. M., M. D. Twenty-first edition, thor-
oughly revised and greatly enlarged and improved, with the Pronuncia-
tion, Accentuation and Derivation of the Terms. With Appendix.
Just ready. In one magnificent imperial octavo volume of 1225 pages.
Cloth, $7 ; leather, $8. Thumb-letter Index for quick use, 75 cents
extra.
The most satisfactory and authori- Pronunciation is indicated by the
tative guide to the derivation, defini- ' phonetic system. The definitions are
tion and pronunciation of medical unusually clear and concise. The
terms. — The Charlotte Med. Journal, book is wholly satisfactory. — Uni-
Covering the entire field of medi- versity Medical Magazine.
cine, surgery and the collateral j The volume is entitled to be called
sciences, its range of usefulness can \ an encyclopaedia rather than a dic-
scarcely be measured. — Med. Record. ; tionary. — Brooklyn Med. Journal.
EDES (ROBERT T.). TEXT-BOOK OF THERAPEUTICS AND
MATERIA MEDICA. In one 8vo. volume of 544 pages. Cloth, $3.50 ;
leather, $4.50.
EDIS (ARTHUR W.). DISEASES OF WOMEN. A Manual for
Students and Practitioners. In one handsome 8vo. volume of 576 pages,
with 148 engravings. Cloth, $3 ; leather, $4.
Lea Beothebs & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek. 9
ELLIS (GEORGE VINER). DEMONSTRATIONS IN ANATOMY.
Being a Guide to the Knowledge of the Human Body by Dissection.
From the eighth and revised English edition. In one octavo volume
of 716 pages, with 249 engravings. Cloth, $4.25 ; leather, $5.25.
EMMET (THOMAS ADDIS). THE PRINCIPLES AND PRAC-
TICE OF GYNAECOLOGY, for the use of Students and Practitioners.
Third edition, enlarged and revised. In one large 8vo. volume of 880
pages, with 150 original engravings. Cloth, $5 ; leather, $6.
ERICHSEN (JOHN E.). THE SCIENCE AND ART OF SUR-
GERY. A new American from the eighth enlarged and revised Lon-
don edition. In two large octavo volumes containing 2316 pages, with
984 engravings. Cloth, $9 ; leather, $11.
ESSIG (CHARLES J.). PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY. Just ready.
See American Text-Books of Dentistry, page 2.
FARQUHARSON (ROBERT). A GUIDE TO THERAPEUTICS.
Fourth American from fourth English edition, revised by Feank
Woodbuey, M. D. In one 12mo. volume of 581 pages. Cloth, $2.50.
FIELD (GEORGE P.). A MANUAL OF DISEASES OF THE
EAR. Fourth edition. In one octavo volume of 391 pages, with 73
engravings and 21 colored plates. Cloth, $3.75.
To those who desire a concise
work on diseases of the ear, clear
and practical, this manual com-
mends itself in the highest degree.
It is just such a work as is needed
by every general practitioner. —
American Practitioner and News.
FLINT (AUSTIN). A TREATISE ON THE PRINCIPLES AND
PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. New (7th) edition, thoroughly revised
by Feedeeick P. Henry, M.D. In one large 8vo. volume of 1143
pages, with engravings. Cloth, $5.00 ; leather, $6.00.
The work has well earned its lead-
ing place in medical literature. The
element of treatment is by no means
neglected; in fact, by the editor a
fresh stimulus is given to this neces-
sary department by a comprehensive
study of all the new and leading the-
rapeutic agents. — Medical Record.
The leading text-book on general
medicine in the medical schools of
the United States. — Norihivestern
Lancet.
The best of American text-books
on Practice. — Amer .Medico-Su rgical
Bulletin.
— A MANUAL OF AUSCULTATION AND PERCUSSION; of
the Physical Diagnosis of Diseases of the Lungs and Heart, and of
Thoracic Aneurism. Fifth edition, revised by James C. Wilson, M. D.
In one handsome 12mo. volume of 274 pages, with 12 engravings.
— A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE DIAGNOSIS AND
TREATMENT OF DISEASES OF THE HEART. Second edition,
enlarged. In one octavo volume of 550 pages. Cloth, $4.
— A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE PHYSICAL EXPLO-
RATION OF THE CHEST, AND THE DIAGNOSIS OF DIS-
EASES AFFECTING THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS. Second
and revised edition. In one octavo volume of 591 pages. Cloth, $4.50.
— MEDICAL ESSAYS. In one 12mo. vol. of 210 pages. Cloth, $1.38.
— ON PHTHISIS : ITS MORBID ANATOMY, ETIOLOGY, ETC.
A Series of Clinical Lectures. In one 8vo. volume of 442 pages.
Cloth, $3.50.
10 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
FOLSOM (C. F.). AN ABSTRACT OF STATUTES OF U. S.
ON CUSTODY OF THE INSANE. In one 8vo. vol. of 108 pages.
Cloth, $1.50. With Clouston on Mental Diseases (new edition, see
page 6) $5.50 for the two works.
FOSTER (MICHAEL). A TEXT-BOOK OF PHYSIOLOGY. New
(6th) and revised American from the sixth English edition. In one
large octavo volume of 923 pages, with 257 illustrations. Cloth, $4.50 ;
leather, $5.50.
Unquestionably the best book that
can be placed in the student's hands,
and as a work of reference for the
busy physician it can scarcely be
excelled. — The Phila. Polyclinic.
The leading text-book used by
English-speaking students. This
single volume contains all that will
be necessary in a college course, and
it may be safely added all that the
physician will need as well. — Do-
minion Med. Monthly.
For physician, student, or teacher
this is and long will remain the
standard, up-to-date work on physi-
ology. — Virginia Medical Monthly.
FOTHERGILL (J. MILNER). THE PRACTITIONER'S hand-
book OF TREATMENT. Third edition. In one handsome octavo
volume of 664 pages. Cloth, $3.75 ; leather, $4.75.
To have a description of the
normal physiological processes of an
organ and of the methods of treat-
ment of its morbid conditions
brought together in a single chapter,
and the relations between the two
clearly stated, cannot fail to prove
a great convenience to many thought-
ful but busy physicians. The prac-
tical value of the volume is greatly
increased by the introduction of many
prescriptions — New York Med. Jour.
POWNES (GEORGE). A MANUAL OF ELEMENTARY CHEM-
ISTRY (INORGANIC AND ORGANIC). Twelfth edition. Em-
bodying Watts' Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. In one royal
12mo. volume of 1061 pages, with 168 engravings, and 1 colored
plate. Cloth, $2.75 ; leather, $3.25.
FRANKLAND (E.) AND JAPP (F.R.). INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.
In one handsome octavo volume of 677 pages, with 51 engravings and
2 plates. Cloth, $3.75 ; leather, $4.75.
FULLER (EUGENE). DISORDERS OF THE SEXUAL OR-
GANS IN THE MALE. In one very handsome octavo volume of
238 pages, with 25 engravings and 8 full-page plates. Cloth, $2.
Just ready.
It is an interesting work, and one tive and brings views of sound
which, in view of the large and pathology and rational treatment to
profitable amount of work done in many cases of sexual disturbance
this field of late years, is timely and whose treatment has been too often
well needed. — Medical Fortnightly, fruitless for good. — Annals of
The book is valuable and instruc- Surgery.
FULLER (HENRY). ON DISEASES OF THE LUNGS AND AIR
PASSAGES. Their Pathology, Physical Diagnosis, Symptoms and
Treatment. From second English edition. In one 8vo. volume of 475
pages. Cloth, $3.50.
GANT (FREDERICK JAMES). THE STUDENT'S SURGERY. A
Multum in Parvo. In one square octavo volume of 845 pages, with
159 engravings. Cloth, $3.75.
GIBBES (HENEAGE). PRACTICAL PATHOLOGY AND MOR-
BID HISTOLOGY. In one very handsome octavo volume of 314
pages, with 60 illustrations, mostly photographic. Cloth, $2.75.
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York. 11
GIBNEY (V. P.). OETHOPEDIC SURGERY. For the use of Practi-
tioners and Students. In one 8vo. vol. profusely illus. Preparing.
GOULD (A. PEARCE). SURGICAL DIAGNOSIS. In one 12mo.
vol. of 589 pages. Cloth, $2. See Student's Series of Manuals, p. 27.
GRAY (HENRY). ANATOMY, DESCRIPTIVE AND SURGICAL.
New and thoroughly revised American edition, much enlarged in text,
and in engravings in black and colors. In one imperial octavo volume
of 1239 pages, with 772 large and elaborate engravings on wood. Price
of edition with illustrations in colors : cloth, $7 ; leather, $8. Price
of edition with illustrations in black : cloth, $6 ; leather, $7. Just ready.
This is the best single volume
upon Anatomy in the English
language. A thorough knowledge
of the subject is acquired without
consulting other books. As a work
of reference for the surgeon or prac-
titioner it has no superior. — Uni-
versity Medical Magazine.
This edition has been revised to
adapt it thoroughly to the require-
ments of teachers and students of
the present day. The illustrations
in Gray's Anatomy have always
been one of its especial features ;
each bone, ligament, muscle, nerve,
artery and tissue has been appro-
priately labelled, and in late editions
have appeared in colors where
essential. Gray's Anatomy affords
the student more satisfaction than
any other treatise with which we
are familiar. — Buffalo 3Ied. Journal.
The most largely used anatomical
text-book published in the English
language. — Annals of Surgery.
Gray's Anatomy, in spite of the
efforts which have been made from
time to time to displace it, still holds
first place in the esteem of both
teachers and students. — The Brook-
lyn Medical Journal.
Particular stress is laid upon the
practical side of anatomical teach-
ing, and especially the Surgical
Anatomy. — Chicago Med. Recorder.
The foremost of all medical text-
books. — Medical Fortnightly.
Gray's Anatomy should be the
first work which a medical student
should purchase, nor should he be
without a copy throughout his pro-
fessional career. — Pittsburg Medical
Review.
This new edition of Gray is a
matchless treatise upon Human Ana-
tomy. Medical students and prac-
titioners desiring a complete library
on anatomy will make no mistake
in purchasing Gray. — Tri-State Med.
Journal.
GRAY (LANDON CARTER). A TREATISE ON NERVOUS AND
MENTAL DISEASES. For Students and Practitioners of Medicine.
New (2d) edition. In one handsome octavo volume of 728 pages, with
172 engravings and 3 colored plates. Cloth, $4.75 ; leather, $5.75.
We have here what has so often
been desired — an up-to-date text-
book upon nervous and mental dis-
eases combined. A well-written,
terse, explicit, and authoritative vol-
ume treating of both subjects is a
step in the direction of popular de-
mand. — The Chicago Clinical Re-
view.
" The word treatment," says the
author, "has been construed in the
broadest sense to include not only
medicinal and non-medicinal agents,
but also those hygienic and dietetic
measures which are often the physi-
cian's best reliance." — The Journal
of the American Medical Association.
The descriptions of the various
diseases are accurate and the symp-
toms and differential diagnosis are
set before the student in such a way
as to be readily comprehended. The
author's long experience renders his
views on therapeutics of great value.
— The Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease.
detail of text sufficient explanation.
The work is an essential to the prac-
titioner — whether as surgeon orphys-
ician. It is the best of up-to date
text-books. — Virgin ia Jled. Mon th ly.
12 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
GREEN (T. HENRY). AN INTRODUCTION TO PATHOLOGY
AND MORBID ANATOMY. New (7th) American from the eighth
London edition. In one handsome octavo volume of 595 pages, with
224 engravings and a colored plate. Cloth, $2.75.
A work that is the text-book of of the day — as much so almost as
probably four-fifths of all the stu- j Gray's Anatomy. It is fully up-to-
dents of pathology in the United | date in the record of fact, and so pro-
States and Great Britain stands in j fusely illustrated as to give to each
no need of commendation. The work
precisely meets the needs and wishes
of the general practitioner. — The
American Practitioner and News.
Green's Pathology is the text-book
GREENE (WILLIAM H.). A MANUAL OF MEDICAL CHEM-
ISTRY. For the Use of Students. Based upon Bowman's Medical
Chemistry. In one 12mo. vol. of 310 pages, with 74 illus. Cloth, $1.75.
GROSS (SAMUEL D.). A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE DIS-
EASES, INJURIES AND MALFORMATIONS OF THE URINARY
BLADDER, THE PROSTATE GLAND AND THE URETHRA.
Third edition, thoroughly revised and edited by Samuel W. Gross,
M. D. In one octavo vol. of 574 pages, with 170 illus. Cloth, $4.50.
HABERSHON (S. O.). ON THE DISEASES OF THE ABDOMEN,
comprising those of the Stomach, (Esophagus, Caecum, Intestines
and Peritoneum. Second American from the third English edition.
In one octavo volume of 554 pages, with 11 engravings. Cloth, $3.50.
HAMILTON (ALLAN MCLANE). NERVOUS DISEASES, THEIR
DESCRIPTION AND TREATMENT. Second and revised edition.
In one octavo volume of 598 pages, with 72 engravings. Cloth, $4.
HAMILTON (FRANK H.). A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON FRAC-
TURES AND DISLOCATIONS. Eighth edition, revised and edited
by Stephen Smith, A. M., M. D. In one handsome octavo volume of
832 pages, with 507 engravings. Cloth, $5.50 ; leather, $6.50.
Its numerous editions are convin- I cent revision make it a work thor-
cing proof of its value and popular- oughly in accordance with modern
ity. It is preeminently the authority practice theoretically, mechanically,
on fractures and dislocations. The aseptically. — Boston Medical and
additions it has received by its re- j Surgical Journal.
HARD A WAY (W. A.). MANUAL OF SKIN DISEASES. In one
12mo. volume of 440 pages. Cloth, $3.
HARE (HOBART AMORY). PRACTICAL DIAGNOSIS. THE
USE OF SYMPTOMS IN THE DIAGNOSIS OF DISEASE. In
one octavo volume of 566 pages, with 191 engravings and 13 full-page
colored plates. Cloth, $4.75. Just ready.
This book is one of the best of its observer, will pay more attention to
kind we have ever had the pleasure the simple yet indicative signs of
to peruse. It is a great triumph of disease, and he will become a hetter
the author to encompass such an diagnostician. Tlietwoinoispensable
enormous number of practical points indexes— Index of Diseases, and In-
in a work of convenient size. Its dex of Symptoms, Organs and Terms
great practical utility is sugg-ested make the work especially valuable as
by the title. The logical sequence of a clinical manual. This is a compan-
the book is to lead to a diagnosis ion to Practical Therapeutics, by
from a study and grouping of individ- the same author, and it is difficult to
ual symptoms. Anyone who reads conceive of any two works of greater
this book will become a more acute -practical utility. — Medical Review.
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York. 13
HARE (HOBART AMORY). A TEXT-BOOK OF PRACTICAL
THERAPEUTICS, with Special Reference to the Application of Reme-
dial Measures to Disease and their Employment upon a Rational
Basis. With articles on various subjects by well-known specialists.
New (5th) and revised edition. In one octavo volume of 740 pages.
Diagonal cloth, $3.75 ; leather, $4.75.
Five editions in as many years
constitute a remarkable record for
any book, and, futhermore, an evi-
dence that medical teachers and
practitioners appreciate a work
closely adapted to their require-
ments. Professor Hare is well
known as a progressive and able
nection by means of references, so
that a knowledge of any subject
treated is easily gained. Ease of
reference is, moreover, provided for
in the highest degree by the alpha-
betical arrangement of the book and
by the two full indexes. Practi-
tioners will find the Therapeutical
therapeutist and teacher, and his Index, in which all the remedial
ability in both directions is attested | measures are listed with brief anno-
in the highly original plan of this J tations under the headings of the sev-
work, as well as in its execution. His [ eral diseases, most suggestive and ser-
purpose has clearly been to bring a viceable. Like preceding issues, the
knowledge of the remedial agents into present edition has been revised to
close relation with a knowledge of; the latest date. — Columbus Medical
disease. The book consists essentially j Journal.
of two parts, the first being a treatise It is a book precisely adapted to
on therapeutics, both medicinal and the needs of the busy practitioner,
non-medicinal ; the second being a who can rely upon finding exactly
treatise on disease, its symptoms, j what he needs. — The National Med-
varieties, treatment, etc. The two i ical Review.
parts are brought into direct con- 1
HARE (HOBART AMORY, EDITOR). A SYSTEM OF PRAC-
TICAL THERAPEUTICS. In a series of contributions by eminent
practitioners. In four large octavo volumes comprising about 4500
pages,with about 550 engravings. Vol. IV., just ready. For sale by sub-
scription only. Full prospectus free on application to the Publishers.
Regular price, Vol. IV., cloth, $6 ; leather, $7 ; half Russia, $8.
Price Vol. IV. to former or new subscribers to complete work, cloth,
$5 ; leather, $6 ; half Russia, $7. Complete work, cloth, 820 ; leather,
$24 ; half Russia, $28.
The great value of Hare's System of Practical Therapeutics has led to a
widespread demand for a new volume to represent advances in treatment
made since the publication of the first three. More than fulfilling this
request the Editor has secured contributions from practically a new corps
of equally eminent authors, so that entirely fresh and original matter is
ensured. The plan of the work, which proved so successful, has been fol-
lowed in this new volume, which will be found to present the latest devel-
opments and applications of this most practical branch of the medical art.
Prescriptions indicative of the manner in which particular drugs are admin-
istered are frequently inserted, with the aim of making the work as helpful
as possible ; and especial care is devoted to such precision of detail as
will render it a safe guide in the use of the newer and less familiar agents.
This volume will therefore be indispensable to the many thousands of
subscribers to the original work, and it will be of no less value by itself,
since it reflects the whole position of each subject. The entire System is
an unrivalled eucyclopcedia on the practical parts of medicine, and merits
the great success it has won for that reason.
14 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
HARTSHORNE (HENRY). ESSENTIALS OF THE PRINCIPLES
AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Fifth edition. In one 12mo.
volume, 669 pages, with 144 engravings. Cloth, $2.75 ; half bound, $3.
A HANDBOOK OF ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. In one
12mo. volume of 310 pages, with 220 engravings. Cloth, $1.75.
A CONSPECTUS OF THE MEDICAL SCIENCES. Comprising
Manuals of Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Materia Medica, Prac-
tice of Medicine, Surgery and Obstetrics. Second edition. In one royal
12mo. vol. of 1028 pages, with 477 illus. Cloth, $4.25 ; leather, $5.
HAYDEN ( JAMES R.). A MANUAL OF VENEREAL DISEASES.
In one 12mo. volume of 263 pages, with 47 engravings. Cloth, $1.50.
Just ready.
It is practical, concise, definite i ticularly thorough, and may be
and of sufficient fulness to be satis- j relied upon as a guide in the man-
factory. — Chicago Clinical Review. ■ agement of this class of diseases. —
This work gives all of the prac- Northivestem Lancet.
tically essential information about | It is well written, up to date, and
the three venereal diseases, gon- will be found very useful. — Inter-
orrhcea, the chancroid and syphilis, i national Medical Magazine.
In diagnosis and treatment it is par- 1
HAYEM (GEORGES) AND HARE (H. A.) PHYSICAL AND
NATURAL THERAPEUTICS. The Remedial Use of Heat, Elec-
tricity, Modifications of Atmospheric Pressure, Climates and Mineral
Waters. Edited by Prof. H. A. Hare, M. D. In one octavo volume
of 414 pages,with 113 engravings. Cloth, $3.
This well-timed up-to-date volume j recognition. Within this large
is particularly adapted to the re- | range of applicability, physical
quirements of the general practi-
tioner. The section on mineral
waters is most scientific and prac-
tical. Some 200 pages are given up
to electricity and evidently embody
the latest scientific information on
the subject. Altogether this work
is the clearest and most practical aid
to the study of nature's therapeutics
that has yet come under our obser-
vation. — The Medical Fortnightly.
For many diseases the most potent
remedies lie outside of the materia
medica, a fact yearly receiving wider
agencies when compared with drugs
are more direct and simple in their
results. Medical literature has long
been rich in treatises upon medical
agents, but an authoritative work
upon the other great branch of
therapeutics has until now been a
desideratum. The section on climate,
rewritten by Prof. Hare, will, for
the first time, place the abundant
resources of our country at the in-
telligent command of American
practitioners. — The Kansas City
Medical Index.
HERMAN (G. ERNEST). FIRST LINES IN MIDWIFERY. In
one 12mo. vol. of 198 pages, with 80 engravings. Cloth, $1.25. See
Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
HERMANN (L..). EXPERIMENTAL PHARMACOLOGY. A Hand-
book of the Methods for Determining the Physiological Actions of
Drugs. Translated by Robert Meade Smith, M. D. In one 12rao,
volume of 199 pages, with 32 engravings, Cloth, $1,50,
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York. 15
HERRICK (JAMES B.). A HANDBOOK OF DIAGNOSIS. In
one handsome 12mo. volume of 429 pages, with 80 engravings and 2
colored plates. Cloth, $2.50.
Excellently arranged, practical,
concise, up-to-date, and eminently
well fitted for the use of the prac-
titioner as well as of the student. —
Chicago Med. Recorder.
This volume accomplishes its ob-
jects more thoroughly and com-
pletely than any similar work yet
published. Each section devoted to
diseases of special systems is pre-
ceded with an exposition of the
methods of physical, chemical and
microscopical examination to be em-
ployed in each class. The technique
of blood examination, including color
analysis, is very clearly stated.
Uranalysis receives adequate space
and care. — New York Med. Journal.
We commend the book not only to
the undergraduate, but also to the
physician who desires a ready means
of refreshing his knowledge of diag-
nosis in the exigencies of professional
life. — Memphis Medical Monthly.
HILL (BERKELEY). SYPHILIS AND LOCAL CONTAGIOUS
DISORDERS. In one 8vo. volume of 479 pages. Cloth, $3.25.
HLLLIER (THOMAS). A HANDBOOK OF SKIN DISEASES.
Second edition. In one royal 12mo. volume of 353 pages, with two
plates. Cloth, $2.25.
HIRST (BARTON C.) AND PD3RSOL (GEORGE A.). HUMAN
MONSTROSITIES. Magnificent folio, containing 220 pages of text
and illustrated with 123 engravings and 39 large photographic plates
from nature. In four parts, price each, $5. Limited edition. For sale
by subscription only.
HOBLYN (RICHARD D.). A DICTIONARY OF THE TERMS
USED IN MEDICINE AND THE COLLATERAL SCIENCES.
In one 12mo. volume of 520 double-columned pages. Cloth, $1.50 ;
leather, $2.
HODGE (HUGH L.). ON DISEASES PECULIAR TO WOMEN,
INCLUDING DISPLACEMENTS OF THE UTERUS. Second and
revised edition. In one 8vo. vol. of 519 pp., with illus. Cloth, $4.50.
HOFFMANN (FREDERICK) AND POWER (FREDERICK B.).
A MANUAL OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS, as Applied to the
Examination of Medicinal Chemicals and their Preparations. Third
edition, entirely rewritten and much enlarged. In one handsome octavo
volume of 621 pages, with 179 engravings. Cloth, $4.25.
HOLDEN (LUTHER). LANDMARKS, MEDICAL AND SURGI-
CAL. From the third English edition. With additions by W. W.
Keen, M. D. In one royal 12mo. volume of 148 pages. Cloth, $1.
HOLMES (TIMOTHY). A TREATISE ON SURGERY. Its Prin-
ciples and Practice. A new American from the fifth English edition.
Edited by T. Pickering Pick, F.R.C.S. In one handsome octavo vol-
ume of 100S pages, with 428 engravings. Cloth, $6 ; leather, $7.
— A SYSTEM OF SURGERY. With notes and additions by various
American authors. Edited by John H. Packard, M. D. In three
very handsome 8vo. volumes containing 3137 double-columned pages,
with 979 engravings and 13 lithographic plates. Per volume, cloth, $6 ;
leather $7 ; half Russia, $7.50, For sale by subscription only,
16 Lea Beothees & Co.. Philadelphia and New Yoek.
HORNER (WILLIAM E.). SPECIAL ANATOMY AND HIS-
TOLOGY. Eighth edition, revised and modified. In two large 8vo.
volumes of 1007 pages, containing 320 engravings. Cloth, $6.
HUDSON (A.). LECTUKES ON THE STUDY OF FEVER.
octavo volume of 308 pages. Cloth, $2.50.
In one
HUTCHINSON (JONATHAN). SYPHILIS. In one pocket-size 12mo.
volume of 542 pages, with 8 chromo-lithographic plates. Cloth, $2.25.
See Series of Clinical Manuals, p. 25.
HYDE (JAMES NEVINS). A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON DIS-
EASES OF THE SKIN. New (4th) edition, thoroughly revised.
In one octavo volume of 815 pages, with 110 engravings and 12 full-
page plates, 4 of which are colored. Cloth, $5.25 ; leather, $6.25.
Just ready.
Almost every page of this edition
has been carefully revised, and
every real advance has been recog-
nized. The work answers the needs
of the general practitioner, the
specialist, and the student, and is
a happy example of the fact that
such an apparently wide range of
adaptation can be given within the
compass of a volume of convenient
size and price. — The Ohio Med. Jour.
A treatise of exceptional merit
characterized by conscientious care
and scientific accuracy. — Buffalo
Med. Journal.
Those who wish the latest views
may confidently consult its pages. —
University Med. Magazine.
A complete exposition of our
knowledge of cutaneous medicine as
it exists to-day. The teaching in-
culcated throughout is sound as well
as practical. — The American Jour-
nal of the Medical Sciences.
It is the best one- volume work
that we know. The student who
gets this book will find it a useful
investment, as it will well serve him
when he goes into practice. — Vir-
ginia Medical Semi-Monthly.
A full and thoroughly modern
text-book on dermatology. — The
Pittsburg Medical Review.
All new facts based on path-
ological and bacteriological re-
searches have been considered in
detail, and in every way this book
represents the Dermatology of to-
day. It is the most practical hand-
book on dermatology with which we
are acquainted. — The Chicago Med-
ical Recorder.
JACKSON (GEORGE THOMAS). THE READY-REFERENCE
HANDBOOK OF DISEASES OF THE SKIN. New (2d) edition.
In one 12mo. volume of 589 pages, with 69 illustrations and a colored
plate. Cloth, $2.75. Just ready.
The specialist will find it a prompt
and ready source of knowledge on
all points of terminology, symptoms,
varieties, etiology, pathology, diag-
nosis, treatment and prognosis of
dermal affections. Tables of differ-
ential diagnosis and standard pre-
scriptions will be found scattered
through the text, and the work ends
with an appendix of well-tried
formulae. The series of illustra-
tions is rich and instructive. — Mem-
phis Medical Monthly.
The text is clear and sufficiently
full. The subject of treatment in-
cludes all the newer methods and
remedies of proved value. It is a
thoroughly satisfactory and clear
expression of cutaneous diseases. —
American Journal of the Medical
Sciences.
The work is fair and accurate, full
and complete, and it embodies the
recent additions to our information.
Above all, it is eminently practical.
The reviewer has found it a good
book for students, and believes it is
equally good for the practitioner. —
Chicago Clinical Review.
Lea Brothees & Co., Philadelphia axd New Yoek. 17
JA3ILESON (W. ALLAV . DISEASES OF THE SKIN. Third
edition. In one octavo volume of 656 pages, with 1 engraving and 9
double-page chromo-lithographic plates. Cloth, $6.
JEWETT (CHARLES). ESSENTIALS OF OBSTETEICS. In one
12mo. volume of 356 pasres, with 78 en?ravinsrs and 3 colored plates.
Cloth, $2.25. Just ready.
JOXES (C. HANDFLELD\ CLINICAL OBSERVATIONS ON
FUNCTIONAL NERVOUS DISORDERS. Second American edi-
tion. In one octavo volume of 340 pages. Cloth, $3.25.
JULER (HENRY). A HANDBOOK OF OPHTHALMIC SCIENCE
AND PRACTICE. Second edition. In one octavo volume of 549
?ages, with 201 engravings. 17 chromo-lithographic plates, test-types of
aeeer and Snellen, and Holmgren's Color-Blindness Test. Cloth,
$5.50 ; leather, $6.50.
The continuous approval mani-
fested toward this work testifies to
the success with which the author
has produced concise descriptions
and typical illustrations of all the
important affections of the eye. The
volume is particularly rich in mat-
ter of practical value, such as direc-
tions for diagnosing, use of instru-
ments, testing for glasses, for color
blindness, etc. The sections devoted
to treatment are sinsularlv full, and
at the same time concise, and couch-
ed in language that cannot fail to be
understood. This edition likewise
embodies such revisions and changes
as were necessary to render it thor-
ouehly representative, and moreover
it has been enriched by the addition
of 100 pages and 75 engravings. All
told, there are 201 engravings, ex-
elusive of 17 handsomely colored. —
The Jledical Age.
KING LA. F. A.). A MANUAL
In one 12mo. vol. of 532 pages, wi
It is just such a work as the obstet-
rician turns to in time of need with
the assurance that he will in a mo-
ment refresh his memory on the sub-
ject. A vast amount of knowledge
is expressed in small space. — The
Ohio Medical Journal.
This is undoubtedly the best man-
ual of obstetrics. Six editions in
thirteen years show not only a de-
mand for a book of this kind, but
that this particular one meets the
requirements for popularity, being
clear, concise and practical. The
present edition has been carefully
revised, and a number of additions
OF OBSTETRICS. Sixth edition.
th 221 illus. Cloth, $2.50.
and modifications have been intro-
duced to bring the book to date. It
is well illustrated, well arranged ;
in short, a model manual. — The Chi-
caqo Medical Recorder.
For clearness of diction it is not
i excelled by any book of similar na-
ture, and by its system of captions
and italics it is abundantly suited to
the needs of the medical student.
! The book is undoubtedly the best
manual of obstetrics extant in Eng-
lish. — The Philadelphia Polyclinic.
The most valuable manual for stu-
t dents that is published. — Xational
Jled. Review.
KIRK (EDWARD CM. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY. Handsome
octavo of 700 passes, with 751 illustrations. Just ready. See American
Books of Dentistry, -page 2.
The work is essentially a new departure. Since the subject was last
treated in text -book form the high specialization devoted to it has resulted
in a development beyond the power of any single mind to represent.
Accordingly Professor Kirk has secured the assistance of gentlemen of
recognized authority in the various departments, and as a result the
student now has at command the best and most modern knowledge pre-
sented in the form which facilitates to the utmost its assimilation.
18 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
KLEIN (E.). ELEMENTS OF HISTOLOGY. Fourth edition. In
one pocket-size 12mo. volume of 376 pages, with 194 engravings.
Cloth, $1.75. See Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
It is the most complete and con-
cise work of the kind that has yet
emanated from the press, and is
invaluable to the active as well as
to the embryo practitioner. The
illustrations are vastly superior to
those in most works of its class. —
The Medical Age.
The clear and concise manner in
which it is written, the absence of
debatable matter, and of conflicting
views, the convenient size of the
book and its moderate price, will
account for its undoubted success. —
Medical Chronicle.
This work deservedly occupies a
first place as a text-book on his-
tology. — Canadian Practitioner.
L.ANDIS (HENRY G.). THE MANAGEMENT OF LABOR. In one
handsome 12mo. volume of 329 pages, with 28 illus. Cloth, $1.75.
LA ROCHE (R). YELLOW FEVER. In two 8vo. volumes of 1468
pages. Cloth, $7.
PNEUMONIA. In one 8vo. volume of 490 pages. Cloth, $3.
LAURENCE (J. Z.) AND MOON (ROBERT C). A HANDY-
BOOK OF OPHTHALMIC SURGERY. Second edition. In one
octavo volume of 227 pages, with 66 engravings. Cloth, $2.75.
LAWSON (GEORGE). INJURIES OF THE EYE, ORBIT AND
EYE-LIDS. From the last English edition. In one handsome octavo
volume of 404 pages, with 92 engravings. Cloth, $3.50.
LEA (HENRY C). A HISTORY OF AURICULAR CONFESSION
AND INDULGENCES IN THE LATIN CHURCH. In three
octavo volumes of about 500 pages each. Per volume, cloth, $3.00.
Complete work just ready.
CHAPTERS FROM THE RELIGIOUS HISTORY OF SPAIN
CENSORSHIP OF THE PRESS; MYSTICS AND ILLUMIN ATI
THE ENDEMONIADAS ; EL SANTO NINO DE LA GUARDIA
BRIANDA DE BARDAXI. In one 12mo. volume of 522 pages
Cloth, $2.50.
FORMULARY OF THE PAPAL PENITENTIARY. In one
octavo volume of 221 pages, with frontispiece. Cloth, $2.50.
SUPERSTITION AND FORCE ; ESSAYS ON THE WAGER
OF LAW, THE WAGER OF BATTLE, THE ORDEAL AND
TORTURE. Fourth edition, thoroughlv revised. In one hand-
some royal 12mo. volume of 629 pages. Cloth, $2.75.
STUDIES IN CHURCH HISTORY. The Rise of the Temporal
Power — Benefit of Clergy — Excommunication. New edition. In one
handsome 12mo. volume of 605 pages. Cloth, $2.50.
AN HISTORICAL SKETCH OF SACERDOTAL CELIBACY
IN THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH. Second edition. In one hand-
some octavo volume of 685 pages. Cloth, $4.50.
LEE (HENRY) ON SYPHILIS. In one 8vo. volume of 246 pages.
Cloth, $2.25.
LEHMANN (C. G.). A MANUAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSIOLOGY.
In one 8vo. volume of 327 pages, with 41 engravings. Cloth, $2.25.
LEISHMAN (WILLIAM). A SYSTEM OF MIDWIFERY. Includ-
ing the Diseases of Pregnancy and the Puerperal State. Fourth edi-
tion. In one octavo volume.
Lea Beothees & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek. 19
LOOMIS (ALFRED L.) AND THOMPSON ("W. GDLMAN,
EDITORS). A SYSTEM OF PEACTICAL MEDICINE. In
Contributions by Various American Authors. ' In four very hand-
some octavo volumes of about 900 pages each, fully illustrated in
black and colors. Vols. I. and II., just ready. Vols. III. and IV.,
in active preparation. Per volume, cloth, $5 ; leather, $6 ; half
Morocco, $7. For sale by. subscription only. Full prospectus free
on application to the Publishers. See American System of Practical
Medicine, page 2.
LUDLOW (J. L.). A MANUAL OF EXAMINATIONS UPON
ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, SURGERY, PRACTICE OF MEDI-
CINE, OBSTETRICS, MATERIA MEDICA, CHEMISTRY, PHAR-
MACY AND THERAPEUTICS. To which is added a Medical For-
mulary. Third edition. In one royal 12mo. volume of 816 pages, with
370 engravings. Cloth, $3.25 ; leather, $3.75.
LUFF (ARTHUR P.).
Students of Medicine,
engravings. Cloth, $2.
MANUAL OF CHEMISTRY, for the use of
In one 12mo. volume of 522 pages, with 36
See Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
LYMAN (HENRY M.). THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. In one
very handsome octavo volume of 925 pages, Avith 170 engravings.
Cloth, $4.75 ; leather, $5.75.
An excellent treatise on the prac-
tice of medicine, written by one
who is not only familiar with his
subject, but who has also learned
through practical experience in
teaching what are the needs of the
student and how to present the facts
to his mind in the most readily
assimilable form. The practical and
busy physician, who wants to ascer-
tain in a short time all the necessary
facts concerning the pathology or
treatment of any disease will find
here a safe and convenient guide. —
The Charlotte Medical Journal.
Complete, concise, fully abreast of
the times and needed by all students
and practitioners. — Univ. Med. Mag.
Au exceedingly valuable text-book.
Practical, systematic, complete and
well balanced. — Chicago Med. Re-
corder.
Represents fully the most recent
knowledge. — Montreal Med. Jour.
LYONS (ROBERT D.). A TREATISE ON FEVER,
volume of 362 pages. Cloth, $2.25.
In one octavo
MA1SCH (JOHN M.). A MANUAL OF ORGANIC MATERIA
MEDICA. New (6th) edition, thoroughly revised by H. C. C. Maisch,
Ph. G., Ph. D. In one veiy handsome 12mo. volume of 509 pages, with
285 engravings. Cloth. $3.
The best handbook upon phar-
macognosy of any published in this
country. — Boston Med. c0 Sur. Jour.
Noted on both sides of the Atlantic
and esteemed as much in Germany as
in America. The work has no equal.
— Dominion Med. Monthly.
Used as text-book in every college
of pharmacy in the United States
and recommended in medical col-
-American Therapist,
New matter has been added, and
the whole work has received careful
revision, so as to conform to the new
United States Pharmacopoeia. — Vir-
ginia Medical Monthly.
This standard text-book is a
work of such well-tried merit that it
stands in no danger of being super-
seded. — Amer. Druggist and Pharm,
Record.
20 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
MANUALS. See Student's Quiz Series, page 27, Student's Series of
Manuals, page 27, and Series of Clinical Manuals, page 25.
MARSH (HOWARD). DISEASES OF THE JOINTS. In one 12mo.
volume of 468 pages, with 64 engravings and a colored plate. Cloth, $2.
See Series of Clinical Manuals, page 25.
MAY (C. H.). MANUAL OF THE DISEASES OF WOMEN. For
the use of Students and Practitioners. Second edition, revised by L.
S. Ratt, M. D. In one 12mo. volume of 360 pages, with 31 engrav-
ings. Cloth, $1.75.
MITCHELL (S. WEIR). CLINICAL LESSONS ON NERVOUS
DISEASES. In one 12mo. volume of 299 pages, with 19 engravings
and 2 colored plates. Just ready. Cloth, $2.50. Of the hundred
numbered copies with the Author's signed title page a few remain ;
these are offered in green cloth, gilt top, at $3.50, net.
There is no question as to the in-
terest of the clinical pictures pre-
sented in this volume. Many rare
examples of spurious troubles
(hysteria) are given and irregular
types of other "nervous " affections.
The study of these types, from the
author's clear notes and deductions,
will be of value to the student of
neurology.— The Chicago Clinical
Review.
This is a book by a master and if
we mistake not it will prove a very
popular one. The book treats of
hysteria, recurrent melancholia, dis-
orders of sleep, choreic movements,
false sensations of cold, ataxia,
hemiplegic pain, treatment of sci-
atica, erythromelalgia, reflex ocular
neurosis, hysteric contractions, ro-
tary movements in the feeble
minded, etc. Few can speak with
more authority than the author. —
The Journal of the American Medi-
cal Association.
MITCHELL (JOHN K.). REMOTE CONSEQUENCES OF IN-
JURIES OF NERVES AND THEIR TREATMENT. In one
handsome 12mo. volume of 239 pages, with 12 illustrations. Cloth, $1.75.
Injuries of the nerves are of fre-
quent occurrence in private practice,
and often the cause of intractable
and painful conditions, conse-
quently this volume is of especial
interest. Doctor Mitchell has had
access to hospital records for the last
thirty years, as well as to the
government documents, and has
skilfully utilized his opportunities.
This work will doubtless take a
prominent place in medical litera-
ture among the special monographs
which throw light into obscure
places and contribute to the advance
of medical science. — The Med. Age.
MORRIS (HENRY). SURGICAL DISEASES OF THE KIDNEY.
In one 12mo. volume of 554 pages, with 40 engravings and 6 colored
plates. Cloth, $2.25. See Series of Clinical 31anuals, page 25.
MORRIS (MALCOLM). DISEASES OF THE SKIN. In one
square 8vo. volume of 572 pages, with 19 chromo-lithographic figures
and 17 engravings. Cloth, $3.50.
MULLER (J.). PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS AND METEOROL-
OGY. In one large 8vo. vol. of 623 pages, with 538 cuts. Cloth, $4.50.
Lea Bkothees & Co.. Philadelphia axi> Nbw Yoke:. 21
MUSSER JOHN H. . A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON MEDICAL
DIAGNOSIS, for Students and Physicians. 2s ew 2d edition, thor-
oughly revised. In one octavo volume of 3 s with 177 engi v-
ings and 11 full-page colored plates. Cloth. $-5 ; leather. $6. Just
ready.
"We have no work of equal value with only hy the specialist. The
iu English. — University M
Magazine.
Every real advance that has been
made in this rapidly progressing
department of medicine is here re-
corded. There is no half knowledge.
His descriptions of the diagnostic
manifestations of diseases are accu-
rate. This work will meet all the
requirements of student and physi-
cian. — The Medical yews.
Erom its pages may be made the
diagnosis of everv maladv that
early demand for the new edition
speaks volumes for the book's popu-
larity. — North wester ■ L
It so thoroughly meets the precise
demands incident to modern research
that it has been already adopted as a
leading text-hook by' the medical
colleges of this country. — North
American Practitioner. -
Occupies the foremost plat
thorough, systematic treatise.— Oh io
Me d lea I Jo ur nal.
The best of its kind, invaluable to
afflicts the human body, including the student, general practitioner and
those which in general are dealt teacher. — M. Meal Journal.
NATIONAL DISPENSATORY. See Stille, Maiseh & Caspari. p. 27.
NATIONAL FORMULARY. See Stille, Maiseh & C v atonal
Dispensatory, page 27.
NATIONAL MEDICAL DICTIONARY. See Billings, page 4.
NETTLESHTP E. . DISEASES OE THE EYE. Fourth American
from fifth English edition. In 'me 12mo. volume of 500 pages,
with 164 engravings, test-types and formula? and color-blindness test.
Cloth, .>:
Four large American editions
testify to thefact that it is a favorite
text-book in American coIIt.
well as to the extent of its use
among practitioners in general and
special branches. Its popularity as
a reference-book is due to the prac-
tical nature of its text and to the
inclusion of test-types, color-blind-
ness tests and a collection of
formula?. It is safe to predict that
this handy volume will become more
than ever a favorite with all classes
of readers. — Pacifie Med. Journal.
NORRIS \VM. F. AND OLIVER CHAS. A. . TEXT BOOK OF
OPHTHALMOLOGY. In one octavo volume of 641 pages, with 357
engraving.- and 5 colored plates. Cloth. $o : leather.
We take pleasure in commending
the "Text-book" to students and
practitioners as a safe and admir-
able guide, well qualified to furnish
them~ as the authors intended it
should, with •'" a working knowl-
edge of ophthalmology."' — Johns
Hopkins Hospital Bulletin.
The first text-book of diseases of
the eye written by American authors
for American colleges and students.
Every method of ocular precision
that can be of any clinical advantage
to the eveiy-day student and the
scientific observer is offered to the
reader. Rules and procedures are
made so plain and so evident, that
any student can easily understand
and employ them. It is j^ractical in
its teachings. "SVe unreservedly en-
dorse it as the best, the safest and the
most comprehensive volume upon
the subject that has . offered
to the American medical public. —
Annals of Ophthalmology and Oto-
logy.
22 Lea Bbothees & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek.
OWEN (EDMUND). SUKGICAL DISEASES OF CHILDREN.
In one 12mo. volume of 525 pages, with 85 engravings and 4 colored
plates. Cloth, $2. See Series of Clinical Manuals, page 25.
PARK (ROSWELL). A TREATISE ON SURGERY BY AMERI-
CAN AUTHORS. In two handsome octavo volumes. Volume I.,
General Surgeiy, 799 pages, with 356 engravings and 21 full-page
plates, in colors and monochrome. Volume II., Special Surgery,
800 pages, with 430 engravings and 17 full-page plates, in colors
and monochrome. Per volume, cloth, $4.50; leather, $5.50. Net.
Complete work just ready.
The work is fresh, clear and practi-
cal, covering the ground thoroughly
yet briefly, and well arranged for
rapid reference, so that it will be of
special value to the student and busy
practitioner. The pathology is
broad, clear and scientific, while the
suggestions upon treatment are
clear-cut, thoroughly modern and
admirably resourceful. — Johns Hop-
kins Hospital Bulletin.
The latest and best work written
upon the science and art of surgery.
Columbus Medical Journal.
Its special field of application is
in practical, every-day use. It well
deserves a place in every medical
man's library. — The Pittsburg Med-
ical Review.
The illustrations are almost en-
tirely new and executed in such a
way that they add great force to the
text. It gives us unusual pleasure
to recommend this work to students
and practitioners alike. — The Chi-
cago Medical Recorder.
The various writers have em-
bodied the teachings accepted at
the present hour and the methods
now in vogue, both as regards
causes and treatment. — The North
American Practitioner.
Both for the student and practi-
tioner it is most valuable. It is
thoroughly practical and yet thor-
oughly scientific. — Medical News.
A truly modern surgery, not only
in pathology, but also in sound
surgical therapeutics. — New Or-
leans Med. and Surgical Journal.
PARRY (JOHN S.). EXTRA-UTERINE PREGNANCY, ITS
CLINICAL HISTORY, DIAGNOSIS, PROGNOSIS AND TREAT-
MENT. In one octavo volume of 272 pages. Cloth, $2.50.
PARVEV (THEOPHTLUS). THE SCIENCE AND ART OF OB-
STETRICS. Third edition. In one handsome octavo volume of
677 pages, with 267 engravings and 2 colored plates. Cloth, $4.25 ;
leather, $5.25.
In the foremost rank among the
most practical and scientific medical
works of the day. — Medical News.
It ranks second to none in the
English language. — Annals of Gyne-
cology and Pediatry.
The book is complete in eveiy de-
partment, and contains all the neces-
sary detail required by the modern
practising obstetrician. — Interna-
tional Medical Magazine.
In breadth and scope the work is
adapted to the needs of the advanced
scholar and specialist. The con-
sideration of every subject is in
reality brought up to the hour when
the copy went to print. — Medicine.
Parvin's work is practical, con-
cise and comprehensive. We com-
mend it as first of its class in the
English language. — Medical Fort-
nightly.
Parvin's classical work now oc-
cupies the front rank of modern
text-books. It is an admirable text-
book in every sense of the word. —
Nashville Journal of Medicine and
Surgery.
PAVY (F. W.). A TREATISE ON THE FUNCTION OF DIGES-
TION, ITS DISORDERS AND THEIR TREATMENT. From the
second London edition. In one 8vo. volume of 238 pages. Cloth, $2.
Lea Beothees & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek. 23
PAYNE (JOSEPH FRANK). A MANUAL OF GENERAL
PATHOLOGY. Designed as an Introduction to the Practice of Medi-
cine. In one octavo volume of 524 pages, with 153 engravings and
1 colored plate.
PEPPER'S SYSTEM OF MEDICINE. See page 3.
PEPPER (A. J.). FORENSIC MEDICINE. In press. See Student's
Series of Manuals, page 27.
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY. In one 12mo. volume of 511 pages,
with 81 engravings. Cloth, $2. See Student's Series of Manuals, p. 27.
PICK (T. PICKERING). FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS.
In one 12mo. volume of 530 pages, with 93 engravings. Cloth, $2.
See Series of Clinical Manuals, page 25.
PIRRIE (WILLIAM). THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF
SURGERY. In one octavo volume of 780 pages, with 316 engravings.
Cloth, $3.75.
PLAYFAIR (W. S.). A TREATISE ON THE SCIENCE AND
PRACTICE OF MIDWIFERY. Sixth American from the eighth
English edition. Edited, with additions, by R. P. Haeeis, M. D.
In one octavo volume of 697 pages, with 217 engravings and 5 plates.
Cloth, $4 ; leather, $5.
In the numerous editions which
have appeared it has been kept con-
stantly in the foremost rank. It is
a work which can be conscientiously
recommended to the profession. —
The Albany Medical Annals.
This work must occupy a fore- 1 bodies all recent advances. — ■ The
most place in obstetric medicine as Medical Fortnightly.
a safe guide to both student and '
obstetrician. It holds a place among
the ablest English-speaking authori-
ties on the obstetric art. — Buffalo
Medical and Surgical Journal.
An epitome of the science and
practice of midwifery, which em-
PL AYF AIR (W. S.). THE SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT OF
NERVE PROSTRATION AND HYSTERIA. In one 12mo. vol-
ume of 97 pages. Cloth, $1.
POLITZER (ADAM). A TEXT-BOOK OF THE DISEASES OF THE
EAR AND ADJACENT ORGANS. Second American from the
third German edition. Translated by Oscae Dodd, M. D., and
edited by Sie William Dalby, F. R. C. S. In one octavo volume of
748 pages, with 330 original engravings. Cloth, $5.50.
The anatomy and physiology of i ment are clear and reliable. We
each part of the organ of hearing can confidently recommend it, for it
are carefully considered, and then contains all that is known upon the
follows an enumeration of the dis- subject. — London Lancet.
eases to which that special part of A safe and elaborate guide into
the auditory apparatus is especially every part of otology. — American
liable. The indications for treat- 1 Journal of the Medical Sciences.
POWER (HENRY). HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY. Second edition. In
one 12mo. volume of 396 pages, with 47 engravings. Cloth, $1.50.
See Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
PURDY (CHARLES W.). BRIGHT'S DISEASE AND ALLIED
AFFECTIONS OF THE KIDNEY. In one octavo volume of 288
pages, with 18 engravings. Cloth, $2.
24 Lea Beothees & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek.
PYE-SMITH (PHILIP H.). DISEASES OF THE SKIN. In one
12mo. vol. of 407 pp., with 28 illus., 18 of which are colored. Cloth, $2.
QUIZ SERIES. See Student's Quiz Series, page 27.
RALFE (CHARLES H.). CLINICAL CHEMISTRY. In one
12mo. volume of 314 pages, with 16 engravings. Cloth, $1.50. See
Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
RAMSBOTHAM (FRANCIS H.). THE PRINCIPLES AND PRAC-
TICE OF OBSTETRIC MEDICINE AND SURGERY. In one
imperial octavo volume of 640 pages, with 64 plates and numerous
engravings in the text. Strongly bound in leather, $7.
REICHERT (EDWARD T.). A TEXT-BOOK ON PHYSIOLOGY.
In one handsome octavo volume of about 800 pages, richly illustrated.
Preparing.
REMSEN (IRA). THE PRINCIPLES OF THEORETICAL CHEM-
ISTRY. New (5th) edition, thoroughly revised. In one 12mo. vol-
ume of 326 pages. Cloth, $2. Just ready.
A. clear and concise explanation
of a difficult subject. We cordially
recommend it. — The London Lancet.
The book is equally adapted to the
student of chemistry or the practi-
tioner who desires to broaden his
theoretical knowledge of chemistry.
— New Orleans Med. and Surg. Jour.
The appearance of a fifth edition
of this treatise is in itself a guarantee
that the work has met with general
favor. This is further established
by the fact that it has been trans-
lated into German and Italian. The
treatise is especially adapted to the
laboratory student. It ranks unusu-
ally high among the works of this
class. This edition has been brought
fully up to the times. — American
Medico- Surgical Bulletin.
REYNOLDS (J. RUSSELL). A SYSTEM OF MEDICINE. Ed-
ited, with notes and additions, by Henry Hartshorne, M. D. In
three large 8vo. vols., containing 3056 closely printed double-columned
pages, with 317 engravings. Per volume, cloth, $5 ; leather, $6. For
sale by subscription only.
RICHARDSON (BENJAMIN WARD). PREVENTIVE MEDI-
CINE. In one octavo volume of 729 pages. Cloth, $4 ; leather, $5.
ROBERTS (JOHN B.). THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF
MODERN SURGERY. In one octavo volume of 780 pages, with
501 engravings. Cloth, $4.50 ; leather, $5.50.
THE COMPEND OF ANATOMY. For use in the Dissecting
Room and in preparing for Examinations. In one 16mo. volume of
196 pages. Limp cloth, 75 cents.
ROBERTS (SIR WILLIAM). A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON
URINARY AND RENAL DISEASES, INCLUDING URINARY
DEPOSITS. Fourth American from the fourth London edition. In
one very handsome 8vo. vol. of 609 pp., with 81 illus. Cloth, $3.50.
ROBERTSON" (J. MCGREGOR). PHYSIOLOGICAL PHYSICS.
In one 12mo. volume of 537 pages, with 219 engravings. Cloth, $2.
See Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
ROSS (JAMES). A HANDBOOK OF THE DISEASES OF THE
NERVOUS SYSTEM. In one handsome octavo volume of 726 pages,
with 184 engravings. Cloth, $4.50 ; leather, $5.50.
SAVAGE (GEORGE H.). INSANITY AND ALLIED NEUROSES,
PRACTICAL AND CLINICAL. In one 12mo. volume of 551 pages,
with 18 typical engravings. Cloth, $2. See Series of Clinical Man-
uals, page 25.
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York. 25
SCHAFER (EDWARD A.). THE ESSENTIALS OF HISTOL-
OGY, DESCRIPTIVE AND PRACTICAL. For the use of Students.
New (4th) edition. In one handsome octavo volume of 311 pages,
with 325 illustrations. Cloth, $3.
Nowhere else will the same very I The most satisfactory elementary
moderate outlay secure as thoroughly i text-book of histology in the Eng-
useful and interesting an atlas of | lish language. — The Boston Med. and
structural anatomy. — The American Sur. Jour.
Journal of the Medical Sciences.
A COURSE OF PRACTICAL HISTOLOGY. New (2d) edition.
In one 12mo. volume of 307 pages, with 59 engravings. Cloth, $2.25.
Just ready.
SCHMITZ AND ZUMPT'S CLASSICAL. SERIES.
ADVANCED LATIN EXERCISES. Cloth, 60 cts.; half bound, 70 cts.
SCHMIDT'S ELEMENTARY LATIN EXERCISES. Cloth, 50 cents.
SALLUST. Cloth, 60 cents ; half bound, 70 cents.
NEPOS. Cloth, 60 cents ; half bound, 70 cents.
VIRGIL. Cloth, 85 cents; half bound, $1.
CURTIUS. Cloth, 80 cents; half bound, 90 cents.
SCHOFD3LD (ALFRED T.). ELEMENTARY PHYSIOLOGY
FOR STUDENTS. In one 12mo. volume of 380 pages, with 227
engravings and 2 colored plates. Cloth, $2.
SCHRED3ER (JOSEPH). A MANUAL OF TREATMENT BY
MASSAGE AND METHODICAL MUSCLE EXERCISE. Trans-
lated by Walter Mendelson, M. D., of New York. In one hand-
some octavo volume of 274 pages, with 117 fine engravings.
SENN (NICHOLAS). SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY. Second edi-
tion. In one octavo volume of 268 pages, with 13 plates, 10 of which
are colored, and 9 engravings. Cloth, $2.
SERIES OF CLINICAL MANUALS. A Series of Authoritative
Monographs on Important Clinical Subjects, in 12mo. volumes of about
550 pages, well illustrated. The following volumes are now ready :
Broadbent on the Pulse, $1.75; Yeo on Food in Health and Disease,
new (2d) edition, $2.50; Carter and Frost's Ophthalmic Surgery,
$2.25 ; Hutchinson on Syphilis, $2.25 ; Marsh on Diseases of the
Joints, $2; MORRIS on Surgical Diseases of the Kidney, $2.25; Owes
on Surgical Diseases of Children, $2; Pick on Fractures and Dis-
locations, $2; Btjtlin on the Tongue, $3.50; Savage on Insanity and
Allied Neuroses, $2 ; and Treves on Intestinal Obstruction, $2. The
following is in press : Lucas on Diseases of the Urethra.
For separate notices, see under various authors' names.
SERIES OF STUDENT'S MANUALS. See page 27.
SIMON (CHARLES E.). CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS, BY MICRO-
SCOPICAL AND CHEMICAL METHODS. In one very handsome
octavo volume, of 504 pages, with 132 engravings and 10 fnll-page
colored plates. Cloth, $3.50. Just ready.
This is a very much-needed book, in the full detail of the technique as
A most excellent arrangement con- to mode of securing, preparing and
sistsin the Differential Table of the examining specimens. — The Yir-
More Important Diseases, or of the ginia Med. Semi-Monthly .
fluid, secretion or excretion, under Will adequately supply a well-re-
consideration — the table being at the cognized deficiency. — British Med.
end of each subject discussed. An- Journal.
other excellence of the book consists I
26 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
SIMON (W.). MANUAL OF CHEMISTRY. A Guide to Lectures
and Laboratory Work for Beginners in Chemistry. A Text-book
specially adapted for Students of Pharmacy and Medicine. Fifth
edition. In one 8vo. volume of 501 pages, with 44 engravings and 8
plates showing colors of 64 tests. Cloth, $3.25. Just ready.
the covers of this book. — The North-
western Lancet.
Its statements are all clear and its
teachings are practical. — Virginia
Med. Monthly.
SL.ADE (D. D.). DIPHTHERIA; ITS NATURE AND TREAT-
MENT. Second edition. In one royal 12mo. vol., 158 pp. Cloth, $1.25.
It is difficult to see how a better
book could be constructed. No man
who devotes himself to the practice
of medicine need know more about
chemistry than is contained between
SMITH (EDWARD).
DIABLE STAGES.
CONSUMPTION; ITS EARLY AND REME-
In one 8vo. volume of 253 pp. Cloth, $2.25.
SMITH (J. LEWIS). A TREATISE ON THE DISEASES OF IN-
FANCY AND CHILDHOOD. New (8th) edition, thoroughly revised
and rewritten and much enlarged. In one large 8vo. volume of 983
pages, with 273 engravings and 4 full-page plates. Cloth, $4.50;
leather, $5.50.
The most complete and satisfac-
tory text-book with which we are
acquainted. —American Gynecologi-
cal and Obstetrical Journal.
It truly is the most evenly bal-
anced, clear in description and
thorough in detail of any of the
books published in this country on
this subject. — Medical Fortnightly.
A treatise which in every respect
can more than hold its own against
any other work treating of the same
subject. — American Medico-Surgical
Bulletin.
A safe guide for students and phy-
sicians. — The Am. Jour, of Obstetrics.
For years the leading text-book on
children's diseases in America. —
Chicago Medical Recorder.
SMITH (STEPHEN). OPERATIVE SURGERY. Second and thor-
oughly revised edition. In one octavo volume of 892 pages, with
1005 engravings. Cloth, $4 ; leather, $5.
dium for the modern surgeon. — Bos-
ton Medical and Surgical Journal.
One of the most satisfactory works
on modern operative surgery yet
published. The book is a compen-
SOLL.Y (S. EDWIN). A HANDBOOK OF MEDICAL CLIMA-
TOLOGY. In one handsome octavo volume of 462 pages, with en-
gravings and 11 full-page plates, 5 of which are in colors. Cloth, $4.00.
Just ready.
A clear and lucid summary of
what is known of climate in relation
to its influence upon human beings.
— The Therapeutic Gazette.
The book is admirably planned,
clearly written,and the author speaks
from an experience of thirty years as
an accurate observer and practical
therapeutist.— -Maryland Med. Jour.
Every practitioner of medicine
should possess himself of a copy and
study it, and we are sure he will
never regret it.— St. Louis Medical
and Surgical Journal.
STDLLE (ALFRED). CHOLERA; ITS ORIGIN, HISTORY, CAUS-
ATION, SYMPTOMS, LESIONS, PREVENTION AND TREAT-
MENT. In one 12mo. volume of 163 pages, with a chart showing
routes of previous epidemics. Cloth, $1.25.
THERAPEUTICS AND MATERIA MEDICA. Fourth and
revised edition. In two octavo volumes, containing 1936 pages.
Cloth, $10; leather, $12.
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York. 27
STILLE (ALFRED), MAISCH (JOHN M.) AND CASPARI
(CHAS. JR.). THE NATIONAL DISPENSATORY: Containing
the Natural History, Chemistry, Pharmacy, Actions and Uses of
Medicines, including those recognized in the latest Pharmacopoeias of
the United States, Great Britain and Germany, with numerous refer-
ences to the French Codex. Fifth edition, revised and enlarged,
including the new U. S. Pharmacopoeia, Seventh Decennial Revision.
With Supplement containing the new edition of the National Formu-
lary. In one magnificent imperial octavo volume of about 2025 pages.
with 320 engravings.
Thumb-letter Index.
Cloth, $7.25 ; leather, $8. With ready reference
Cloth, $7.75 ; leather, $8.50.
Recommended most highly for the
physician, and invaluable to the
druggist. — Therapeutic Gazette.
It is the official guide for the Med-
ical and Pharmaceutical professions.
— Buffalo Med. and Sur. Jour.
The readiness with which the vast
amount of information contained in
this work is made available is indi-
cated by the twenty-five thousand
references in the two indexes. — Bos-
ton Medical and Surgical Journal.
Should be recognized as a national
standard. — North Am. Practitioner.
STIMSON (LEWIS A.). A MANUAL OF OPERATIVE SURGERY.
New (3d) edition. In one royal 12mo. volume of 614 pages, with 306
engravings. Cloth, $3.75. Just ready.
A useful and practical guide for
all students and practitioners. — Am.
Journal of the Medical Sciences.
The book is worth the price for the
illustrations alone. — Ohio Medical
Journal.
STIMSON (LEWIS A.). A TREATISE ON FRACTURES AND
DISLOCATIONS. In two handsome octavo volumes. Vol. I., Frac-
tures, 582 pages, 360 engravings. Vol. II., Dislocations, 540
pages, 163 engravings. Complete work, cloth, $5.50 ; leather, $7.50.
Either volume separately, Cloth, $3 ; leather, $4.
STUDENT'S QUIZ SERIES. A New Series of Manuals in question aria
answer for Students and Practitioners, covering the essentials of medical
science. Thirteen volumes, pocket size, convenient, authoritative,
well illustrated, handsomely bound in limp cloth, and issued at a low
price. 1. Anatomy (double number); 2. Physiology; 3. Chemistry and
Physics ; 4. Histology, Pathology and Bacteriology ; 5. Materia Medica
and Therapeutics ; 6. Practice of Medicine ; 7. Surgery (double num-
ber); 8. Genito-Urinary and Venereal Diseases ; 9. Diseases of the Skin;
10. Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Throat and Nose; 11. Obstetrics; 12.
Gynecology; 13. Diseases of Children. Price, $1 each, except Nos.
1 and 7, Anatomy and Surgery, which being double numbers are priced
at $1.75 each. Full specimen circular on application to publishers.
STUDENT'S SERIES OF MANUALS. A Series of Fifteen Man-
uals by Eminent Teachers or Examiners. The volumes are pocket-size
12mos. of from 300-540 pages, profusely illustrated, and bound in red
limp cloth. The following volumes may now be announced : Her-
man's First Lines in Midwifery, $1.25 ; Luff's Manual of Chemistry,
$2; Bruce's Materia Medica and Therapeutics (fifth edition), $1.50;
Treves' Manual of Surgery (monographs by 33 leading surgeons), 3
volumes, per set, $6; Bell's Comparative Anatomy and Physiology, $2;
Robertson's Physiological Physics, $2 ; Gould's Surgical Diagnosis,
$2; Klein's Elements of Histology (4th edition), $1.75; Pepper's
Surgical Pathology, $2 ; Treves' Surgical Applied Anatomy, $2 ;
Power's Human Physiology (2d edition), $1.50 ; Ralfe's Clinical
Chemistry, $1.50 ; andCLARKE and Lockwood'S Dissector's Manual,
$1.50. The following is in press : Pepper's Forensic Medicine.
For separate notices, see under various author's names.
28 Lea Brothees & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
STURGES (OCTAVIUS). AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY
OF CLINICAL MEDICINE. In one 12mo. volume. Cloth, $1.25.
SUTTON (JOHN BliAND). SURGICAL DISEASES OF THE
OVAEIES AND FALLOPIAN TUBES. Including Abdominal
Pregnancy. In one 12mo. volume of 513 pages, with 119 engravings
and 5 colored plates. Cloth, $3.
— TUMORS, INNOCENT AND MALIGNANT. Their Clinical
Features and Appropriate Treatment. In one 8vo. vol. of 526 pp., with
250 engravings and 9 full-page plates. Cloth, $4.50. Just ready.
TAIT (LAWSON). DISEASES OF WOMEN AND ABDOMINAL
SURGERY. In two handsome octavo volumes. Vol. I. contains 546
pages and 3 plates. Cloth, $3. Vol. II., preparing.
TANNER (THOMAS HAWKES) ON THE SIGNS AND DIS-
EASES OF PREGNANCY. From the second English edition. In
one octavo volume of 490 pages, with 4 colored plates and 16 engrav-
ings. Cloth, $4.25.
TAYLOR (ALFRED S.). MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. New
American from the twelfth English edition, specially revised by Clark
Bell, Esq., of the N. Y. Bar. In one octavo volume of about 800
pages, with about 75 engravings. Cloth, $4.50; leather, §5.50 Just recall).
Notices of previous edition are appended.
No library is complete without j The editor has given to two pro-
Taylor's Medical Jurisprudence, as fessions a reference-book to be relied
its authority is accepted and un
questioned by the courts. — Buffalo
Medical and Surgical Journal.
upon. — The American Journal of the
Medical Sciences.
TAYLOR (ALFRED S.). ON POISONS IN RELATION TO
MEDICINE AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. Third Ameri-
can from the third London edition. In one octavo volume of 788
pages, with 104 illustrations. Cloth, $5.50 ; leather, $6.50.
TAYLOR (ROBERT TV.). THE PATHOLOGY AND TREAT-
MENT OF VENEREAL DISEASES. In one veiy handsome octavo
volume of 1002 pages, with 230 engravings and 7 colored plates.
Cloth, $5.00 ; leather, $6.00. {Net.) Just ready.
By long odds the best work on
venereal diseases. — Louisville Medi-
cal Monthly.
In the observation and treatment
of venereal diseases his experience
has been greater probably than that
of any other practitioner of this con-
tinent. — Neiv York Medical Joe rnal.
The clearest, most unbiased and
ably presented treatise as yet pub-
lished on this vast subject. — The
Medical News.
Decidedly the most important and
authoritative treatise on venereal
diseases that has in recent years ap-
peared in English. — American Jour-
nal of the Medical Sciences.
It is a veritable storehouse of our
knowledge of the venereal diseases.
It is commended as a conservative,
practical, full exposition of the
greatest value. — Chicago Clinical
Review.
The best work on venereal dis-
eases in the English language. It
is certainly above everything of the
kind. — The St. Louis Medical and
Surgical Journal.
The student or practitioner will
find in this book a most full, com-
plete and trustworthy guide on all
points connected, with this subject.
— The Montreal Medical Journal.
Lea Beothees & Co., Philadelphia and New Yoek. 29
TAYLOR (ROBERT W.). A PE ACTIO AL TREATISE ON SEX-
UAL DISORDERS IN THE MALE AND FEMALE. In one
8vo. vol. of 416 pp., with 73 engravings and 8 colored plates. Cloth,
$3. Net. Just ready.
A work handling sexual diseases in a scientific and practical manner.
The same practicality which has made the author's Pathology and Treat-
ment of Venereal Diseases the recognized authority will secure for this
new volume equal favor. It will afford the general practitioner as well
as the specialist the best methods of treating a very large class of cases.
A CLINICAL ATLAS OF VENEREAL AND SKIN DISEASES.
Including Diagnosis, Prognosis and Treatment. In eight large folio
parts, measuring 14 x 18 inches, and comprising 213 beautiful figures
on 58 full-page chromo-lithographic plates, 85 fine engravings and 425
pages of text. Complete work now ready. Price per part, sewed in
heavy embossed paper, $2.50. Bound in one volume, balf Russia,
$27 ; half Turkey Morocco, $28. For sale by subscription only. Address
the publishers. Specimen plates by mail on receipt of ten cents.
TAYLOR (SEYMOUR). INDEX OF MEDICINE. A Manual for
the use of Senior Students and others. In one large 12mo. volume of
802 pages. Cloth, $3.75.
THOMAS (T. GAILLARD) AND MUNDE (PAUL F.). A PRAC-
TICAL TREATISE ON THE DISEASES OF WOMEN. Sixth
edition, thoroughly revised by Paul F. Munde, M. D. In one
large and handsome octavo volume of 824 pages, with 347 engravings.
Cloth, $5 ; leather, $6.
The best practical treatise on the
subject in the English language.
It will be of especial value to the
general practitioner as well as to the
specialist. The illustrations are very
satisfactory. Many of them are new
and are particularly clear and attrac-
tive. — Boston Med. and Sur. Jour.
This work, which has already gone
through five large editions, and has
been translated into French, Ger-
man, Spanish tmd Italian, is the
most practical and at the same time
the most complete treatise upon the
subject. — The Archives of Gynecol-
ogy, Obstetrics and Pediatrics.
THOMPSON (SIR HENRY). CLINICAL LECTURES ON DIS-
EASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS. Second and revised edi-
tion. In one octavo vol. of 203 pp., with 25 engravings. Cloth, $2.25.
THE PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF STRICTURE
OF THE URETHRA AND URINARY FISTULA. From the
third English edition. In one octavo volume of 359 pages, with 47
engravings and 3 lithographic plates. Cloth, $3.50.
TODD (ROBERT BENTLEY). CLINICAL LECTURES ON CER-
TAIN ACUTE DISEASES. In one 8vo. vol. of 320 pp., cloth, $2.50.
TREVES (FREDERICK). OPERATIVE SURGERY. In two
8vo. vols, containing 1550 pp., with 422 illus. Cloth, $9 ; leath., $11.
A SYSTEM OF SURGERY. In Contributions by Twenty-five
English Surgeons. In two large octavo volumes. Vol. I., 1178 pages,
with 463 engravings and 2 colored plates. Vol. II., 1120 pages, with
487 engravings and 2 colored plates. Price per volume, cloth, $8.
Complete Work just ready.
A MANUAL OF SURGERY. In Treatises by 33 leading sur-
geons. Three 12mo. volumes, containing 1866 pages, with 213 engrav-
ings. Price per set, $6. See Student's Series of Manuals, page 27.
30 Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York.
TREVES (FREDERICK). THE STUDENTS' HANDBOOK OF
SURGICAL OPERATIONS. In one 12mo. volume of 50S pp., with
94 illustrations. Cloth, $2.50.
SURGICAL APPLIED ANATOMY. In one 12mo. vol. of 540 pp.,
with 61 engravings. Cloth, $2. See Student's Series of Manuals, p. 27.
INTESTINAL OBSTRUCTION. In one 12mo. volume of 522
pages, with 60 illus. Cloth, $2. See Series of Clinical Jfanuals, p. 25.
TUKE (DANIEL HACK). THE INFLUENCE OF THE MIND
UPON THE BODY IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. Second edition.
In one 8vo. volume of 467 pages, with 2 colored plates. Cloth, $3.
VAUGHAN (VICTOR C.) AND NOVY (FREDERICK G.).
PTOMAINS, LEUCOMAINS, TOXINS AND ANTITOXINS,
or the Chemical Factors in the Causation of Disease. New (3d) edition.
In one 12mo. volume of 603 pages. Cloth, $3. Just ready.
The work has been brought down I The present edition has been not
to date, and will be found entirely , only thoroughly revised throughout
satisfactory. — Journal of the Ameri-, hut also greatly enlarged, ample
cam Jledical Association. consideration being given to the new
The most exhaustive and most re- j subjects of toxins and antitoxins. —
cent presentation, of the subject. — j Tri-State Medical Journal.
American Jour, of the Med. Sciences. '
VISITING LIST. THE MEDICAL NEWS VISITING LIST for 1897.
Four styles: Weekly (dated for 30 patients); Monthly (undated for
120 patients per month) ; Perpetual (undated for 30 patients each
week); and Perpetual (undated for 60 patients each week). The 60-
patient book consists of 256 pages of assorted blanks. The first three
styles contain 32 pages of important data, thoroughly revised, and
160 pages of assorted blanks. Each in one volume, price, $1.25.
With thumb-letter index for quick use, 25 cents extra. Special rates
to advance-paying subscribers to The Medical News or The
American Journal of the Medical Sciences, or both. See p. 32.
WATSON (THOMAS). LECTURES ON THE PRINCIPLES AND
PRACTICE OF PHYSIC. A new American from the fifth and
enlarged English edition, with additions bv H. Hartshorne, M. D.
In two large 8vo. vols, of 1840 pp., with 190 cuts. Cloth, $9 ; leather, $11.
WELLS (J. SOELBERG). A TREATISE ON THE DISEASES OF
THE EYE. In one large and handsome octavo volume.
WEST (CHARLES). LECTURES ON THE DISEASES PECULIAR
TO WOMEN. Third American from the third English edition. In
one octavo volume of 543 pages. Cloth, $3.75 ; leather, $4.75.
ON SOME DISORDERS OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM IN
CHILDHOOD. In one small 12mo. volume of 127 pages. Cloth, $1.
WHARTON (HENRY R). MINOR SURGERY AND BANDAG-
ING. New (3d) edition. In one 12mo. vol. of 594 pages, with 475
engravings, many of which are photographic. Cloth, $3. Just ready.
We know of no book which more
thoroughly or more satisfactorily
covers the ground of Minor Surgery
and Bandaging. — Brooklyn Medical
Journal.
Well written, conveniently ar-
ranged and amply illustrated. It
covers the field so fully as to render
it a valuable text-book, as well as a
work of ready reference for sur-
geons. — Xorth Amer. Practitioner.
The part devoted to bandaging is
perhaps the best exposition of the
subject in the English language. It
can be highly commended to the
student, the practitioner and the
specialist. — The Chicago Medical
Recorder,
Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia and New York. 31
WHITLA (WILLIAM). DICTIONARY OF TREATMENT, OR
THERAPEUTIC INDEX. Including Medical and Surgical Thera-
peutics. In one square octavo volume of 917 pages. Cloth, $4.
WILSON (ERASMUS). A SYSTEM OF HUMAN ANATOMY.
A new and revised American from the last English edition. Illustrated
with 397 engravings. In one octavo volume of 616 pages. Cloth, $4 ;
leather, $5.
THE STUDENT'S BOOK OF CUTANEOUS MEDICINE. In
one 12mo. volume. Cloth, $3.50.
WEVCKEL ON PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT OF CHILDBED.
Translated by James R. Chadwick, A. M., M. D. With additions
by the Author. In one octavo volume of 484 pages. Cloth, $4.
WOHLER'S OUTLINES OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Translated
from the eighth German edition, by Ira Remsen, M. D. In one
12mo. volume of 550 pages. Cloth, $3.
YEAR-BOOK OF TREATMENT FOR 1897. A Critical Review for
Practitioners of Medicine and Surgery. In contributions by 24 well-
known medical writers. 12mo., 488 pages. Cloth, $1.50. In combi-
nation with The Medical News and The American Journal
of the Medical Sciences, 75 cents. See page 32.
To repeat the praises bestowed on the hands of a practical and recog-
previous issues is not to do full jus- nized authority. The whole field of
tice, as every year shows improve- medicine is in this way traversed,
ment and advances which make the and a critical estimate formed of all
work one of increasing utility to the that is substantial and meritorious
physician. The work this year con- ! in recent progress. — The Physician
sists of twenty-five chapters, each in I and Surgeon.
YEAR-BOOKS OF TREATMENT FOR 1891, 1892, 1893 and 1896,
similar to above. Each, cloth, $1.50.
YEO (I. BURNEY). FOOD IN HEALTH AND DISEASE. New
(2d) edition. In one 12mo. volume of 592 pages, with 4 engravings.
Cloth, $2.50. Just ready. See Series of Clinical Manuals, page 26.
work of Dr. Yeo's. The value of
the work is not to be overestimated.
— Neiv York Medical Journal.
We doubt whether any book on
dietetics has been of greater or more
widespread usefulness than has this
much-quoted and much-consulted
A MANUAL OF MEDICAL TREATMENT, OR CLINICAL
THERAPEUTICS. Two volumes containing 1275 pages. Cloth, $5.50.
YOUNG (JAMES K.). ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY. In one 8vo.
volume of 475 pages, with 286 illustrations. Cloth, $4; leather, $5.
In studying the different chapters, I surgical specialty and every page
one is impressed with the thorough- \ abounds with evidences of prac-
ness of the work. The illustrations j ticality. It is the clearest and most
are numerous — the book thoroughly i modern work upon this growing de-
practical — Medical Neivs. partment of surgery. — The Chicago
It is a thorough, a very compre- ! Clinical Review.
hensive work upon this legitimate
fll^dical Periodicals and Combinations.
jHE student cannot begin too early in his course a habit of reading
current medical literature. In this way he will best acquire an
intelligent interest in the vital questions of his profession, secure
a vast fund of information which will constantly supplement the
knowledge gained from text-books, and become familiar with the
approved methods of calling public attention to such additions as he may
make to medical science during his professional life. For these purposes the
following periodicals are most admirably adapted :
THE MEDICAL NEWS (Weekly, $4.00 per Annum).
The News contains each week twenty-eight quarto pages, comprising
original articles, clinical lectures and notes on practical advances, latest
hospital methods, summaries of progress condensed from the best medical
journals of the world, full abstracts of important articles, able editorials on
current topics, book reviews, medical correspondence from important cen-
tres, and news items of interest. Published for fifty years, The News is
familiar with the needs of medical men and the best methods of meeting
them.
THE AMERICAN JOURNAL OF THE MEDICAL SCIENCES
(Monthly, $4.00 per Annum).
The American Journal is a medical magazine affording, in the 128
pages of each issue, ample space for elaborate original articles on important
medical discoveries, discriminating reviews on valuable medical literature,
and classified summaries of progress. According to the highest literary
authority of the profession, ' ' from this file alone, were all other publica-
tions of the press for the last fifty years destroyed, it would be possible to
reproduce the great majority of the real contributions of the world to
medical science during that period."
COMMUTATION RATE.
Taken together, The Journal and News form a peculiarly useful
combination, and afford their readers the assurance that nothing of value
in the progress of medical matters shall escape attention. To lead every
reader to prove this personally the commutation rate has been placed at the
exceedingly low figure of |7.50.
SPECIAL COMBINATION OFFERS.
The Medical News Visiting List (regular price, $1.25), or The
Year-Book of Treatment (regular price, $1.50), will be furnished to ad-
vance-paying subscribers to either or both of these periodicals for 75 cents
apiece; or Journal, News, Visiting List and Year-Book, $8.50. Circulara
free on application.
LEA BROTHERS & CO., Publishers, iJftSSJ^SSBll:^
Yck.
32
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
022 216 273 7